62
Views
17
CrossRef citations to date
0
Altmetric
Original Articles

Occurrence, prevention, and monitoring of microbial quality loss of foods and dairy products

&
Pages 1-139 | Published online: 09 Jan 2009

References

  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1971 . Physiological and metabolic attributes of microbial groups associated with foods . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 34 : 95
  • Reusse , U. 1962 . Beitrag zur Bedeutung von prädisponierenden Einflüssen bei unspezifischen Lebensmittelvergiftungen . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 13 : 254
  • Reusse , U. and Hein , D. von . 1965 . Interessante Beobachtungen bei Lebensmittelintoxikationen . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 16 : 77
  • Thaxton , P. and Siegel , H. S. 1970 . Immunodepression in young chickens by high environmental temperature . Poult. Sci. , 49 : 202
  • Ginannella , R. A. , Broitman , S. A. and Zamcheck , N. 1971 . Salmonella enteritis. I. Role of reduced gastric secretion in pathogenesis . Am. J. Dig. Dis. , 16 : 1000
  • Gray , J. A. and Trueman , A. M. 1971 . Severe Salmonella gastroenteritis associated with hypochlorhydria . Scott. Med. J. , 16 : 255
  • Hemphill , F. E. , Kaeberk , M. L. and Buck , W. B. 1971 . Lead suppression of mouse resistance to Salmonella typhimuriurn . Science , 172 : 1031
  • Herrell , W. E. 1971 . Achlorhydria and salmonellosis . Clin. Med. , 78 : 11 13
  • Wolfe , M. S. , Armstrong , D. , Lonria , D. B. and Blevins , A. 1971 . Salmonellosis in patients with neoplastic disease . Arch Intern. Med. , 128 : 546
  • Taconis , W. K. and Furth , R. van . 1972 . Kliniek en epidemiologie van de “andere salmonellosen,” . Nederl. Tijdschr. Geneeskd. , 116 : 2260
  • Tannock , G. W. and Smith , J. M. B. 1972 . The effect of food and water deprivation (stress) on Salmonella‐carrier mice . J. Med. Microbiol , 5 : 283
  • Spencer , I. W. F. and Coster , M. E. E. 1969 . The epidemiology of gastro‐enteritis in infancy . S. Afr. Med. J. , 43 : 1391 1438 1466
  • Scrimshaw , N. S. 1970 . Synergism of malnutrition and infection. Evidence from field studies in Guatemala . JAMA , 212 : 1685
  • Selvaraj , R. J. and Bhat , K. S. 1972 . Metabolic and bactericidal activities of leukocytes in protein‐calorie malnutrition . Am. J. Clin. Nutr. , 25 : 166
  • Joynson , D. H. M. , Jacobs , A. , Murray Walker , D. and Dolby , A. E. 1972 . Defect of cell‐mediated immunity in patients with iron‐deficiency anaemia . Lancet , II : 1058
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1973 . Microbial food contamination and its prevention . Sver. Vet. Allmant Vet , I : 3
  • Porterfield , J. D. 1959 . The sanitarian in tomorrow's Public Health programs . J. Milk Food Technol. , 22 : 364
  • Petersen , K. F. 1962 . Salmonella‐ und Shigella‐Befunde in SUdbaden 1945–1961. Ein Beitrag zur Epidemiologie der bakteriellen Darminfektionen . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol , 146 : 438
  • Gervois , M. , Fournier , P. , Delbecque , H. and Dumont , M. 1965 . Epidémiologie des toxi‐infections alimentaires dans le Nord de la France de Janvier 1953 à Juillet 1965 . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 16 : 127
  • Aserkoff , B. , Schroeder , S. A. and Brackman , P. S. 1970 . Salmonellosis in the United States ‐ a five year review . Am. J. Epidemiol , 92 : 13
  • Fodor , T. , Reisberg , C. , Hershey , H. A. and Berkowitz , H. 1970 . Food poisoning occurrences in New York City, 1969 . Public Health Rep. , 85 : 1013
  • Woodward , W. E. , Gangarosa , E. J. , Brackman , P. S. and Curlin , G. T. 1970 . Foodborne disease surveillance in the United States, 1966 and 1967 . Am. J. Public Health , 60 : 130
  • Loewenstein , M. S. , Fox , M. D. and Martin , S. M. 1971 . Surveillance for Salmonella ‐ 1969 . J. Infect. Dis. , 123 : 332
  • Gould , K. L. , Goock , J. M. and Ching , C. Q. L. 1972 . Epidemiologic aspects of salmonellosis in Hawaii . Am. J. Public Health , 62 : 1216
  • Loewenstein , M. S. 1972 . Epidemiology of Clostridium perfringens food poisoning . N. Engl. J. Med. , 286 : 1026
  • Stellmacher , W. 1964 . Auswertung der Salmonellenfunde der Jahre 1954–1960 . Arch. Exp. Veterinaermed. , 18 : 1067
  • Saccani , C. F. , Palladino , D. and Magliano , E. M. 1965 . L'attivà del Centro degli Enterobatteri patogeni per l'ltalia settentrionale dal 1947 al 1964 . Ig. Mod. , 58 : 1066
  • Le Minor , L. and Le Minor , S. 1967 . Activités du Centre français des Salmonella de l'Institut Pasteur. 5e Rapport 1964–1966 . Rev. Hyg. Med. Soc , 15 : 221
  • Anderson , K. 1968 . Salmonellosis in Australia‐1961 . Salmonella Surveillance , 71 : 9
  • Bisno , A. L. and Grant , L. S. 1968 . Human salmonellosis in Jamaica, 1962–1966 . West Indian Med. J. , 17 : 215
  • Gerichter , C. B. 1968 . Salmonellosis in Israel‐1967 . Salmonella Surveillance , 79 : 10
  • Mackay‐Scollay , E. M. 1968 . Salmonellosis in Western Australia‐1967 . Salmonella Surveillance , 77 : 9
  • Anderson , K. 1969 . Salmonellosis in Australia‐1968 . Salmonella Surveillance , 83 : 6
  • Cherubin , C. E. , Fodor , T. , Denmark , L. , Master , C. , Fuerst , H. T. and Winter , J. 1969 . The epidemiology of salmonellosis in New York City . Am. J. Epidemiol. , 90 : 112
  • Efremova , A. and Wesselinoff , W. 1969 . Salmonellen in der Volksrepublik Kuba . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 153 : 185
  • Grunnet , K. and Nielsen , B. B. 1969 . Salmonella types isolated from the Gulf of Aarhus compared with types from infected human beings, animals and feed products in Denmark . Appl. Microbiol. , 18 : 985
  • Martin , W. J. and Erving , W. H. 1969 . Prevalence of serotypes of Salmonella . Appl. Microbiol. , 17 : 111
  • Pietkiewicz , K. and Buczowski , Z. 1969 . Salmonellosis in man in Poland, 1957–1966 . Public Health Rep. , 84 : 712
  • Morris , G. K. and Dunn , C. G. 1970 . Influence of incubation temperature and sodium heptadecyl sulfate (Tergitol no. 7) on the isolation of Salmonellae from pork sausage . Appl. Microbiol. , 20 : 192
  • Vernon , E. 1970 . Food poisoning and Salmonella infections in England and Wales, 1968 . Public Health , 84 : 239
  • Pietzsch , O. and Bulling , E. 1971 . Verbreitung der Salmonella‐Infektionen bei Tieren, tierischen Lebens‐ und Futtermitteln in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland, einschl. Berlin (West). Jahresbericht 1970 . Bundesgesundheitsblatt , 14 : 369
  • Ramadan , F. M. and Sadek , I. M. 1971 . Parameters of salmonellosis in Egypt . J. Egyptian Vet. Med. Assoc , 31 : 193
  • Wildfuhr , G. and Hebecker , W. 1972 . Zur Frage der Morbiditat der Salmonella‐Enteritiden . Z. Gesamte Hyg. , 18 : 11
  • Edel , W. , Schothorst , M. van , Guinée , P. A. M. and Kampelmacher , E. H. 1973 . “ Mechanism and prevention of Salmonella infections in animals ” . In The Microbiological Safety of Food , Edited by: Hobbs , B. C. and Christian , J. H. B. 247 London : Academic Press .
  • Rowe , B. 1973 . “ Salmonellosis in England and Wales ” . In The Microbiological Safety of Food , Edited by: Hobbs , B. C. and Christian , J. H. B. 165 London : Academic Press .
  • Ockert , G. and Gerwien , I. 1968 . Untersuchungen über den Salmonellengehalt des Abwassers . Z. Gesamte Hyg. , 14 : 683
  • Cheng , C. M. , Boyle , W. C. and Goepfert , J. M. 1971 . Rapid quantitative method for Salmonella detection in polluted waters . Appl. Microbiol. , 21 : 662
  • Kampelmacher , E. H. and Noorle Jansen , L. M. van . 1973 . Salmonella und E. coli in Rhein und Maas beim Einströmen in den Niederlanden . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.), B , 158 : 177
  • Müller , W. 1973 . Die Lebensfähigkeit von Salmonellen in beluftetem kommunalem Abwasser . Schlacht‐ u. Viehof Zeitung , 73 : 333
  • Rottmann , W. 1973 . Salmonellenvorkommen im Flusswasser von Mosel und Sauer . Staedtehygiene , 24 : 201
  • Will , L. A. , Diesch , S. L. and Pomeroy , B. S. 1973 . Survival of Salmonella typhimurium in animal manure disposal in a model oxidation ditch . Am. J. Public Health , 63 : 322
  • Enkiri , N. K. and Alford , J. A. 1971 . Relationship of the frequency of isolation of Salmonellae to their resistance to drying and freezing . Appl. Microbiol. , 21 : 381
  • Idziak , E. S. and Crossley , K. 1973 . Growth and virulence of Salmonella typhimurium grown in different foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 629
  • Edel , W. , Guinée , P. A. M. , Schothorst , M. van and Kampelmacher , E. H. 1967 . Salmonella infections in pigs fattened with pellets and unpelleted meal . Zentralbl. Veterinaermed. , 14 : 393
  • Williams , L. P. and Newell , K.W. 1968 . Sources of Salmonellas in market swine . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 66 : 281
  • Frik , J. F. , Schaaf , A. van der and Wai , P. van der . 1969 . De invloed van pelleteren van mengvoeder op de frequence van Salmonella‐infecties bij varkens . Tijdschr. Diergeneeskd. , 94 : 1635
  • Hobbs , B. C. and Hugh‐Jones , M. E. 1969 . Epidemiological studies on Salmonella senftenberg. I. Relations between animal foodstuff, animal and human isolations . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 67 : 81
  • Linton , A. H. , Jennett , N. E. and Heard , T. E. 1970 . Multiplication of Salmonella in liquid feed and its influence on the duration of excretion in pigs . Res. Vet. Sci , 11 : 452
  • Pietzsch , O. and Bulling , E. 1970 . Verbreitung der. Salmonella‐Infektionen bei Tieren, tierischen Lebens‐ und Futtermitteln in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland, einschl. Berlin (West). Jahresbericht 1969 . Bundesgesundheitsblatt , 13 : 290
  • Newell , K. W. and Williams , L. P. 1971 . Control of Salmonellae affecting swine and man . J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc. , 158 : 89
  • Ghosh , A. C. 1972 . An epidemiological study of the incidence of Salmonellas in pigs . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 70 : 151
  • Lee , J. A. , Ghosh , A. C. , Mann , P. G. and Tee , G. H. 1972 . Salmonellas on pig farms and in abattoirs . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 70 : 141
  • Simmons , G. C. and Byrnes , R. V. 1972 . The origin of salmonellas in chickens and chicken carcases . Aust. Vet. J. , 48 : 186
  • Clark , G. M. , Kaufmann , A. F. , Gangarosa , E. J. and Thompson , M. A. 1973 . Epidemiology of an international outbreak of Salmonella agona . Lancet , II : 490
  • Fey , H. 1961 . Nachweis von Salmonellen in Fluss‐ und Abwässern sowie bei gesunden Schlachtschweinen in Genf . Schweiz Arch. Tierheilkd. , 103 : 519
  • Schaaf , A. van der and Atteveld , J. C. 1965 . Frequency of salmonellae in effluents of modern plants for sewage treatment and possibilities for improvement . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 31 : 221
  • Haase , H. 1970 . Salmonella typhimurium—Infektion in einem Kuhbestand . Monatsh. Vet. Med. , 25 : 752
  • Bicknell , S. R. 1972 . Salmonella aberdeen infection in cattle associated with human sewage . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 70 : 121
  • Edel , W. , Guinée , P. A. M. , Schothorst , M. van and Kampelmacher , E. H. 1972 . The role of effluents in the spread of Salmonellae . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.), A , 221 : 547
  • Welch , H. , Ostrolenk , M. and Bartram , M. T. 1941 . Role of rats in the spread of food poisoning bacteria of the Salmonella group . Am. J. Public Health , 31 : 332
  • Ostrolenk , M. and Welch , H. 1942 . The house fly as a vector of food poisoning organisms in food producing establishments . Am. J. Public Health , 32 : 487
  • Ludlam , G. B. 1954 . Salmonella in rats, with special reference to findings in a butcher's by‐products factory . Mon. Bull. Minist. Health Public Health Lab. Serv. Directed Med. Res. Counc , 13 : 196
  • Petzelt , K. and Steiniger , F. 1961 . Die Vögel der Kläranlage von Hannover und die von ihnen ausgeschiedenen Salmonellen . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 145 : 605
  • Greenberg , B. , Varela , G. , Bomstein , A. and Hernandez , H. 1963 . Salmonellae from flies in a Mexican slaughterhouse . Am. J. Hyg. , 77 : 177
  • Guinée , P. A. M. , Kampelmacher , E. H. , Keulen , A. van and Ophof , A. J. 1963 . Voorkomen van Salmonella bij bruine ratten (Rattus norvegicus), gevangen in en bij slachthuizen, boerderijen en nertsenfokkerijen . Tijdschr. Diergeneeskd. , 88 : 212
  • Müller , G. 1965 . Wie weit sind niedere Tiere an der Verbreitung von Salmonellen beteiligt? . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 197 : 295
  • Wolff , H. L. and Zijl , W. J. van . 1969 . Houseflies, the availability of water and diarrhoeal diseases . Bull. W.H.O. , 41 : 952
  • Berg , R. W. and Anderson , A. W. 1972 . Salmonellae and Edwardsiella tarda in gull feces: a source of contamination in fish processing plants . Appl. Microbiol , 24 : 501
  • Wuthe , H. H. 1972 . Salmonellen in Ausscheidungen von Möwen an der Ostseeküste . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.), A , 221 : 453
  • Edel , W. , Guinée , P. A. M. , Schothorst , M. van and Kempelmacher , E. H. 1973 . Salmonella cycles in foods with special reference to the effects of environmental factors, including feeds . Can. Inst. Food Sci. Technol. J. , 6 : 64
  • Guinée , P. A. M. , Kampelmacher , E. H. , Hofstra , K. and Keulen , A. van . 1964 . Salmonella in healthy cows and calves in The Netherlands . Neth. J. Vet. Sci , 89 : 1158
  • Guinée , P. A. M. , Kampelmacher , E. H. , Hofstra , K. and Keulen , A. van . 1965 . Salmonella in piglets in The Netherlands . Neth. J. Vet. Sci , 90 : 787
  • Guinée , P. A. M. , Edel , W. and Kampelmacher , E. H. 1967 . Studies on Salmonella infections in fattening calves . Neth. J. Vet. Sci , 92 : 158
  • Edel , W. , Schothorst , M. van , Guinée , P. A. M. and Kampelmacher , E. H. 1970 . The effect of pellet feeding on prevention and sanitation of Salmonella infections in fattening pigs . Neth. J. Vet. Sci , 95 : 289
  • Haddock , R. L. 1970 . Asymptomatic salmonellosis in a swine herd . Am. J. Public Health , 60 : 2345
  • Edel , W. and Kampelmacher , E. H. 1971 . Investigations into Salmonella infections on veal calf farms . Neth. J. Vet. Sci , 96 : 1483
  • Robertson , F. J. 1973 . Salmonellosis in animals and man . Lancet , I : 1115
  • Edel , W. , Schothorst , M. van , Guinée , P. A. M. and Kampelmacher , E. H. 1973 . Salmonella in pigs on farms on which pellets are used for feeding and on farms on which meal is used . Neth. J. Vet. Sci , 98 : 1157
  • Hemmes , G. D. and Veld , A. 1950 . ‘t. Dysenterie Sonne overgebracht door Goudse kaas . Nederl. Tijdschr. Geneeskd. , 94 : 1299
  • Greenbeig , J. H. , Schmidt , E. A. and Bell , F. S. 1066 . A common source epidemic of Shigellosis . Public Health Rep. , 81 : 1019
  • Szturm‐Rubinsten , S. , Chamfeuil , R. , Huet , M. and Menantand , J. 1960 . A propos d'une culture de Sh. sonnei isolee de glace alimentaire . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 99 : 456
  • Szturm‐Rubinsten , S. , Courtieu , A. L. and Maka , G. 1964 . Un fromage contaminé par Shigella sonnei cause d’ intoxication alimentaire . Bull. Acad. Natl. Med (Paris) , 148 : 480
  • Eichner , E. R. , Gangarosa , E. J. and Goldsby , J. B. 1968 . The current status of shigellosis in the United States . Am. J. Public Health , 58 : 753
  • Donadio , J. A. and Gangarosa , E. J. 1969 . Foodborne shigellosis . J. Infect. Dis. , 119 : 666
  • Duke , M. , MacCormack , J. N. and Hines , M. P. 1971 . Shigellosis‐North Carolina . Morb. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 20 : 37
  • Nelson , C. B. 1971 . Shigellosis among members of a tour to Mexico, Minnesota . Shigella Surveillance , 27 : 11
  • Rosenfeld , H. and Altman , R. 1971 . Shigellosis related to an airplane meal. Northeastern United States . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 20 : 397 402
  • Clemens , W. and Krüger , W. 1972 . Ueber die Isolierung von Shigella sonnei aus Sauerrahmbutter . Z. Ges. Hyg. , 18 : 522
  • Thomas , M. E. M. and Tillett , H. E. 1973 . Sonne dysentery in day schools and nurseries: an eighteen‐year study in Edmonton . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 71 : 593
  • Yoas , J. , Gentry , E. , Sessums , J. and Dickerson , M. S. 1973 . Foodborne shigellosis, Austin, Texas . Shigella Surveillance , 34 : 8
  • Siegmund , I. 1960 . Untersuchungen über die Lebensdauer von Salmonellen und Shigellen in verschiedenartigen Lebensmitteln . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 144 : 550
  • Nass , W. 1965 . Untersuchungen über die Lebensdauer von Shigella flexneri und Shigella sonnei in künstlich infizierter Milch und in Milchprodukten . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 149 : 635
  • Dobberkau , H. J. and Lenk , J. 1966 . Butter als mögliche Infektionsquelle einer Shigella‐Epidemie . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 201 : 135
  • Love , W. C. , Gordon , A. M. , Gross , R. J. and Rowe , B. 1972 . Infantile gastroenteritis due to Escherichia coli O 142 . Lancet , II : 355
  • June , R. C. , Ferguson , W. W. and Worfel , M. T. 1953 . Experiments in feeding adult volunteers with Escherichia coli 55, B5, a coliform organism associated with infant diarrhea . Am. J. Hyg. , 57 : 222
  • Sakazaki , R. , Tamura , K. and Saito , M. 1967 . Enteropathogenic Escherichia coli associated with diarrhea in children and adults . Jap. J. Med. Sci, Biol. , 20 : 387
  • Ogawa , H. , Nakamura , A. and Sakazaki , R. 1968 . Pathogenic properties of “enteropathogenic”; Escherichia coli from diarrheal children and adults . Jap. J. Med. Sci Biol , 21 : 333
  • Rowe , B. , Taylor , J. and Bettelheim , K. A. 1970 . An investigation of travellers’ diarrhoea . Lancet , I : 1
  • Barnard , R. and Callahan , W. 1971 . Follow‐up on gastroenteritis attributed to imported French cheese . Morbid. Mortal Weekly Rep. , 20 : 445
  • Etkin , S. and Gorbach , S. L. 1971 . Studies on enterotoxin from Escherichia coli associated with acute diarrhea in man . J. Lab. Clin. Med. , 78 : 81
  • Sack , R. B. , Gorbach , S. L. , Bauwell , J. G. , Jacobs , B. , Chatterjee , B. D. and Mitra , R. C. 1971 . Enteroloxigenic Escherichia coli isolated from patients with severe cholera‐like disease . J. Infect. Dis. , 123 : 378
  • Marier , R. , Wells , J. G. , Swanson , R. C. , Callahan , W. and Mehlman , L J. 1973 . An outbreak of enteropathogenic Escherichia coli foodbome disease traced to imported French cheese . Lancet , II : 1376
  • Tulloch , E. F. , Ryan , K. J. , Formal , S. B. and Franklin , F. A. 1973 . Invasive enteropathic Escherichia coli dysentery. An outbreak in 28 adults . Ann. Intern. Med. , 79 : 13
  • Kellert , E. and Meeler , W. 1953 . Fatal gastroenteritis associated with Clostridium welchii . Am. J. Clin. Pathol. , 23 : 1234
  • Dische , F. E. and Elek , S. D. 1957 . Experimental food‐poisoning by Clostridium welchii . Lancet , 273 : 71
  • Hobbs , B. C. and Sutton , R. G. A. 1968 . Clostridium perfringens food poisoning . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 19 : 29
  • Sutton , R. G. A. and Hobbs , B. C. 1968 . Food poisoning caused by heat‐sensitive Clostridium welchii. A report of five recent outbreaks . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 66 : 135
  • Baumgart , J. , Asakawa , Y. and Heckelmann , H. 1971 . Eine durch hitzeempfindliche β‐haemolytische Clostridium perfringens‐Stämme, Hobbs Typen 1 und 4, verursachte Lebensmittelvergiftung . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 22 : 7
  • Deshaye , J. V. , Bartleson , C. A. , Leaf , C. D. , Amundson , H. , Hall , C. V. and Francis , B. J. 1972 . Clostridium perfringens‐Washington . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 21 : 163 168
  • Hauge , S. 1955 . Food poisoning caused by aerobic spore‐forming bacilli . J.Appl. Bacteriol. , 18 : 591
  • Nikodemusz , I. , Bodnár , S. , Boján , M. , Kiss , M. , Kiss , P. , Laczkó , M. , Molnár , E. and Pápay , D. 1962 . Aerobe Sporenbildner als Lebensmittelvergifter . Zertfralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 184 : 462
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Koopman , M. J. and Jongerius , E. 1967 . Enumeration of Bacillus cereus in foods . Appl. Microbiol , 15 : 650
  • Midura , T. , Gerber , M. , Wood , R. and Leonard , A. R. 1970 . Outbreak of food poisoning caused by Bacillus cereus . Public Health Rep. , 85 : 45
  • Ludwig , K. 1971 . Bacillus cereus als Ursache einer Lebensmittelintoxikation . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 22 : 104
  • Bergdoll , M. S. , Pace , P. J. , Krumbiegel , E. R. and Skinner , H. G. 1973 . Possible Bacillus cereus infection‐Wisconsin . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 22 : 14
  • Hauschild , A. H. W. , Hilsheimer , R. and Thatcher , F. S. 1967 . Acid resistance and infectivity of food poisoning Clostridium perfringens . Can. J. Microbiol. , 13 : 1041
  • Stark , R. L. and Duncan , D. L. 1972 . Purification and biochemical properties of Clostridium perfringens type A enterotoxin . Infect. Immun. , 6 : 662
  • Hauschild , A. H. W. 1973 . Food poisoning by Clostridium perfringens . Can. Inst. Food Sci. Technol. J. , 6 : 106
  • Niilo , L. 1973 . Fluid secretory response of bovine Thiry jejunal fistula to enterotoxin of Clostridium perfringens . Infect. Immun. , 7 : 1
  • Niilo , L. 1973 . Antigenic homogenecity of enterotoxin from different agglutinating serotypes of Clostridium perfringens . Can. J. Microbiol , 19 : 521
  • Spira , W. M. and Goepfert , J. M. 1972 . Bacillus cereus‐induced fluid accumulation in rabbit ileal loops . Appl. Microbiol , 24 : 341
  • Goepfert , J. M. , Spira , W. M. , Glatz , B. A. and Kim , H. U. 1973 . “ Pathogenicity of Bacillus cereus ” . In The Microbiological Safety of Food , Edited by: Hobbs , B. C. and Christian , J. H. B. 69 London : Academic Press .
  • Zen‐Yoji , H. , Sakai , S. , Terayama , T. , Kudo , Y. , Ito , T. , Benoki , M. and Nagasaki , M. 1965 . Epidemiology, enteropathogenicity and classification of Vibrio parahaemolyticus . J. Infect. Dis. , 115 : 436
  • Sakazaki , R. , Tamura , K. , Kato , T. , Obara , Y. , Yamai , S. and Hobo , K. 1968 . Studies on the enteropathogenic, facultatively halophilic bacteria, Vibrio parahaemolyticus. III. Enteropathogenicity . Jap. J. Med. Sci. Biol. , 21 : 325
  • Zen‐Yoji , H. , Sakai , S. , Kudoh , Y. , Itoh , T. and Terayama , T. 1970 . Antigenic schema and epidemiology of Vibrio parahaemolyticus . Health Lab. Sci. , 7 : 100
  • Sakazaki , R. 1973 . “ Recent trends of Yibrio parahaemolyticus as a causative agent of food poisoning ” . In The Microbiological Safety of Food , Edited by: Hobbs , B. C. and Christian , J. H. B. 19 London : Academic Press .
  • Nakanishi , H. , Leistner , L. and Baumgart , J. 1967 . Nachweis von Vibrio parahaemolyticus und Vibrio alginolyticus bei Seefischen in Deutschland. Vorläufige Mitteilung . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 18 : 201
  • Nakanishi , H. , Leistner , L. , Heckebnann , H. and Baumgart , J. 1968 . Weitere Untersuchungen über das Vorkommen von Vibrio parahaemolyticus und Vibrio alginolyticus bei Seefischen in Deutschland . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 19 : 49
  • Kampelmacher , E. H. , Mossel , D. A. A. , Noorle Jansen , L. van and Vincentie , H. 1970 . A survey on the occurrence of Vibrio parahaemolyticus on fish and shellfish, marketed in The Netherlands . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 68 : 189
  • Barrow , G. I. and Miller , D. C. 1972 . Vibrio parahaemolyticus: a potential pathogen from marine sources in Britain . Lancet , 1 : 485
  • Kampelmacher , E. H. , Noorle Jansen , L. M. , van Mossel , D. A. A. and Groen , F. J. 1972 . A survey of the occurrence, of Vibrio parahaemolyticus and V. alginolyticus on mussels and oysters and in estuarine waters in The Netherlands . J. Appl Bacteriol , 35 : 431
  • Rebollo , M. R. , Tamura , K. , Heckelmann , H. and Leistner , L. 1970 . Nachweis von Vibrio parahaemolyticus in Spanie . Fleischwirtschaft , 50 : 849
  • Heckelmann , H. , Tamura , K. , Inal , T. and Leistner , L. 1971 . Vorkommen von Vibrio parahaemolyticus in verschiedene Seegebieten Europas im Jahre 1970 . Fleischwirtschaft , 51 : 965
  • Gianelli , F. , Cabassi , E. , Allodi , C. and Freschi , E. 1970 . Isolamento di batteri cerrelati a Vibrio parahaemolyticus dal acque del Mare Adriatico . Ig. Mod , 63 : 264
  • Ward , B. Q. 1968 . Isolations of organisms related to Vibrio parahaemolyticus from American estuarine sediments . App. Microbiol. , 16 : 543
  • Baross , J. and Liston , J. 1970 . Occurrence of Vibrio parahaemolyticus and related hemolytic vibrios in marina environments of Washington State . Appl. Microbiol. , 20 : 179
  • Vanderzant , C. , Nickelson , R. and Parker , J. C. 1970 . Isolation of Vibrio parahaemolyticus from Gulf Coast Shrimp . Milk Food Technol. , 33 : 161
  • Bartley , C. H. and Slanetz , L. W. 1971 . Occurrence of Vibrio parahaemolyticus in estuarine waters and oysters of New Hampshire . Appl. Microbiol , 21 : 965
  • Thomson , W. K. and Trenholm , D. A. 1971 . The isolation of Vibrio parahaemolyticus and related halophilic bacteria from Canadian Atlantic shellfish . Can. J. Microbiol. , 17 : 545
  • Thomson , W. K. and Thacker , C. L. 1972 . Incidence of Vibrio parahaemolyticus in shellfish from eight Canadian Atlantic sampling areas . J. Fish. Res. Board Canada , 29 : 1633
  • Wallace , R. B. and Battey , Y. M. 1971 . Vibrio parahaemolyticus in oysters . Med J. Aust , I : 982
  • Caroley , P. and Noms , D. 1973 . Isolation of Vibrio parahaemolyticus in New Zealand . N.Z. Med. J. , 78 : 107
  • Aldova , E. , Laznickova , K. , Stepankova , E. and Lietava , J. 1968 . Isolation of nonagglutinable vibrios from an enteritis outbreak in Czechoslovakia . J. Infect. Dis. , 118 : 25
  • Battey , Y. M. , Wallace , R. B. , Allen , B. C. and Keeffe , B. M. 1970 . Gastro‐enteritis in Australia caused by marine vibrio . Med. J. Aust. , 1 : 430
  • Chatterjee , B. D. , Neogy , K. N. and Gorback , S. L. 1970 . Study of Vibrio parahaemolyticus from cases of diarrhoea in Calentta . Indian J. Med Res. , 58 : 234
  • Sumner , W. A. , Moore , S. J. , Bush , A. , Nelson , R. , Molenda , J. R. , Johnson , W. , Garber , H. J. and Wentz , B. 1971 . Vibrio parahaemolyticus gastroenteritis‐Maryland . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 20 : 356
  • Beard , J. H. , Nelson , R. , Salinger , A. , Molenda , J. and Stafford , J. D. 1972 . Vibrio parahaemolyticus gastroenteritis‐Maryland . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 21 : 245
  • Bockemühl , J. , Amédomé , A. and Triemer , A. 1972 . Gastro‐entérites cholériformes dues á Vibrio parahaemolyticus sur la côte du Togo (Afrique occidentale) . Z. Tropenmed. Parasitol. , 23 : 308
  • Gregory , R. L. , Felsenfeld , O. , Cannon , H. E. , Calmes , H. W. , Caraway , C. T. , Hanser , G. H. , d'Alfonso , J. A. , Fishbein , M. and Gunera , N. 1972 . Vibrio parahaemolyticus‐Louisiana . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 21 : 341
  • Thompson , H. , Budd , L. , Wharton , A. , Michalak , B. and Airman , R. 1972 . Vibrio parahaemolyticus‐New Jersey . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 21 : 430
  • Barker , W. H. 1974 . Vibrio parahaemolyticus outbreaks in the United States . Lancet , I : 551
  • Buttiaux , R. 1958 . “ Technique simple d'examen bactériologique des saumures de jambon et ses résultats ” . In The Microbiology of Fish and Meat Curing Brines , Edited by: Eddy , B. P. 137 London : Her Majesty's Stationery Office .
  • Henry , M. , Joubert , L. , Renault , L. and Goret , P. 1958 . “ Sur une bactérie hautement dénitrifiante des saumures de viandes ” . In The Microbiology of Fish and Meat Curing Brines , Edited by: Eddy , B. P. 213 London : Her Majesty's Stationery Office .
  • Petäjä , E. , Laine , J. J. and Niinivaaia , F. P. 1973 . Einfiuss der Pökellakebakterien auf die Eigenschaften gepökelten Fleisches . Fleischwirtschaft , 53 : 680
  • Nagao , M. , Watanabe , K. , Kitamura , H. , Motoki , Y. and Aoki , Y. 1970 . Outbreaks of food poisoning due to Vibrio parahaemolyticus among Japanese touring groups returning from Hong Kong . Trop. Med. , 12 : 64
  • Smith , M. R. and Haga , K. 1971 . Preliminary findings on the detection and occurrence of Vibrio parahaemolyticus among the U.S. military in the Far East . Bacteriol. Proc. , : 80
  • Peffers , A‐ S. R. , Bailey , J. , Barrow , G. I. and Hobbs , B. C. 1973 . Vibrio parahaemolyticus gastroenteritis and international air travel . Lancet , 1 : 143
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Jansen , J. T. , Broeke , R. Ten and Elderink , I. A note on the bacteriological condition of frozen cooked shrimps originating from the Orient . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , in preparation
  • Edwards , P. R. , Fife , M. A. and Ramsey , C. H. 1959 . Studies on the Arizona group of Enterobacteriaceae . Bacteriol. Rev. , 23 : 155
  • Verder , E. 1961 . Bacteriological and serological studies of organisms of the Arizona group associated with a food‐borne outbreak of gastroenteritis . J. Food Sci. , 26 : 618
  • Winkle , S. and Rohde , R. 1972 . Ueber Arizona‐Infektionen bei einer alimentaren Massenintoxikation in Hamburg . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.), B , 155 : 401
  • Bhat , P. , Myers , R. M. and Carpenter , K. P. 1967 . Edwardsiella tarda in a study of juvenile diarrhoea . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 65 : 293
  • Jordan , G. W. and Hadley , W. K. 1969 . Human infection with Edwardsiella tarda . Ann. Intern. Med. , 70 : 283
  • Bockemühl , J. , Pan‐Urai , R. and Burkhatdt , F. 1971 . Edwardsiella tarda associated with human disease . Pathol. Microbiol. , 37 : 393
  • Makulu , A. , Gatti , F. and Vandepitte , J. 1973 . Edwardsiella tarda infections in Zaire . Ann. Soc. Belg. Med. Trop. , 53 : 165
  • Cooper , K. E. , Davies , J. and Wiseman , J. 1941 . An investigation of an outbreak of food poisoning associated with organsims of the Proteus group . J. Pathol. Bacterial. , 52 : 91
  • Kleeman , J. , Frant , S. and Abrahamson , A. E. 1942 . Food poisoning outbreaks involving smoked fish ‐ their epidemiology and control . Am. J. Public Health , 32 : 151
  • Cherry , W. B. , Lentz , P. L. and Barnes , L. A. 1946 . Implication of Proteus mirabilis in an outbreak of gastroenteritis . Am. J. Public Health , 36 : 484
  • Rivas , V. M. T. , Vargas , C. A. , Castro , A. M. A. , Parrilla , C. M. C. and Fontain , L. 1965 . Estudio estadistico desde el punto de vista microbiologico de quesos sospechosos de haber causado intoxicacion . Salud Publica Mex. , 7 : 243
  • Popovici , M. , Nacesco , N. and Filipesco , S. 1969 . Différenciation par voie sérologique et à l'aide de la lysotypie des souches de Proteus ‐ étude épidémiologique d'un foyer de toxi‐infection alimentaire . Arch. Roum. Pathol. Exp. Microbiol , 28 : 195
  • Nilehn , B. 1969 . Studies on Yersinia enterocolitica with special reference to bacterial diagnosis and occurrence in human acute enteric disease . Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. Suppl. , : 206
  • Noyen , R. van , Vandepitte , J. and Isebaert , A. 1970 . Yersinia enterocolitica: een belangrijke oorzaak van darm‐ontsteking . Nederl. Tijdschr. Geneeskd. , 114 : 188
  • Sonnenwirth , A. C. and Weaver , R. E. 1970 . Yersinia enterocolitica . N. Engl. J. Med. , 283 : 1468
  • Chessum , B. , Frengley , J. D. , Fleck , D. G. and Mair , N. S. 1971 . Case of septicaemia due to Yersinia enterocolitica . Br. Med. J. , 3 : 466
  • Esseveld , H. 1971 . Ziekteverschijnselen bij 108 Yersinia enterocolitica‐infecties . Nederl. Tijdschr. Geneeskd. , 115 : 2003
  • Williams , E. P. and Cameron , K. 1894 . Upon general infection by the Bacillus pyocyaneus in children . J. Pathol. Bacteriol , 3 : 344
  • Dold , H. 1918 . Ueber Pyozyaneus‐Sepsis und Pyozyaneus‐Darminfektion in Shanghai . Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg. , 22 : 365
  • Hunter , C. A. and Ensign , P. R. 1947 . An epidemic of diarrhea in a new‐borne nursery caused by Pseudomonas aeruginosa . Am. J. Public Health , 37 : 1166
  • Florman , A. L. and Schifrin , H. 1950 . Observations on a small outbreak of infantile diarrhea associated with Pseudomonas aeruginosa . J. Pediatr. , 36 : 758
  • Henderson , A. , Maclaurin , J. and Scott , J. M. 1969 . Pseudomonas in a Glasgow baby unit . Lancet , II : 316
  • Thorn , A. R. , Cole , A. P. and Watrasiewicz , K. 1970 . Pseudomonas aeruginosa infection in a neonatal nursery, possibly transmitted by a breast‐milk pump . Lancet , I : 560
  • Kubota , Y. and Lin , P. V. 1971 . An enterotoxin of Pseudomonas aeruginosa . J. Infect. Dis. , 123 : 97
  • Weber , G. , Werner , H. P. and Matschnigg , H. 1971 . Pseudomonas aeruginosa im Trinkwasser als Todesursache bei Neugeborenen . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 216 : 210
  • Falcao , D. P. 1972 . Nursery outbreak of severe diarrhoea due to multiple strains of Pseudomonas aeruginosa . Lancet , II : 38
  • Martinez‐Silva , R. , Guzmann‐Urrego , M. and Caselitz , F. H. 1961 . Zur Frage der Bedeutung von Aeromonas‐Stämmen bei Säuglingsenteritis . Z. Tropenmed. Parasitol , 12 : 445
  • Rosner , R. 1964 . Aeromonas hydrophila as the etiologic agent in a case of severe gastroenteritis . Am. J. Clin. Pathol , 42 : 402
  • Wassum , J. 1967 . Ein Fall von Aeromonas‐Enteritis . Zentralbl. Arbeitsmed. , 17 : 313
  • Simon , G. and Graevenitz , A. von . 1969 . Intestinal and water‐borne infections due to Aeromonas hydrophila . Public Health Lab. , 27 : 159
  • Helm , E. B. and Stille , W. 1970 . Akute Enteritis durch Aeromonas hydrophila . Dtsch. Med. Worchenschr. , 95 : 18
  • Zajc‐Satler , J. , Dragas , A. Z. and Kumelj , M. 1972 . Morphological and biochemical studies of 6 strains of Plesiomonas shigelloides isolated from clinical sources . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.), A , 219 : 514
  • Lang , K. 1961 . Ueber Lebensmittelschädigungen durch Streptokokken . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 12 : 125
  • Lüond , H. and Gasser , H. 1964 . Faekalstreptococcen als Lebensmittelvergifter . Mitt. Geb. Lebensmittelunters Hyg. , 55 : 144
  • Sedova , N. N. 1970 . A study of the role of enterococci in the aetiology of food poisoning . Vopr. Pitan. , 29 : 82
  • 1970 . Abstr. Hyg. , 45 : 1145
  • Ingram , M. and Barnes , E. 1955 . Streptococci in pasteurised canned hams . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 7 : 101
  • Deibel , R. H. and Silliker , J. H. 1963 . Food‐poisoning potential of the enterococci . J. Bacteriol. , 85 : 827 832
  • Névot , A. 1949 . Nouvelles données sur les toxi‐infections alimentaires d'origine carnée . Rev. Pathol. Compar. Hyg. Gen. , 49 : 74
  • Schönberg , F. 1949 . Zur Entstehung und Verhütung sogenannter unspezifischer bakterieller Lebensmittelvergiftungen, insbesondere von Fäulnisintoxikationen . Tieraerztl. Umsch. , 4 : 149
  • Hobbs , B. C. 1953 . The intensity of bacterial contamination in relation to food poisoning with special reference to Clostridium welchii . Atti VI Congr. Int. Microbiol , 7 : 280
  • De , S. N. and Chatterje , D. N. 1953 . An experimental study of the mechanism of action of Vibrio cholerae on the intestinal mucous membrane . J. Pathol. Bacteriol. , 66 : 559
  • De , S. N. , Bhattachaiya , K. and Sarkar , J. K. 1956 . A study of the pathogenicity of strains of Bacterium coli from acute and chronic enteritis . J. Pathol. Bacteriol , 71 : 201
  • Taylor , J. , Maltby , M. P. and Payne , J. M. 1958 . Factors influencing the response of ligated rabbit‐gut segments to injected Escherichia coli . J. Pathol. Bacteriol , 76 : 491
  • Smith , H. W. and Halls , S. 1967 . Observations by the ligated intestinal segment and oral inoculation methods on Escherichia coli infections in pigs, calves, lambs and rabbits . J. Pathol. Bacteriol , 93 : 499
  • Duncan , C. L. , Sugiyama , H. and Strong , D. H. 1968 . Rabbit ileal loop response to strains of Clostridium perfringens . J. Bacteriol , 95 : 1560
  • Ogawa , H. , Nakamura , A. and Sakazaki , R. 1968 . Pathogenic properties of “enteropathogcnic”; Escherichia coli from diarrhoeal children and adults . Jap. J. Med. Sci. Biol , 21 : 333
  • Duncan , C. L. and Strong , D. H. 1969 . Experimental production of diarrhea in rabbits with Clostridium perfringens . Can. J. Microbiol , 15 : 765
  • Duncan , C. L. and Strong , D. H. 1969 . Ileal loop fluid accumulation and production of diarrhea in rabbits by cell‐free products of Clostridium perfringens . J. Bacteriol , 100 : 86
  • Ogawa , H. and Nakamura , A. 1969 . Experimental bacillary dysentery in rabbits . Jap. J. Med. Sci. Biol , 22 : 383
  • Hauschild , A. H. W. , Hilsheimer , R. and Rogers , C. G. 1971 . Rapid detection of Clostridium perfringens enterotoxin by a modified ligated intestinal loop technique in rabbits . Can. J. Microbiol , 17 : 1475
  • Punyashthiti , K. and Finkelstein , R. A. 1971 . Enteropathogenicity of Escherichia coli. I. Evaluation of mouse intestinal loops . Infect. Immun. , 4 : 473
  • Zinnaka , Y. and Carpenter , C. C. J. 1972 . Enterotoxin produced by noncholera vibrios . Johns Hopkins Med. J. , 131 : 403
  • Nalin , D. R. and Richardson , S. H. 1973 . Diarrhoea resembling cholera induced by Escherichia coli culture filtrate . Lancet , I : 677
  • Legroux , R. , Jeramec , C. and Levaditi , J. C. 1945 . Statistique du botulisme de l'occupation 1940–1944 . Bull. Acad. Med. , 129 : 643
  • Lewis , K. H. and Cassel , K. Botulism . Proceedings of a Symposium . U.S. Dept. Health, Education, and Welfare Public Health Service Publ. 999‐FP‐1 .
  • Foster , E. M. , Deffner , J. S. , Bott , T. L. and McCoy , E. 1965 . Clostridium botulinum food poisoning . J. Milk Food Technol , 28 : 86
  • Ingram , M. and Roberts , T. A. , eds. Botulism Proceedings of the Fifth International Symposium of Food Microbiology . July 1966 , Moscow. London : Chapman and Hall .
  • Herzberg , M. , ed. Toxic Micro‐organisms . Proceedings of the First U.S.‐Japan Conference . Washington, D.C. : U.S. Department of the Interior .
  • Gangarosa , E. J. , Donadio , J. A. , Armstrong , R. W. , Meyer , K. F. , Bachman , P. S. and Dowell , V. R. 1971 . Botulism in the United States, 1899–1969 . A m. J. Epidemiol , 93 : 93
  • Gonzalez , C. and Gutierrez , C. 1972 . Intoxication botulique humaine par Clostridium botulinum B . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 123 : 799
  • Riemann , H. 1973 . Botulinum food poisoning . Can. Inst. Food Sci. Technol. J. , 6 : 111
  • Sebald , M. and Saimot , G. 1973 . Toxémie botulique. Intérêt de sa mise en évidence dans le diagnostic du botulisme humain de type B . Ann. Microbiol. Inst. Pasteur , 124a : 61
  • Dolman , C. E. 1974 . Human botulism in Canada . Can. Med. Assoc. J. , 110 : 191
  • Greenberg , R. A. , Silliker , J. H. and Fatta , L. D. 1959 . The influence of sodium chloride on toxin production and organoleptic breakdown in perishable cured meat inoculated with Clostridium botulinum . Food Technol , 13 : 509
  • Pivnick , H. and Bird , H. 1965 . Toxinogenesis by Clostridium botulinum types A and E in perishable cooked meats vacuum‐packed in plastic pouches . Food Technol , 19 : 1156
  • Collins‐Thompson , D. L. , Chang , P. C. , Davidson , C. M. , Larmon , E. and Pivnick , H. 1974 . Effect of nitrite and storage temperature on the organoleptic quality and toxinogenesis by Clostridum botulinum in vacuum‐packaged side bacon . J. Food Sci. , 39 : 607
  • Licciardello , J. J. , Nickeison , J. T. R. , Ribich , C. A. and Goldblith , S. A. 1967 . Thermal inactivation of type E botulinum toxin . Appl. Microbiol , 15 : 249
  • Yao , M. G. , Denny , C. B. and Bohrer , C. W. 1973 . Effect of frozen storage time on heat inactivation of Clostridium botulinum type E toxin . Appl. Microbiol , 25 : 503
  • Esty , J. R. and Meyer , K. F. 1922 . The heat resistance of the spores of B. botulinus and allied anaerobes. XI . J. Infect. Dis. , 31 : 650
  • Schoenholz , P. , Esty , J. R. and Meyei , K. F. 1923 . Toxin production and signs of spoilage in commercially canned vegetables and fruits inoculated with detoxified spores of B. botulinus. XII . J. Infect. Dis. , 33 : 289
  • Meyer , K. F. 1931 . The protective measures of the State of California against botulism . J. Prevent. Med. , 5 : 261
  • Esty , J. R. 1935 . Control of the processing of canned foods in California . A m. J. Public Health , 25 : 165
  • Gillespy , T. G. 1962 . “ The principles of heat sterilization ” . In Recent Advances in Food Science , Edited by: Hawthorne , J. and Leitch , Mail . Vol. 2 , 93 London : Butterworths .
  • Anellis , A. and Werkowski , S. 1971 . Estimation of an equivalent “12D”; process by the normal distribution method . Can. J. Microbiol , 17 : 1185
  • Stumbo , C. R. 1973 . Thermobacteriology in Food Processing , New York : Academic Press .
  • Pivnick , H. and Barnett , H. 1965 . Effect of salt and temperature on toxinogenesis by Clostridium botulinum in perishable cooked meats vacuum‐packed in air‐impermeable plastic pouches . Food Technol. , 19 : 1164
  • Pivnick , H. , Rubin , L. J. , Barnett , H. W. , Nordin , H. R. , Ferguson , P. A. and Perrin , C. H. 1967 . Effect of sodium nitrite and temperature on toxinogenesis by Clostridium botulinum in perishable cooked meats vacuum‐packed in air‐impermeable plastic pouches . Food Technol. , 21 : 204
  • Pivnick , H. , Bamett , H. W. , Nordin , H. R. and Rubin , L. J. 1969 . Factors affecting the safety of canned, cured shelf‐stable luncheon meat inoculated with Clostridium botulinum . Can. Jnst. Food Technol. J. , 2 : 141
  • Pivnick , H. , Johnston , M. A. , Thacker , C. and Loynes , R. 1970 . Effect of nitrite on destruction and germination of Clostridium botulinum and putrefactive anaerobes 3679 and 3679h in meat and in buffer . Can. Inst. Food Technol. J. , 3 : 103
  • Ingram , M. and Roberts , T. A. 1971 . Application of the “D‐concept”; to heat treatments involving curing salts . J. Food Technol , 6 : 21
  • Christiansen , L. N. , Johnston , R. W. , Kautter , D. A. , Howard , J. W. and Aunan , W. J. 1973 . Effect of nitrite and nitrate on toxin production of Clostridium botulinum and on nitrosamine formation in perishable canned comminuted cured meat . Appl‐ Microbiol. , 25 : 357
  • Pivnick , H. and Chang , P. C. 1973 . Perigo effect in pork . Proceedings of the International Symposium Nitrite in Meat Products . 1973 , Wageningen, The Netherlands. pp. 111
  • Riha , W. E. and Solberg , M. 1973 . Instability of sodium nitrite in a chemically defined microbiological me'dium . J. Food Sci. , 38 : 1
  • Meyer , V. and Kietzmann , U. 1958 . Das Verhalten von Botulinuskeimen in Geleeheringen . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 9 : 280
  • Pivnick , H. and Bird , H. 1965 . Toxinogenesis by Clostridium botulinum types A and E in perishable cooked meats vacuum‐packed in plastic pouches . Food Technol. , 19 : 1156
  • Baird‐Parker , A. C. and Freame , B. 1967 . Combined effect of water activity, pH and temperature on the growth of Clostridium botulinum from spore and vegetative cell inocula . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 30 : 420
  • Blanche Koelensmid , W. A. A. and Rhee , R. van . 1968 . Intrinsic factors in meat products counteracting botulinogenic conditions . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 34 : 287
  • Riemann , H. , Lee , W. H. and Genigeorgis , C. 1972 . Control of Clostridium botulinum and Staphylococcus aureus in semi‐preserved meat products . J. Milk Food Technol. , 35 : 514
  • Leistner , L. , Heckelmann , H. , Bem , Z. and Albertz , R. 1973 . Untersuchungen zur Reduktion des Nitritzusatzes zu Fleischerzeugnissen . Fleischwirtschaft , 53 : 1751
  • Roberts , T. A. 1973 . Inhibition of bacterial growth in model systems in relation to the stability and safety of cured meats . Proceedings of the International Symposium Nitrite in Meat Products . 1973 , Wageningen, The Netherlands. pp. 91
  • Tähdler , K. and Hähne , H. 1973 . Qualitàtserhaltung bei vakuum‐verpacktem Brühwurst‐Aufschnitt . Fleischwirtschaft , 53 : 1417
  • Ingram , M. and Robinson , R. H. M. 1951 . A discussion of the literature on botulism in relation to acid foods . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 14 : 73
  • Taclindo , C. , Midura , T. , Nygaard , G. S. and Bodily , H. L. 1967 . Examination of prepared foods in plastic packages for Clostridium botulinum . Appl. Microbiol. , 15 : 426
  • Insalata , N. F. , Witzeman , S. J. , Fredericks , G. J. and Sunga , F. C. A. 1969 . Incidence study of spores of Clostridum botulinum in convenience foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 17 : 542
  • Fukuda , T. , Kitao , T. , Tanikawa , H. and Sakaguchi , G. 1970 . An outbreak of type B botulism occurring in Miyazaki Prefecture . Jap. J. Med. Sci. Biol. , 23 : 243
  • Abrahamson , K. and Riemann , H. 1971 . Prevalence of Clostridium botulinum in semi‐preserved meat products . Appl. Microbiol , 21 : 543
  • Müller‐Prasuhn , G. and Bach , R. 1971 . Ein hausgemachter Schinken als Ursache von Botulismus . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 22 : 179
  • Ryan , D. W. and Cherington , M. 1971 . Human type A botulism . JAMA , 216 : 513
  • Meyer , K. F. and Eddie , B. 1951 . Perspectives concerning botulism . Z. Hyg. Infektionskr. , 133 : 255
  • Johnston , R. W. , Feldman , J. and Sullivan , R. 1963 . Botulism from canned tuna fish . Public Health Rep. , 78 : 561
  • Erdman , I. E. and Idziak , E. S. 1965 . Underprocessing — A major factor leading to a recent botulism incident . Can. J. Public Health , 56 : 26
  • Reed , R. W. , Butas , C. A. and Gall , R. J. 1965 . Human botulism due to commercial products . Can. Med. Assoc. J. , 93 : 244
  • Colmore , H. , Neu , H. C. , Goldman , J. J. , d'Archangelis , D. , Gaafar , H. , Hinman , A. R. and Ingraham , H. S. 1971 . Botulism associated with commercially canned vichyssoise . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 20 : 242
  • Spaulding , J. E. 1971 . Botulinum contamination: Recall of Campbell chicken vegetable soup . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 20 : 302
  • Wood , L. W. 1973 . Botulinal toxin in commercially canned mushrooms‐United States . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 22 : 115
  • Prévot , A. R. and Huet , M. 1951 . Existence en France du botulisme humain d'origine pisciaire et de Cl. botulinum E. . Bull. Acad. Natl. Med. (Paris) , 135 : 432
  • Dolman , C. E. and Chang , H. 1953 . The epidemiology and pathogenesis of type E and fish‐borne botulism . Can. J. Public Health , 44 : 231
  • Ager , E. A. and Dolman , C. E. 1964 . Type E botulism. Report of an outbreak in Washington . JAMA , 187 : 538
  • Eadie , G. A. , Molner , J. G. , Solomon , R. J. and Aach , R. D. 1964 . Type E botulism. Report of an outbreak in Michigan . JAMA , 187 : 496
  • Whittaker , R. L. , Gilbettson , R. B. and Garrett , A. S. 1964 . Botulism, type E. Report of eight simultaneous cases . Ann. Intern. Med. , 61 : 448
  • Baumgart , J. 1970 . Nachweis von Clostridium botulinum Typ E bei handelsfertigen Forellen . Fleischwirtschaft , 50 : 1545
  • Bach , R. , Wenzel , S. , Müller‐Prasuhn , G. and Gläsker , H. 1971 . Teichforellen als Träger von Clostridium botulinum und Ursache von Botulismus. 3. Mitt.: Nachweis von Clostridium botulinum Typ E in einer Teichwirtschaft mit Bearbeitungsbetrieb sowie in frischen und geräucherten Forellen verschiedener Herkunft . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 22 : 107
  • Schmidt , C. F. , Lechowich , R. V. and Folinazzo , J. F. 1961 . Growth and toxin production by type E Clostridium botulinum below 40°F . J. Food Sci. , 26 : 626
  • Schmidt , C. F. , Lechowich , R. V. and Nank , W. K. 1962 . Radiation resistance of spores of type E Clostridium as related to extension of the refrigerated storage life of foods . J. Food Sci , 27 : 85
  • Cann , D. C. , Wilson , B. B. , Hobbs , G. , Shewan , J. M. and Johannsen , A. 1965 . The incidence of Clostridium botulinum type E in fish and bottom deposits in the North Sea and off the coast of Scandinavia . J. Appl. Bacterial. , 28 : 426
  • Johannsen , A. 1965 . Clostridium botulinum type E in foods and the environment generally . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 28 : 90
  • Ward , B. Q. and Carroll , B. J. 1965 . Presence of Clostridium botulinum type E in estuarine waters of the Gulf of Mexico . Appl. Microbiol. , 13 : 502
  • Bott , T. L. , Deffner , J. S. , McCoy , E. and Foster , E. M. 1966 . Clostridium botulinum type E in fish from the Great Lakes . J. Bacteriol , 91 : 919
  • Carroll , B. J. , Garrett , E. S. , Reese , G. B. and Ward , B. Q. 1966 . Presence of Clostridium botulinum in the gulf of Venezuela and the gulf of Darien . Appl. Microbiol. , 14 : 837
  • Chapman , H. M. and Naylor , H. B. 1966 . Isolation of Clostridium botulinum type E from Cayuga lake fish . Appl. Microbiol. , 14 : 301
  • Insalata , N. F. , Fredericks , G. J. , Berman , J. H. and Borker , E. 1967 . Clostridium botulinum type E in frozen vacuum‐packed fish . Food Technol , 21 : 296
  • Pace , P. J. , Krumbiegel , E. R. , Angelotti , R. and Wisniewski , H. J. 1967 . Demonstration and isolation of Clostridium botulinum types from whitefish chubs collected at fish smoking plants of the Milwaukee axea . Appl. Microbiol. , 15 : 877
  • Presnell , M. W. , Miescier , J. J. and Hill , W. F. 1967 . Clostridium botulinum in marine sediments and in the oyster (Crassostrea Virginia) from Mobile Bay . Appl Microbiol , 15 : 668
  • Ward , B. Q. , Carroll , B. J. , Garrett , E. S. and Reese , G. B. 1967 . Survey of the U.S. Gulf coast for the presence of Clostridium botulinum . Appl. Microbiol , 15 : 629
  • Ward , B. Q. , Carroll , B. J. , Garrett , E. S. and Reese , G. B. 1967 . Survey of the U.S. Atlantic coast and estuaries from Key Largo to Staten Island for the presence of Clostridium botulinum . Appl Microbiol , 15 : 964
  • Craig , J. M. , Hayes , S. and Pilcher , K. S. 1968 . Incidence of Clostridium botulinum type E in salmon and other marine fish in the Pacific Northwest . Appl Microbiol , 16 : 553
  • Hayes , S. , Craig , J. M. and Pilcher , K. S. 1970 . The detection of Clostridium botulinum type E in smoked fish products in the Pacific Northwest . Can. J. Microbiol , 16 : 207
  • Kautter , D. A. 1964 . Clostridium botulinum type E in smoked fish . J. Food Sci. , 29 : 843
  • Abrahamsson , K. , Gullmar , B. and Molin , N. 1966 . The effect of temperature on toxin formation and toxin stability of Clostridium botulinum type E indifferent environments . Can. J. Microbiol , 12 : 385
  • Segner , W. P. , Schmidt , C. F. and Boltz , J. K. 1966 . Effect of sodium chloride and pH on the outgrowth of spores of type E Clostridium botulinum at optimal and suboptimal temperatures . Appl. Microbiol. , 14 : 49
  • Evans , J. B. , Buettner , L. G. and Niven , C. F. 1950 . Evaluation of the coagulase test in the study of Staphylococci associated with food poisoning . J. Bacteriol , 60 : 481
  • Untermann , F. and Sinell , H. J. 1970 . Beitrag zum Vorkommen enterotoxinbildender Staphylokokken . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 215 : 166
  • Zierdt , C H. and Golde , D. W. 1970 . Deoxyribonuclease‐positive Staphylococcus epidermidis strains . Appl. Microbiol , 20 : 54
  • Zak , C. , Jeljaszewicz , J. and Stockmal , I. 1971 . Serological types of enterotoxins produced by strains of Staphylococcus aureus isolated from feces . Zentralbl Bakteriol. (Orig.), A , 218 : 41
  • Morris , C. A. , Conway , H. D. and Everall , P. H. 1972 . Food‐poisoning due to Staphlococcal enterotoxin E. . Lancet , II : 1375
  • Untermann , F. 1972 . Zum Vorkommen von enterotoxinbüdendenStaphylokokken bei Menschen . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.), A , 222 : 18
  • Hajek , V. and Maisalek , E. 1973 . The occurrence of enterotoxigenic Staphylococcus auieus strains in hosts of different animal species . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.), A , 223 : 63
  • Müller , H. , Puppel , H. , Mannheim , W. , Dajani , H. and Ahn , U. von . 1973 . Fäkale Trägerrate und Enterotoxinbildungs‐vermögen von Staphylococcus aureus beim Menschen . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.), A , 223 : 180
  • La Chapelle , N. C. , Joy , E. H. and Halverson , C W. 1966 . A gastroenteritis outbreak of Staphylococcus aureus, type 29 . Am. J. Public Health , 56 : 94
  • Donnelly , C B. , Leslie , J. E. and Black , L. A. 1968 . Production of enterotoxin A in milk . Appl. Microbiol , 16 : 917
  • Baumgart , J. 1970 . Enterotoxin‐D‐bildende Staphylokokken als Ursache einer Lebensmittelvergiftung . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 21 : 35
  • Tatini , S. R. , Jezeski , J. J. , Morris , H. A. , Olson , J. C. and Casman , E. P. 1971 . Production of staphylococcal enterotoxin A in Cheddar and Colby cheeses . J. Dairy Sci , 54 : 815
  • Milling , M. 1971 . Staphylococcal food poisoning from commercially prepared barbecued chicken, from “hot”; turkey sandwiches and from ham . Can. J. Public Health , 62 : 382
  • Weimann , O. , Mollohan , C. S. , Olson , R. L. , Zimmer , G. A. , Skinner , H. G. and Pook , L. H. 1971 . Staphylococcal gastroenteritis associated with salami. United States . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 20 : 253 258
  • Bergdoll , M. S. , Pace , P. J. , Krumbiegel , E. R. and Skinner , H. G. 1972 . Staphylococcal food poisoning‐Wisconsin . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 21 : 422
  • Gilbert , R. J. , Wieneke , A. A. , Lanser , J. and Simkovicova , M. 1972 . Serological detection of enterotoxin in foods implicated in staphylococcal food poisoning . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 70 : 755
  • Tatini , S. R. , Wesala , W. D. , Jezeski , J. J. and Morris , H. A. 1973 . Production of staphylococcal enterotoxin A in blue, brick, Mozzarella and Swiss cheeses . J. Dairy Sci. , 56 : 429
  • Hollander , H. O. 1966 . Purification of staphylococcal enterotoxin B. . Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. , 67 : 117
  • Mailer , F. J. 1969 . Die Staphylokokkenenterotoxine . Alimenta , 8 : 93
  • Raj , H. D. and Bergdoll , M. S. 1969 . Effect of enterotoxin B on human volunteers . J. Bacteriol. , 98 : 833
  • Stojanow , L and Meeser , G. 1970 . Staphylokokken‐Nahrungsmittel‐Enterotoxikosen . Alimenta , 9 : 228
  • Müller , F. J. and Stojanow , L. 1971 . Die Epidemiologie der Staphylokokken‐Lebensmittelvergiftung . Alimenta , 10 : 22
  • Fung , D. Y. C. 1972 . Experimental production of enterotoxin B in fish protein concentrate . J. Milk Food Technol. , 35 : 577
  • Minor , T. E. and Marth , E. H. 1972 . Production of staphylococcal enterotoxin A on cellophane‐over‐agar . Appl. Microbiol , 27 : 833
  • Reiser , R. , Conaway , D. and Bergdoll , M. S. 1974 . Detection of staphylococcal enterotoxin in foods . Appl. Microbiol , 27 : 83
  • Hall , H. E. 1968 . Enterotoxin and enzyme production by a selected group of Staphylococcus aureus cultures . Bacteriol. Proc , : 77
  • Victor , R. , Lachica , F. , Weiss , K. F. and Deibel , R. H. 1969 . Relationships among coagulase, enterotoxin and heat‐stable deoxyribonuclease production by Staphylococcus aureus . Appl. Microbiol. , 18 : 126
  • Breckinridge , J. C. and Bergdoll , M. S. 1971 . Outbreak of food‐borne gastroenteritis due to a coagulase‐negative enterotoxin‐producing Staphylococcus . N. Engl. J. Med. , 284 : 541
  • Bergdoll , M. S. 1972 . “ The enterotoxins ” . In The Staphylococci , Edited by: Cohen , J. O. 301 New York : John Wiley & Sons .
  • Langner , H. J. and Kloss , G. 1974 . Probleme bei der Reindarstellung des Staphylokokken‐Enterotoxins D und bei der Gewinnung von Antiserum D . Fleischwirtschaft , 54 : 215
  • Denny , C B. , Tan , P. L. and Bohrer , C W. 1966 . Heat inactivation of staphylococcal enterotoxin A . J. Food Sci , 31 : 762
  • Read , R. B. and Bradshaw , J. G. 1966 . Staphylococcal enterotoxin B thermal inactivation in milk . J. Dairy Sci , 49 : 202
  • Denny , C. B. , Humber , J. Y. and Bohrer , C. W. 1971 . Effect of toxin concentration on the heat inactivation of staphylococcal enterotoxinA in beef bouillon and in phosphate buffer . Appl. Microbiol. , 21 : 1064
  • Daffron , D. , Lovejoy , G. S. and Arnold , W. 1972 . Staphylococcal food poisoning‐Tennessee . Morbid. Mortal Weekly Rep. , 21 : 169
  • Fung , D. Y. C. , Steinberg , D. H. , Miller , R. D. , Kurantnick , M. J. and Murphy , T. F. 1973 . Thermal inactivation of staphylococcal enterotoxins B and C . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 938
  • Baumgart , J. , Untermann , F. and Heidtmann , R. H. 1972 . Schweinskopf in Aspik als Ursache einer Staphylokokken‐Enterotoxin‐A‐Vergiftung . Fleischwirtschaft , 52 : 476
  • Wynne , E. S. 1947 . Antagonism by Aerobacter strains . J. Bacteriol , 53 : 469
  • Lockhart , W. R. and Powelson , D. M. 1953 . Staling in bacterial cultures . J. Bacteriol. , 65 : 293
  • Lavergne , E. de , Burdin , J. C. and Schmitt , J. 1955 . Recherches sur l'antagonisme direct d'E. coli vis‐à‐vis du staphylocoque . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 89 : 115
  • Banic , S. 1960 . Antagonistische Wirkung von Enterobakteriaceen auf Staphylokokken und Candida albicans . Zentralb Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 180 : 27
  • Oberhofer , T. R. and Frazier , W. C. 1961 . Competition of Staphylococcus aureus with other organisms . J. Milk Food Technol , 24 : 172
  • Post , F. J. , Bliss , A. H. and O'Keefe , W. B. 1961 . Studies on the ecology of selected food poisoning organisms in foods. Growth of Staphylococcus aureus in cream and a cream product . J. Food Sci. , 26 : 436
  • Peterson , A. C. , Black , J. J. and Gunderson , M. F. 1962 . Staphylococci in competition. I. Growth of naturally occunina mixed populations in precooked frozen foods during defrost. II. Effect of total numbers and proportion of staphylococci in mixed cultures on growth in artificial culture medium . Appl. Microbiol , 10 : 16 23
  • Graves , R. R. and Frazier , W. C. 1963 . Food micro‐organisms influencing the growth of Staphylococcus aureus . Appl. Microbiol , 11 : 513
  • Troller , J. A. and Frazier , W. C. 1963 . Repression of Staphylococcus aureus by food bacteria. I. Effect of environmental factors on inhibition . Appl. Microbiol. , 11 : 11
  • Troller , J. A. and Frazier , W. C. 1963 . Repression of Staphylococcus aureus by food bacteria. II . Causes of inhibition Appl. Microbiol. , 11 : 163
  • Blobel , H. , Katsube , Y. and Martinovich , A. 1964 . Studies on some antibiotic effects of streptococci against staphylococci . Am. J. Vet. Res. , 25 : 380
  • Crisley , F. D. , Angelotti , R. and Foter , M. J. 1964 . Multiplication of Staphylococcus aureus in synthetic cream fillirigs and pies . Public Health Rep. , 79 : 369
  • Peterson , A. C. , Black , J. J. and Gunderson , M. F. 1964 . Staphylococci in competition. III. Influence of pH and salt on staphylococcal growth in mixed populations . Appl Microbiol , 12 : 70
  • Peterson , A. C. , Black , J. J. and Gunderson , M. F. 1964 . Staphylococci in competition. IV. Effect of starch and kind and concentration of sugar on staphylococcal growth in mixed populations . Appl Microbiol , 12 : 77
  • Peterson , A. C. , Black , J. J. and Gunderson , M. F. 1964 . Staphylococci in competition. V. Effect of eggs, eggs plus carbohydrates and lipids on staphylococcal growth . Appl Microbiol , 12 : 83
  • Abo‐Elnaga , I. G. and Kandier , O. 1965 . Zur Verbreitung der Staphylokokken in Milch . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 16 : 132
  • Iandolo , J. J. , Gark , C. W. , Bluhm , L. and Ordal , Z. J. 1965 . Repression of Staphylococcus aureus in associative culture . Appl. Microbiol , 13 : 646
  • Selby , J. W. 1965 . Vacuum packaged cured meats . Mitt. Geb. Lebensmittelunters. Hyg. , 56 : 162
  • Zyskind , J. W. , Pattee , P. A. and Lache , M. 1965 . Staphylolytic substance from a species of Pseudomonas . Science , 147 : 1458
  • DiGiacinto , J. V. and Frazier , W. C. 1966 . Effect of coliform and Proteus bacteria on growth of Staphylococcus aureus . Appl Microbiol , 14 : 124
  • Edwards , S. J. and Jones , G. W. 1966 . The distribution and characters of coagulase‐negative staphylococci of the bovine udder . J. Dairy Res. , 33 : 261
  • Kao , C. T. and Frazier , W. C. 1966 . Effect of lactic acid bacteria on growth of Staphylococcus aureus . Appl. Microbiol , 14 : 251
  • Kraft , A. A. and Ayres , J. C. 1966 . Competitive growth of micro‐organisms and fluorescence development on inoculated chicken . J. Food Sci , 31 : 111
  • Seminiano , E. N. and Frazier , W. C. 1966 . Effect of Pseudomonads and Aehromobacteraceae on growth of Staphylococcus aureus . J. Milk Food Technol , 29 : 161
  • Buissière , J. , Morélis , P. , Chambon , P. and Fontanges , R. 1967 . Aspect morphologique de la lyse des staphylocoques par Bacillus alvei . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 113 : 357
  • Coles , N. W. and Gilbo , C. M. 1967 . Lysis of Staphylococcus aureus by culture supernatant fluids of a species of Aeromonas . J. Bacterial , 93 : 1193
  • Lerke , P. and Farber , L. 1971 . Heat pasteurization of crab and shrimp from the Pacific coast of the United States: Public Health aspects . J. Food Sci. , 36 : 277
  • Troller , J. A. 1972 . Effect of water activity on enterotoxin A production and growth of Staphylococcus aureus . Appl. Microbiol. , 24 : 440
  • Baird‐Parker , A. C. 1963 . A classification of micrococci and staphylococci based on physiological and biochemical tests . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 30 : 409
  • Pliszka , A. 1966 . Conditions de la survie et de la multiplication des staphylocoques enterotoxiques dans le melange destine á la production des crèmes glacées . XVII Int. Dairy Congr., F , 2 : 423
  • Pivnick , H. , Erdman , I. E. , Manzatink , S. and Pommier , E. 1968 . Growth of food poisoning bacteria on barbecued chicken . J. Milk Food Technol , 31 : 198
  • Mortimer , P. R. and McCann , G. 1974 . Food‐poisoning episodes associated with Bacillus cereus in fried rice . Lancet , I : 1043
  • Veen , A. G. van and Mertens , W. K. 1933 . On the isolation of a toxic bacterial pigment . Proc. Section Sci. Roy. Acad Sci. Amsterdam , 36 : 666
  • Veen , A. G. van and Mertens , W. K. 1934 . Die Giftstoffe der sogenannten Bongkrek‐Vergiftungen auf Java . Reel Trav. Chim. Pays‐Bas , 53 : 257
  • Veen , A. G. van and Baais , J. K. 1938 . Ueber das Toxoflavin, ein Isomeres von 1‐Methyl Xanthin . Rec. Trav. Chim. Pays‐Bas , 57 : 248
  • Damme , P. A. van , Johannes , A. G. , Cox , H. C. and Berends , W. 1960 . On Toxoflavin, the yellow poison of Pseudomonas cocovenenans . Rec. Trav. Chim. Pays‐Bas , 79 : 255
  • Doyle Daves , G. , Robins , R. K. and Cheng , C. C. 1961 . The total synthesis of toxoflavin . J. Am. Chem. Soc , 83 : 3904
  • Latuasan , H. E. and Berends , W. 1961 . On the origin of the toxicity of Toxoflavin . Biochim. Biophys. Ada , 52 : 502
  • Levenberg , B. and Kaczmarck , D. K. 1966 . Enzymic release of carbon atom 8 from guanosine triphosphate, an early reaction in the conversion of purines to pteridines . Biochim. Biophys. Acta , 117 : 272
  • Levenberg , B. and Linton , S. N. 1966 . On the biosynthesis of toxoflavin, an azapteridine antibiotic produced by Pseudomonas cocovenenans . J. Biol. Chem. , 241 : 846
  • Veen , A. G. van and Mertens , W. K. 1935 . Die Bongkreksäure, ein Blutzuckersenkender Stoff . Rec. Trav. Chim. Pays‐Bas , 54 : 373
  • Veen , A. G. van and Mertens , W. K. 1936 . Der Einfluss der Bongkreksäure auf den Kbhlehydratstoffwechsel . Arch. Neerl. Physiol. , 21 : 73
  • Veen , A. G. van . 1950 . Bongkrek acid, a new antibiotic . Doc. Neerl. Indones. Morb. Trop. , 2 : 185
  • Nugteren , D. H. and Berends , W. 1957 . Investigations on bongkrekic acid, the toxine from Pseudomonas cocovenenans . Rec. Trav. Chim. Pays‐Bas , 76 : 13
  • Welling , W. , Cohen , J. A. and Berends , W. 1960 . Disturbance of oxidative phosphorylation by an antibioticum produced by Pseudomonas cocovenenans . Biochem. Pharmacol , 3 : 122
  • Lijmbach , G. W. M. , Cox , H. C. and Berends , W. 1970 . Elucidation of the chemical structure of Bongkrekic acid — I . Tetrahedron , 26 : 5993
  • Lijmbach , G. W. M. , Cox , H. C. and Berends , W. 1971 . Elucidation of the chemical structure of bongkrekic acid — II . Tetrahedron , 27 : 1839
  • Chatterjee , B. D. and Neogy , K. N. 1972 . On the etiology of choleraic diarrhoea . Indian J. Med. Res. , 60 : 531
  • Tansy , M. F. and Venturella , V. S. 1967 . Small‐intestinal diarrhoea . Lancet , II : 1314
  • Grady , G. F. and Keusch , G. T. 1971 . Pathogenesis of bacterial diarrheas, TV . Engl J. Med. , 285 : 831 891
  • Soong , C. S. , Thompson , J. B. , Poley , J. R. and Hess , D. R. 1972 . Hydroxy fatty acids in human diarrhea . Gastroenterology , 63 : 748
  • Twedt , R. M. and Brown , D. F. 1973 . Vibrio parahaemolyticus: Infection or toxicosis . J. Milk Food Technol , 36 : 129
  • Hanington , E. and Thompson , R. H. S. 1973 . Pressor amines in food with reference to their relevance in hypertension and in migraine . Bull. Br. Nutr. Found. , 9 : 28
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1968 . “ Bacterial toxins of uncertain oral pathogenicity ” . In The Safety of Foods , Edited by: Ayres , J. C. , Blood , F. R. , Chichester , C. O. , Graham , H. D. , McCutcheon , R. S. , Towers , J. J. , Solinligert , B. S. , Stevens , A. D. and Zweig , G. 168 Westport, Conn. : Avi Publishing .
  • Sager , O. S. and Horwitz , W. 1957 . A chemical method for the determination of histamine in canned tuna fish . J. Assoc. Off. Agric. Chem. , 40 : 892
  • Nuessle , W. F. , Norman , F. C. and Miller , H. E. 1965 . Pickled herring and tranylcypromine reaction . JAMA , 192 : 726
  • Doeglas , H. M. G. , Huisman , J. and Nater , J. P. 1967 . Histamine intoxication after cheese . Lancet , II : 1361
  • Blackwell , B. , Mabbitt , L. A. and Marley , E. 1969 . Histamine and tyramine content of yeast products . J. Food Sci. , 34 : 47
  • Graneius , G. , Svensson , S. E. and Wettergvist , H. 1969 . Histamine in alcoholic drinks . Lancet , I : 1320
  • Sen , N. P. 1969 . Analysis and significance of tyramine in foods . J. Food Sci. , 34 : 22
  • Wierzchowski , J. 1970 . Evaluation of the fitness for consumption of fish and some fish products . Mitt. Geb. Lebensmittelunters. Hyg. , 61 : 207
  • Price , K. and Smith , S. E. 1971 . Cheese reaction and tyramine . Lancet , 1 : 130
  • Grove , H. H. 1972 . Erhebungen über Histamin‐ und Tyramingehalt in Trockenmilchprodukten , Hannover : Hochschule . Inaug. Diss. Tierärztl
  • Mayer , K. and Pause , G. 1972 . Biogene Amine in Sauerkraut . Lebensm. Wiss. Technol. , 5 : 108
  • Legroux , R. , Levaditi , J. C. , Boudin , G. and Bovet , D. 1946 . Intoxications histaminiques collectives consécutives à l'ingestion de thon frais . Presse Med. , 54 : 545
  • Legroux , R. , Levaditi , J. C. and Segond , L. 1946 . Méthode de mise en évidence de l'histamine dans les aliments causes d'intoxications collectives à l'aide de l'inoculation au cobaye . C. R. Soc. Biol. , 140 : 863
  • Legroux , R. and Levaditi , J. 1947 . Origine de l'histamine présente dans la chair de thons responsables d'intoxications collectives . C. R. Soc. Biol. , 141 : 998
  • Veen , A. G. van and Latuasan , H. E. 1950 . Fish poisoning caused by histamine in Indonesia . Doc. Neerl. Indones. Morb. Trop. , 2 : 18
  • Geiger , E. 1955 . Role of histamine in poisoning with spoiled fish . Science , 121 : 865
  • Shifrine , M. , Ousterhout , L. E. , Grau , C. R. and Vaughn , R. H. 1959 . Toxicity to chicks of histamine formed during microbial spoilage of tuna . Appl. Microbiol. , 7 : 45
  • Parrot , J. L. and Nicot , G. 1965 . Le rôle de l'histamine dans l'intoxication alimentaire par le poisson . Bull. Soc. Sci. Hyg. Aliment. Aliment. Ration. Homme , 53 : 76
  • Ramel , P. , Girard , P. , Lanteaume , M. T. and Guezennec , J. 1965 . L'histamine dans les conserves de poissons . Rev. Hyg. Med. Soc , 13 : 73
  • Gale , E. F. 1944 . Infantile gastro‐enteritis . Lancet , 246 : 568
  • Epps , H. M. R. 1945 . The development of amine oxidase activity by human tissues after birth . Biochem. J. , 39 : 37
  • Hagen , P. and Weiner , N. 1959 . Enzymic oxidation of pharmacologically active amines . Fed. Proc , 18 : 1005
  • Asatoor , A. M. , Levi , A. J. and Milne , M. D. 1963 . Tranylcypromine and cheese . Lancet , II : 733
  • Cuthill , J. M. , Griffiths , A. B. and Powell , D. E. B. 1964 . Death associated with tranylcypromine and cheese . Lancet , I : 1076
  • Glazener , F. S. , Morgan , W. A. , Simpson , J. M. and Johnson , P. K. 1964 . Pargyline, cheese and acute hypertension . JAMA , 188 : 754
  • Graham , W. E. 1964 . Hypertension caused by tranylcypromine and cheese . JAMA , 187 : 782
  • Horwitz , D. , Lovenberg , W. , Engelman , K. and Sjoezdsma , A. 1964 . Mono amine oxidase inhibitors, tyramine and cheese . JAMA , 188 : 1108
  • Blackwell , B. and Mabbitt , L. A. 1965 . Tyramine in cheese related to hypertensive crises after mono amine‐ oxidase inhibition . Lancet , I : 938
  • Sakaki , I. 1891 . Toxicological studies on moldy rice, Report 1 . J. Tokyo Med. Soc , 5 : 1097
  • Woronin , M. 1891 . Ueber das “Taumelgetreide”; in Süd‐Ussurien . Bot. Zeitung , 49 : 81
  • Dounin , M. 1926 . The fusariosis of cereal crops in European Russia in 1923 . Phytopathology , 16 : 305
  • Miyake , I. , Naito , H. and Tsunoda , H. 1940 . Studies on the production of toxin in the saprophyte‐growing rice grains under storage . Beikoku Riyo Kenyujo Hokoku , 1 : 1
  • Gerlach , A. C. 1862 . Handbuch der gerichtlichen Thierheilkunde Berlin
  • Alsberg , C. I. and Black , O. F. 1913 . Contributions to the study of maize deterioration. Biochemical and toxicological investigations of Penicillium puberulum and Pénicillium stoloniferum . U.S. Dep. Agric, Bur. Plant Ind., Bull. , 270 : 7
  • Schofield , F. W. 1924 . Damaged sweet clover: The cause of a new disease in cattle simulating hemorrhagic septicemia and blackleg . J. Am. Med. Vet. Assoc , 64 : 553
  • McNutt , S. H. , Purwin , P. and Murray , C. 1928 . Vulvovaginitis in swine . J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc , 73 : 484
  • Popp , M. 1930 . Untersuchung über die amerikanische Giftgerste . Chem. Zeitung , 54 : 715
  • Biester , H. E. , Schwarte , L. H. and Reddy , C. H. 1940 . Further studies on moldy corn poisoning (leucoencephalomalacia) in horses . Vet. Med. , 35 : 636
  • Hoyman , W. G. 1941 . Concentration and characterization of the emetic principle present in barley infected with Gibberella saubinetii . Phytopathology , 31 : 871
  • McErlean , B. A. 1952 . Vulvovaginitis of swine . Vet. Rec , 64 : 539
  • Mayer , C F. 1953 . Endemic panmyelotoxicosis in the Russian grainbelt . Mil. Surg , 113 : 295
  • Joffe , A. Z. 1962 . Biological properties of some toxic fungi isolated from overwintered cereals . Mycopathol. Mycol. Appl. , 16 : 201
  • Sakai , F. 1955 . Experimental studies on yellow rice disease caused by Pénicillium citrinum. Thom and toxicity, especially kidney‐damaging effect of citrinin pigment produced by the fungus . Folia Pharmacol. Jap. , 51 : 431
  • Uraguchi , K. , Tatsuno , T. , Sakai , F. , Tsukioka , M. , Sakai , Y. , Yonemitsui , O. , Ito , H. , Miyake , M. , Saito , M. , Enomoto , M. , Shikata , T. and Ishiko , T. 1961 . Isolation of two toxic agents, luteoskyrin and a chlorine containing peptide, from the metabolites of Penicillium islandicum Sopp, with some properties thereof . Japan. J. Exp. Med. , 31 : 19
  • Kinosita , R. and Shikata , T. 1965 . “ On toxic moldy rice ” . In Mycotoxins in Foodstuffs , Edited by: Wogan , G. N. 111 Cambridge, Mass. : M.I.T. Press .
  • Lancaster , M. C. , Jenkins , F. P. , Philp , J. M. , Sargeant , K. , Sheridan , A. , O'Kelly , J. and Carnaghan , R. B. A. 1961 . Toxicity associated with certain samples of giound‐nuts . Nature , 192 : 1095
  • Nesbitt , B. F. , O'Kelly , J. , Sargeant , K. and Sheridan , A. 1962 . Toxic metabolites of Aspergillus flavus . Nature , 195 : 1062
  • Thornton , R. H. and Percival , J. C. 1959 . A hepatotoxin from Sporidesmium bakeri capable of producing facial eczema diseases in sheep . Nature , 183 : 63
  • Richardson , L. R. , Wilkes , S. , Godwin , J. and Pierce , K. R. 1962 . Effect of moldy diet and moldy soybean meal on the growth of chicks and poults . J. Nutr. , 78 : 301
  • Brook , P. J. and White , E. P. 1966 . Fungus toxins affecting mammals . Ann. Rev. PhytopathoL , 4 : 171
  • Naiasimhan , M. J. , Ganla , V. G. , Doedhar , N. S. and Suie , C. R. 1967 . Epidemic polyuria in man caused by a phycomycetous fungus; the Sassoon Hospital syndrome . Lancet , I : 760
  • Christensen , C. M. , Nelson , G. H. , Mirocha , C. J. and Bates , F. 1968 . Toxicity to experimental animals of 943 isolates of fungi . Cancer Res. , 28 : 2293
  • Carlton , W. W. , Tuite , J. and Mislivec , P. 1968 . Investigations of the toxic effects in mice of certain species of Penicillium . Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol , 13 : 372
  • Walbeek , W. van , Scott , P. M. and Thatcher , F. S. 1968 . Mycotoxins from food‐borne fungi . Can. J. Microbiol , 14 : 131
  • Scott , P. M. and Somers , E. 1969 . Biologically active compounds from field fungi . J. Agric. Food Chem. , 17 : 430
  • Purchase , I. F. H. , ed. Symposium on Mycotoxins in Human Health . London : Macmillan .
  • Ajl , S. J. , Kadis , S. , Ciegler , A. and Montie , T. C. , eds. 1970, 1972 . Microbial Toxins , Vol. 1 to 8 , New York : Academic Press .
  • Uraguchi , K. , Saito , M. , Noguchi , Y. , Takahashi , K. , Enomoto , M. and Tatsumo , T. 1972 . Chronic toxicity and carcinogenicity in mice of the purified mycotoxins luteoskyrin and cyclochlorotine . Food Cosmet. Toxicol. , 10 : 193
  • Kirskey , J. W. and Cole , R. J. 1973 . New toxin from Aspergillus flavus . Appl. Microbiol , 26 : 827
  • Vesonder , R. F. , Ciegler , A. and Jensen , A. H. 1973 . Isolation of the emetic principle from Fusarium‐infected corn . Appl. Microbiol , 26 : 1008
  • Wilson , B. J. 1973 . 12, 13‐Epoxytrichothecenes: Potential toxic contaminants of foods . Nutr. Rev. , 31 : 169
  • Wyatt , R. D. , Colwell , W. M. , Hamilton , P. B. and Burmeister , H. R. 1973 . Neural disturbances in chickens caused by dietary T‐2 toxin . Appl Microbiol , 26 : 757
  • Moreau , C. 1974 . Moisissures Toxiques Dans l'Alimentation. , Paris : Masson .
  • Wilson , B. J. and Wilson , C. H. 1962 . Extraction and preliminary characterization of a hepatotoxic substance from cultures of Penicillium rubrum . J. Bacteriol. , 84 : 283
  • Barnes , J. M. and Butler , W. H. 1964 . Carcinogenic activity of Aflatoxin to rats . Nature , 202 : 1016
  • Oettlé , A. G. 1964 . Cancer in Africa, especially in regions south of the Sahara . J. Natl. Cancer Inst , 33 : 383
  • Richir , C. , Cros , J. , Toury , J. , Quenum , C. and Dupin , H. 1964 . A propos d'un hépatome métastasiant survenu chez un rat whistar soumis a un régime contenant de l'Ailatoxine . Nutr. Dieta , 6 : 76
  • Purchase , I. F. H. and Watt , J. J. van der . 1968 . Carcinogenicity of sterigmatocystin . Food Cosmet. Toxicol , 6 : 555
  • Alpert , E. , Serck‐Hanssen , A. and Rajagopolan , B. 1970 . Aflatoxin‐induced hepatic injury in African monkey . Arch. Environ. Health , 20 : 723
  • Alpert , M. E. , Hutt , M. S. R. , Wogan , G. N. and Davidson , C. S. 1971 . Association between aflatoxin content of food and hepatoma frequency in Uganda . Cancer , 28 : 253
  • Amla , I. , Kamala , C. S. , Gopalakrishna , G. S. , Jayaraj , A. P. , Sreenivasamurthy , V. and Parpia , H. A. B. 1971 . Cirrhosis in children from peanut meal contaminated by aflatoxin . Am. J. Clin. Nutr. , 24 : 609
  • Gibel , W. , Wegner , K. and Wildner , G. P. 1971 . Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Frage einer kanzerogenen Wirkung von Penicillium camemberti var. candidum . Arch. Geschwulst forsch. , 38 : 1
  • Shank , R. C. , Wogan , G. N. and Gibson , J. B. 1972 . Dietary aflatoxins and human liver cancer. I. Toxigenic moulds in foods and foodstuffs on tropical South‐east Asia . Food Cosmet. Toxicol , 10 : 51
  • Shank , R. C. , Wogan , G. N. , Gibson , J. B. and Nondasuta , A. 1972 . Dietary aflatoxins and human liver cancer, II. Aflatoxins in market foods and foodstuffs of Thailand and Hong Kong . Food Cosmet. Toxicol , 10 : 61
  • Shank , R. C. , Gordon , J. E. , Wogan , G. N. , Nondasuta , A. and Subhamani , B. 1972 . Dietary aflatoxins and human liver cancer. III. Field survey of rural Thai families for ingested aflatoxins . Food Cosmet. Toxicol , 10 : 71
  • Shank , R. C. , Bhamarapravati , N. , Gordon , J. E. and Wogan , G. N. 1972 . Dietary aflatoxins and human liver cancer. IV. Incidence of primary liver cancer in two municipal populations of Thailand . Food Cosmet. Toxicol , 10 : 171
  • Nieuwenhuize , J. P. van , Herber , R. F. M. , Bruin , A. de , Meyer , P. B. and Duba , W. C. 1973 . Aflatoxinen. Epidemiologisch onderzoek naar carcinogeniteit bij langdurige “low level”; expositie van een fabriekspopulatie . Tijdschr. Soc. Geneeskd , 51 : 754
  • Peers , F. G. and Linsell , C. A. 1973 . Dietary aflatoxins and Liver cancer ‐ A population based Study in Kenya . Br. J. Cancer , 27 : 473
  • Wilson , B. J. and Wilson , C. H. 1964 . Toxin from Aspergillus flavus: Production on food materials of a substance causing tremors in mice . Science , 144 : 177
  • Wilson , B. J. , Wilson , C. H. and Hayes , A. W. 1968 . Tremorgenic toxin from Penicillium cyclopium grown on food materials . Nature , 220 : 77
  • Ciegler , A. and Pitt , J. I. 1970 . Survey of the genus Pénicillium for tremorgenic toxin production . Mycopathol Mycol Appl , 42 : 119
  • Cole , R. J. , Kirskey , J. W. , Moore , J. H. , Blankenship , B. R. , Diener , U. L. and Davis , N. D. 1972 . Tremorgenic toxin from Penicillium verruculosum . Appl. Microbiol , 24 : 248
  • Everett , G. N. , Blockus , L. E. and Shepperd , I. M. 1956 . Tremor induced by tremorine and its antagonism by anti‐Parkinson drugs . Science , 124 : 79
  • Bonner , W. A. , Burke , N. I. , Fleck , W. E. , Hill , R. K. , Joule , J. A. , Sjôberg , B. and Zalkow , J. H. 1964 . The absolute configurations of tremetone and toxol . Tetrahedron , 20 : 1419
  • Shank , R. C. , Bourgeois , C. H. , Keschamras , N. and Chandavimol , P. 1971 . Aflatoxins in autopsy specimens from Thai children with an acute disease of unknown aetiology . Food Cosmet. Toxicol , 9 : 501
  • Bamburg , J. R. , Strong , F. M. and Smalley , E. B. 1969 . Toxins from moldy cereals . J. Agric. Food Chem. , 17 : 443
  • Shotwell , O. L. , Hesseltine , C. W. and Goulden , M. L. 1969 . Ochratoxin A: Occurrence as natural contaminant of a corn. sample . Appl. Microbiol.. , 17 : 765
  • Lucas , F. V. Jr. , Monroe , P. , Nga , P. V. , Townsend , J. F. and Lucas , F. V. 1971 . Mycotoxin contamination of South Vietnamese rice . J. Trop. Med Hyg. , 74 : 182
  • Scott , P. M. , Walbeek , W. van , Kennedy , B. and Amjeti , D. 1972 . Mycotoxins (ochiatoxin A, citrinin and sterigmatocystin) and toxigenic fungi in grains and other agricultural products . J. Agric. Food Chem. , 20 : 1103
  • Reiss , J. 1972 . Nachweis von Patulin in spontan verschimmeltem Brot und Gebäck . Naturwissenschaften. , 59 : 37
  • Reiss , J. 1973 . Mycotoxine in Nahrungsmitteln. III. Mitteilung. Bildung von Patulin auf verschiedenen Schnittbrotarter durch Penicillium expansum . Chem. Mikrobiol Technol. Lebensm. , 2 : 171
  • Taber , R. A. and Schroeder , H. W. 1967 . Aflatoxin‐producing potential of isolates of the Aspergillus flavus‐oryzae group from peanuts (Arachis hypogeae) . Appl. Microbiol , 15 : 140
  • Hankin , R. T. 1970 . Invasion of peanut fruits by Aspergillus flavus and other fungi . Mycopathol Mycol. Appl. , 40 : 341
  • Schindler , A. F. , Abadie , A. N. , Geean , J. S. , Mislivec , P. B. and Brickey , P. M. 1974 . Mycotoxins produced by fungi isolated from inshell pecans . J. Food Sci , 39 : 213
  • Brian , P. W. , Elson , G. W. and Lowe , D. 1956 . Production of patulin in apple fruits by Penicillium expansum . Nature , 178 : 263
  • Scott , P. M. , Miles , W. F. , Toft , P. and Dube , J. G. 1972 . Occurrence of patulin in apple juice . J. Agric. Food Chem. , 20 : 450
  • Wilson , D. M. and Nuovo , G. J. 1973 . Patulin production in apples decayed by Pénicillium expansum . Appl. Microbiol , 26 : 124
  • Bullerman , L. B. and Ayres , J. C. 1968 . Afiatoxin‐producing potential of fungi isolated from cured and aged meats . Appl. Microbiol , 16 : 1945
  • Bullerman , L. B. , Hartman , P. A. and Ayres , J. C. 1969 . Aflatoxin production in meats. I. Stored meats . AppL Microbiol , 18 : 714
  • Bullerman , L. B. , Hartman , P. A. and Ayres , J. C. 1969 . Aflatoxin production in meats. II. Aged dry salamis and aged country cured hams . Appl Microbiol , 18 : 718
  • Strzalecki , E. , Lillard , H. S. and Ayres , J. C. 1969 . Country cured ham as a possible source of aflatoxin . Appl Microbiol. , 18 : 938
  • Ciegler , A. , Mintzlaff , H. J. , Weisleder , D. and Leistnei , L. 1972 . Potential production and detoxification of penicillic acid in mold‐fermented sausage (Salami) . Appl. Microbiol.. , 24 : 114
  • Wu , M. T. , Ayres , J. C. and Koehler , P. E. 1974 . Production of citrinin by Pénicillium viridicatum on country‐cured ham . Appl. Microbiol. , 27 : 427
  • Lie , J. L. and Marth , E. H. 1967 . Formation of aflatoxin in cheddar cheese by Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus parasiticus . J. Dairy Sci , 50 : 1708
  • Abdel Kadar , M. M. , Zaki , A. H. , El‐Kirdassy , Z. H. M. , Shoeb , Z. E. and Eissa , M. H. 1970 . Studies on the toxicity of Roquefort cheese lipids . Grasas Aceites. , 21 : 197
  • Kanota , K. Studies on toxic metabolites of Pénicillium roqueforti, in Toxic Micro‐organisms . Proc. First U.S.‐Japan Conference . Edited by: Herzberg , M. pp. 129 Washington, D.C. : U.S. Dept. Interior .
  • Kiermeier , F. and Groll , D. 1970 . Zur Aflatoxin B., ‐Bildung in Käsen . Z. Lebensm.‐Unters.‐Forsch. , 143 : 81
  • Kiermeier , F. and Böhm , S. 1971 . Zur Aflatoxinbildung in Milch und Milchprodukten. V. Anwendung des Hühnerembryo‐Testes zur Sicherung des dünnschichtchromatographischen Aflatoxin‐Nachweises in Käsen . Z. Lebensm.‐Unters.‐Forsch. , 147 : 61
  • Wei , R. , Still , P. E. , Smalley , E. B. , Schnoes , H. K. and Strong , F. M. 1973 . Isolation and partial characterization of a mycotoxin from Pénicillium roqueforti . AppL MicrobioL , 25 : 111
  • Christensen , C. M. , Fanse , H. A. , Nelson , G. H. , Bates , F. and Mirocha , C. J. 1967 . Microflora of black and red pepper . AppL MicrobioL , 15 : 622
  • Frank , H. K. and Eyrich , W. 1968 . Ueber den Nachweis von Aflatoxinen und das Vorkommen Aflatoxin — vortäuschender Substanzen in Lebensmitteln. . Z. Lebensm.‐Unters.‐Forsch.i , 138 : 1
  • Udagawa , S. , Ichinoe , M. and Kurata , H. Occurrence and distribution of mycotoxin producers in Japanese foods, in Toxic Micro‐organisms . Proc. First U.S.‐Japan Conference . Edited by: Herzberg , M. pp. 174 Washington, D.C. : U.S. Dept. of the Interior .
  • Kinosita , R. , Ishiko , T. , Sugiyama , S. , Seto , T. , Igarasi , S. and Goetz , I. E. 1968 . Mycotoxins in fermented food . Cancer Res. , 28 : 2296
  • Lott , G. and Frank , H. K. 1973 . Mikrobiologische Verunreinigungen in Enzympräparaten für die Lebensmitteltechnologie . Dtsch. Lebensm‐Rundsch. , 69 : 73
  • Djien , Ko Swan . 1974 . Self protection of fermented foods against aflatoxin . Proc. Fourth Int. Congr. Food Sci and Technol. 1974 , Madrid. in press
  • McCullough , N. B. and Eisele , C. W. 1951 . Experimental human salmonellosis. I. Pathogenicity of strains of Salmonella meleagridis and Salmonella anatum obtained from spray‐dried whole egg . J. Infect. Dis. , 88 : 278
  • McCullough , N. B. and Eisele , C. W. 1951 . Experimental human salmonellosis. II. Immunity studies following experimental illness with Salmonella meleagridis and Salmonella anatum . J Immunol. , 66 : 595
  • McCullough , N. B. and Eisele , C W. 1951 . Experimental human salmonellosis. III. Pathogenicity of strains of Salmonella newport, Salmonella derby and Salmonella bareilly obtained from spray‐dried whole egg . J. Infect. Dis. , 89 : 209
  • McCullough , N. B. and Eisele , C. W. 1951 . Experimental human salmonellosis. IV. Pathogenicity of strains of Salmonella pullorum obtained from spray‐dried whole egg . J. Infect. Dis. , 89 : 259
  • Seligmann , R. and Reitlei , R. 1965 . Enteropathogens in water with low Escherichia coli titer . J. Am. Water Works Assoc , 57 : 1572
  • Greenberg , A. E. and Ongerth , J. H. 1966 . Salmonellosis in Riverside, Calif. . J. Am. Water Works Assoc , 58 : 1145
  • Price , J. and Carter , H. R. 1967 . An outbreak of gastroenteritis caused by Salmonella indiana . Public Health Rep. , 82 : 551
  • Boring , J. R. , Martin , W. T. and Elliot , L. M. 1971 . Isolation of Salmonella typhimurium from municipal water, Riverside, California, 1965 . Am. J. Epidemiol , 93 : 49
  • Ringertz , O. and Mentzing , L. 1968 . Salmonella infection in tourists. 1. An epidemiological study . Acta Pathol Microbiol. Scand , 74 : 397
  • Kean , B. H. 1969 . Turista in Teheran . Lancet , II : 583
  • Neumann , H. H. 1969 . Bacteriological safety of hot tapwater in developing countries . Public Health Rep. , 84 : 812
  • Loewenstein , M. S. , Balows , A. and Gangarosa , E. J. 1973 . Turista at an international Congress in Mexico . Lancet , I : 529
  • Sonuner , R. M. , Sachs , R. M. , Kamei , I. , Wemer , S. B. and Chin , J. 1973 . Shiga dysentery‐California . Morbid Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 22 : 202
  • Sanyal , S. C. , Sit , J. and Sakazaki , R. 1973 . Laboratory infection by Vibrio parahaemolyticus . J. Med. Microbiol. , 6 : 121
  • Sigurdson , H. , Agger , J. , Kelotz , H. , Skinner , H. G. , Nesbit , J. and Fisher , D. 1972 . Shigella sonnei‐Wisconsin, Maine . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 21 : 307
  • Kurowski , J. , Brian , L. and Vernon , T. M. 1973 . Shigella dysenteriae 1‐Colorado . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 22 : 101
  • McSweeney , C. J. and Morgan , W. P. 1928 . Milk‐borne diphtheria associated with diphtheritic infection of cows’ udders . Lancet , II : 1201
  • Godfrey , E. S. 1929 . Age distribution in milk‐borne outbreaks of scarlet fever and diphtheria . Am. J. Public Health , 19 : 257
  • Wilson , G. S. 1933 . The necessity for a safe milk‐supply . Lancet , II : 829
  • Picken , R. M. F. 1936 . Age‐incidence and sex‐incidence of milk‐borne epidemics . Br. Med. J. , 1 : 1291
  • Goldie , W. and Maddock , E. C G. 1943 . A milk‐bome outbreak of diphtheria . Lancet , I : 285
  • Anderews , J. and Fuchs , W. A. 1948 . Pasteurization and its relation to health . JAMA , 138 : 128 131
  • Savage , W. 1949 . Milk‐borne infections in Great Britain . Br. J. Soc. Med. , 3 : 45
  • Boissard , J. M. and Fry , R. M. 1955 . A food‐borne outbreak of infection due to Streptococcus pyogenes . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 18 : 478
  • Farber , R. E. and Korff , F. A. 1958 . Food‐borne epidemic of group A beta hemolytic streptococcus . Public Health Rep. , 73 : 203
  • Taylor , P. J. and McDonald , M. A. 1959 . Milkbome streptococcal sore throat . Lancet , I : 330
  • Otte , H. J. and Ritzerfeld , W. 1960 . Massenerkrankung an Angina durch Streptokokken in Lebensmitteln . Dtsch. Med Wochenschr. , 85 : 1625
  • Dudding , B. A. , Dillon , H. C. , Wannamaker , L. W. , Kilton , R. M. , Chapman , S. S. and Anthony , B. F. 1969 . Postepidemic surveillance studies of a food‐borne epidemic of streptococcal pharyngilis at the United States Air Force Academy . J. Infect. Dis. , 120 : 225
  • Hill , H. R. , Zimmerman , R. A. , Reid , G. V. K. , Wilson , E. and Kilton , R. M. 1969 . Food‐borne epidemic of streptococcal pharyngitisat the United States Air Force Academy, TV. . Engl. J. Med , 280 : 917
  • Lee , I. and Koburger , J. A. 1970 . Incidence and identification of some beta‐hemolytic streptococci in foods . J. Milk Food Technol , 33 : 323
  • Park , W. H. 1928 . Thermal death points of streptococci . Am J. Public Health , 18 : 710
  • Alford , J. A. , Wiese , E. E. and Gunter , J. J. 1955 . Heat resistance in corynebacterium and the relationship of this genus to microbacterium . J. Bacteriol , 69 : 516
  • Kästli , P. 1957 . Der Einfluss der Milcherhitzung auf die Lebensfähigkeit von pathogenen Keimen und auf die Wirksamkeit ihrer Toxine . Milchwissenschaft , 12 : 202
  • Névot , A. , Lafont , P. and La font , J. 1959 . De la destruction des bactéries par la chaleur. Etude de l'efficacite de la pasteurisation du lait . Bull Acad. Natl. Med (Paris) , 143 : 175
  • Smith , T. 1899 . The thermal death point of tubercle bacilli in milk and some other fluids . J. Exp. Med , 4 : 217
  • Park , W. H. 1927 . Thermal death points of pathogenic bacteria in milk . Am. J. Public Health , 17 : 36
  • Oldenbusch , C. , Frobisher , M. and Shrader , J. H. 1930 . Thermal death points of pathogenic bacteria in cream and ice cream . Am. J. Public Health , 20 : 615
  • Bundesen , H. N. , Danforth , T. F. , Woolley , H. and Lehner , E. C. 1953 . Thermal destruction of Mycobacterium tuberculosis var. bovis in certain liquid dairy products . Am. J. Public Health , 43 : 185
  • Aschaffenburg , R. , Briggs , C. A. E. , Crossley , E. L. and Rothwell , J. 1956 . Destruction of Mycobacterium tuberculosis and phosphatase in heat treated cream . J. Dairy Res. , 23 : 24
  • Wallis , H. R. E. 1957 . Brucellosis in children . Br. Med J. , I : 617
  • Escalante , J. A. and Held , J. R. 1969 . Brucellosis in Peru . J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc , 155 : 2146
  • Galbraith , N. S. , Ross , M. S. , Mowbray , R. R. de and Payne , D. J. H. 1969 . Outbreak of Bruceila melitensis type 2 infection in London . Br. Med J. , I : 612
  • Williams , E. 1970 . Brucellosis and the British public . Lancet , 1 : 1220
  • Feiz , J. , Sohrabi , F. and Sabbaghian , H. 1972 . Epidemiology of brucellosis in an Iranian village (Renan) near Isfahan . Pahlavi Med J. , 3 : 447
  • Steele , J. H. , Hendricks , S. L. , Ban , R. and Parker , R. L. 1972 . Brucellosis in the United States, 1970 . Arch. Environ. Health , 25 : 66
  • Hutchings , L. M. , McCullough , N. B. , Donham , C. R. , Eisele , C W. and Bunnell , D. E. 1951 . Viability of Brucella melitensis in naturally infected cured hams . Public Health Rep. , 66 : 1402
  • Foster , H. G. , Lear , S. A. and Metzger , H. J. 1953 . Time‐temperature studies of the inactivation rate of Brucella abortus strain 2308 in milk . J. Milk Food Technol. , 16 : 116
  • Kronenwett , F. R. , Leas , S. A. and Metzger , H. J. 1954 . Thermal death time studies of Brucella abortus in milk . J. Dairy Sci , 37 : 1291
  • Nussbaum , W. 1958 . Beitrag zur Epidemiologie der Bangschen Krankheit . Schweiz. Med. Wochenschr. , 88 : 107
  • Kästli , P. and Hausch , R. 1957 . Die Lebensfähigkeit von Bangbakterien in verschiedenen Käsesorten . Schweiz. Arch. Tierheilkd , 99 : 638
  • Névot , A. , Mocquot , G. , Lafont , P. and Plommet , M. 1962 . Recherches sur les conditions de survie des bactéries pathogènes dans les fromages à pate molle . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 103 : 128
  • Erbslöh , F. and Grün , L. 1949 . Galtstreptokokken der serologischen Gruppe B als Erreger der Endokarditis lenta . Dtsch. Med Rundschau , 3 : 508
  • Kahler , J. and Aicher , J. 1952 . Der Galtstreptokokkus als Erreger einer ulzero‐polypösen Endokarditis beim Menschen . Z. Allgem. Pathol. , 88 : 312
  • Kexel , G. 1965 . lieber das Vorkommen der B‐Streptokokken beim Menschen . Z. Hyg. Infektionskr. , 151 : 336
  • Kexel , G. and Schönbohm , S. 1965 . Streptococcus agalactiae als Erreger von Säuglingsmeningitiden . Dtsch. Med. Wochenschr. , 90 : 258
  • Butter , M. N. W. and Moor , C. E. de . 1967 . Streptococcus agalactiae as a cause of meningitis in the newborn and of bacteraemia in adults . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 33 : 439
  • McKnight , J. F. , Ellis , J. , Jensen , K. A. and Franz , B. 1969 . Group B streptococci in neonatal deaths . Appl. Microbiol , 17 : 926
  • Steinitz , H. , Schuchmann , L. and Wegner , G. 1971 . Leberzirrhose, Meningitis und Endokarditis ulceropolyposa bei einer Neugeboienensepsis durch B‐Streptokokken (Strep, agalactiae) . Arch. Kinderheilkd. , 183 : 382
  • Svartz , N. 1972 . The primary cause of rheumatoid arthritis is an infection — the infection's agent exists in milk . Acta Med Scand , 192 : 231
  • Seelemann , M. 1963 . Zur Frage der Pathogenität des Sc. agalactiae (Galtstreptokokkus) und der Gesundheitsschädlichkeit der Milch von mastitiskranken Kühen für den Menschen . Monatsh. Tierheilkd , 15 : 199
  • Hahn , G. , Heeschen , W. , Reichmuth , J. and Tolle , A. 1974 . Interrelations entre les streptocoques du groupe B qui provoquent des infections chez l'homme et les bovins . Le Lait , 54 : 252
  • Marmion , B. P. and Stoker , M. G. P. 1958 . The epidemiology of Q fever in Great Britain . Br. Med. J. , II : 809
  • Trüb , C. L. P. , Boese , W. and Posch , J. 1960 . Die Q‐Fieber‐Epidemie am Niederrhein 1958, Land Nordrhein‐Westfalen . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 144 : 48
  • Luoto , L. and Pickens , E. G. 1961 . A resume of recent research seeking to define the Q fever problem . Am. J. Hyg. , 74 : 43
  • Enright , J. B. , Sadler , W. W. and Thomas , R. C. 1956 . Observations on the thermal inactivation of the organism of Q fever in milk . J. Milk Food Technol. , 19 : 313
  • Enright , J. B. , Sadler , W. W. and Thomas , R. C. 1957 . Pasteurization of milk containing the organism of Q fever . Am. J. Public Health. , 47 : 695
  • Enright , J. B. 1961 . The pasteurization of cream, chocolate milk and ice cream mixes containing the organism of Q fever . J. Milk Food TechnoL , 24 : 351
  • Levy , A. J. 1945 . A gastroenteritis outbreak probably due to a bovine strain of Vibrio . Yale J. Biol. Med , 18 : 243
  • King , S. and Bronsky , D. 1961 . Vibrio fetus isolated from a patient with localized septic arthritis . JAMA , 175 : 1045
  • Eden , A. N. 1966 . Perinatal mortality caused by Vibrio fetus . J. Pediatr. , 68 : 297
  • Dekeyser , P. , Gossuin‐Detrain , M. , Butzler , J. P. and Sternon , J. 1972 . Acute enteritis due to related vibrio: first positive stool cultures . J. Infect Dis. , 125 : 390
  • Maertzdorf , W. J. and Mouton , R. P. 1974 . Infecties met Vibrio foetus op een zuigelingenafdeling . Nederl Tijdschr. Geneeskd , 118 : 609
  • Smith , M. V. and Muldoon , P. J. 1974 . Campylobacter fetus subspecies jejuni (Vibrio fetus) from commercially processed poultry . Applied MicrobioL , 27 : 995
  • Jackson , J. F. , Hinton , P. and Allison , F. 1960 . Human vibriosis: Report of patient with relapsing febrile illness due to Vibrio fetus . Am. J. Med. , 28 : 986
  • Cing , E. O. 1962 . The laboratory recognition of Vibrio fetus and a closely related Vibrio isolated from cases of human vibriosis . Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci , 98 : 700
  • Lowrie , D. B. , Pearce , J. H. and Kennedy , J. F. 1974 . The effect of osmotic variation upon the growth of Vibrio fetus . J. Gen. Microbiol , 80 : 541
  • Altshuler , L. N. and Hernandez , D. J. 1959 . An epidemiological study of an outbreak of water‐borne dysentery . Am. J. Public Health , 49 : 82
  • Diachman , R. H. , Payne , F. J. and Jenkins , A. A. 1960 . An outbreak of water‐bome Shigella gastroenteritis . Am. J. Hyg. , 72 : 321
  • Green , D. M. , Scott , S. S. , Mowat , D. A. E. , Shearer , E. J. M. and Thomson , J. M. 1968 . Water‐borne outbreak of viral gastroenteritis and Sonne dysentery . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 66 : 383
  • Relier , L. B. , Gangarosa , E. J. and Brackman , P. S. 1970 . Shigellosis in the United States: Five‐year review of nationwide surveillance 1964–1968 . Am. J. Epidemiol. , 91 : 161
  • Schiff , S. , Landiak , E. , Hinman , A. R. and Altman , R. 1971 . Shigellosis‐New York and New Jersey . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 20 : 389 394
  • Kinneen , R. , Strickland , R. , Judkins , C. P. , Colyar , A. B. , Cherry , K. and Allen , J. 1972 . Gastroenteritis‐Alaska . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 21 : 49
  • Craun , G. F. and McCabe , L. J. 1973 . Review of the causes of water‐borne disease outbreaks . J. Am. Water Works Assoc. , 65 : 74
  • Dorothy , L. , Voelker , E. C. , Bridson , K. , Lindell , S. , Hausier , W. , Kosuri , M. R. , Carr , F. and Reeve , A. M. 1973 . Water‐borne Shigella sonnei infection‐Iowa . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 22 : 21
  • Lindell , S. S. and Quinn , P. 1973 . Shigella sonnei isolated from well water . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 424
  • Felsenfeld , O. 1972 . Examination of food and water for cholera vibrios . J. Milk Food Technoi , 35 : 646
  • Gutman , L. T. , Ottesen , E. A. , Quan , T. J. , Noce , P. S. and Katz , S. L. 1973 . An interfamilial outbreak of Yersinia enterocolitica enteritis . N. Engl. J. Med , 288 : 1372
  • Toivanen , P. , Toivanen , A. , Olkkonen , L. and Aantaa , S. 1973 . Hospital outbreak of Yersinia enterocolitica infection . Lancet , I : 801
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1973 . Microbiological standards for foods ‐ facts and fallacies . Komp. Allmänt. Veterinärmöte Sver. Vet. Forb. , 1 : 23
  • Levine , M. M. , Du Pont , H. L. , Formai , S. B. , Hornick , R. B. , Takeuchi , A. , Gangarosa , E. J. , Snijder , M. J. and Libonati , J. P. 1973 . Pathogenesis of Shigella dysenteriae 1 (Shiga) dysentery . J. Infect. Dis. , 127 : 261
  • Lewis , J. N. and Loewenstein , M. S. 1972 . Shigellosis in the United States 1970 . J. Infect. Dis. , 125 : 441
  • Weissman , J. B. , Rice , P. A. , Krogstad , D. J. , Baine , W. B. and Gangarosa , E. J. 1973 . Risk of severe intestinal infection to the traveller in Mexico . J. Infect. Dis. , 128 : 574
  • Sachs , R. R. , Kamei , I. , Noguchi , T. T. and Werner , S. B. 1974 . Fatality due to Shigella dysenteriae type 1‐California . Morbid. Mortal Weekly Rep. , 23 : 126
  • Weissman , J. B. , Marton , K. I. , Lewis , J. N. , Friedmann , C. T. H. and Gangarosa , E. J. 1974 . Impact in the United States of the Shiga dysentery pandemic of Central America and Mexico. A review of surveillance data through 1972 . J. Infect. Dis. , 129 : 218
  • Du Pont , H. L. , Formal , S. B. , Hornick , R. B. , Snijder , M. J. , Libonati , J. P. , Sheahan , D. G. , La Brec , E. H. and Kalas , J. P. 1971 . Pathogenesis of Escherichia coli diarrhea . N. Engl. J. Med. , 285 : 1
  • Read , M. R. , Bancroft , H. , Doull , J. A. and Parker , R. F. 1946 . Infectious hepatitis ‐ presumedly food‐borne outbreak . Am. J. Public Health , 36 : 367
  • Drake , M. E. , Kitts , A. W. , Blanchard , M. C. , Farguhar , J. D. , Stokes , J. and Henle , W. 1950 . Studies on the agent of infectious hepatitis. II. The disease produced in human volunteers by the agent cultivated in tissue culture or embryonated hen's eggs . J. Exp. Med , 92 : 283
  • Kaufmann , G. G. , Sborov , V. M. and Havens , W. P. 1952 . Outbreak of infectious hepatitis ‐ presumably food‐borne . JAMA , 149 : 993
  • Linnemann , C. C. and Goldberg , S. 1974 . HBAg in breast milk . Lancet , II : 155
  • Kasza , L. , Makai , M. , Palencsar , A. , Szekely , P. and Marer , E. S. 1974 . Parenteral versus non‐parenteral transmission of HBAg . Lancet , I : 675
  • Holmes , A. W. , Deinhardt , F. , Wolfe , L. , Froesner , G. , Paterson , D. , Casto , B. and Conrad , M. E. 1973 . Specific neutralization of human hepatitis type A in marmoset monkeys . Nature , 243 : 419
  • Feinstone , S. M. , Kapikian , A. Z. and Purcell , R. H. 1973 . Hepatitis A: Detection by immune electron microscopy of a viruslike antigen associated with acute illness . Science , 182 : 1026
  • Roos , B. 1956 . Hepatitepidemi, spridd genom ostron . Sven. Läkartidningen , 53 : 989
  • Dougherty , W. J. and Altman , R. 1962 . Viral hepatitis in New Jersey, 1960–61 . Am. J. Med. , 32 : 704
  • Mason , J. O. and McLean , W. R. 1962 . Infectious hepatitis traced to the consumption of raw oysters — an epidemiologic study . Am. J. Hyg. , 75 : 90
  • Swan , R. S. 1962 . Epidemiology of virus hepatitis . Lancet , II : 611
  • Grady , G. F. and Chalmers , T. C. 1965 . Viral hepatitis in a group of Boston hospitals. II. A prospective controlled epidemiologic study . N. Engl. J. Med. , 272 : 662
  • Koff , R. S. , Grady , G. F. , Chalmers , T. C. , Mosley , J. W. and Swartz , B. L. 1967 . Viral hepatitis in a group of Boston hospitals. III. Importance of exposure to shellfish in a non‐epidemic period . N. Engl. J. Med , 276 : 703
  • Dismukes , W. E. , Bisno , A. L. , Katz , S. and Johnson , R. F. 1969 . An outbreak of gastroenteritis and infectious hepatitis attributed to raw clams . Am. J. Epidemiol , 89 : 555
  • Ruddy , S. J. , Johnson , R. F. , Mosley , J. W. , Atwater , J. B. , Rossetti , M. A. and Hart , J. C. 1969 . An epidemic of clam‐associated hepatitis . JAMA , 208 : 649
  • Berman , H. A. , Waterman , G. and Fiumara , N. J. 1972 . Shellfish‐associated hepatitis‐Massachusetts . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 21 : 20
  • Stale , W. , Kunkel , B. and Nerger , K. 1972 . Austern‐Hepatitis . Dtsch. Med. Wochenschr. , 97 : 145
  • Caraway , C. T. 1973 . Shellfish‐associated hepatitis . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 22 : 372
  • Feingold , A. O. 1973 . Hepatitis from eating steamed clams . JAMA , 225 : 526
  • Reynolds , R. D. , Simerville , J. J. and Shepard , K. S. 1968 . Freeze‐ball hepatitis . Arch. Intern. Med. , 122 : 48
  • Gavan , D. T. and Nutt , J. W. 1970 . An epidemic of water‐borne infectious hepatitis in France . Arch. Environ. Health , 20 : 523
  • Garibaldi , R. A. , Murphy , G. D. and Wood , B. T. 1972 . Infectious hepatitis outbreak associated with cafe water . Health Serv. Rep. , 87 : 164
  • Harrel , J. A. , Gibson , J. J. and Redstone , P. M. 1972 . Report of seven common‐source outbreaks of hepatitis—A. Wickes, Arkansas . Hepatitis Surveillance , 35 : 10
  • Morse , L. J. , Bryan , J. A. , Hurley , J. P. , Murphy , J. F. , O'Brien , T. F. and Wacker , W. E. C. 1972 . The Hold Cross College Football Team hepatitis outbreak . JAMA , 219 : 706
  • Woodworth , H. C. , Noms , R. , Wolf , F. S. and Hosry , T. S. 1972 . Hepatitis‐Alabama . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 21 : 439
  • Rudolfs , W. , Falk , L. L. and Ragotzkie , R. A. 1950 . Literature review on the occurrence and survival of enteric, pathogenic, and relative organisms in soil, water, sewage, and sludges, and on vegetation. I. Bacterial and virus diseases . Sewage Ind Wastes , 22 : 1261
  • Harmsen , H. 1953 . Fäkale Gemiisekopfdüngung als gesundheitliche Gefahr der Verwurmung, der Ausbreitung gefährlicher Darmkrankheitserreger und der Verbreitung der Erreger der Kinderlähmung und epidemischen Hepatitis . Munch. Med. Wochenschr. , 95 : 1301
  • Müller , G. 1957 . Die Infektion von Gemüsepflanzen durch die Beregnung mit häuslichem Abwasser . Staedtehygiene , 8 : 30
  • Eisenstein , A. B. , Aach , R. D. , Jacobsohn , W. and Goldman , A. 1963 . An epidemic of infectious hepatitis in a general hospital . JAMA , 185 : 171
  • Kashgarian , M. , Rendtorff , R. C. and Home , M. 1968 . A food‐borne outbreak of hepatitis with a high attack rate . Public Health Rep. , 83 : 90
  • Geldreich , E. E. and Bordner , R. H. 1971 . Fecal contamination of fruits and vegetables during cultivation and processing for market. A review . J. Milk Food Technol. , 34 : 184
  • Hutcheson , R. H. and Freeman , D. L. 1972 . Report of seven common‐source outbreaks of hepatitis—A. Rural Tennessee . Hepatitis Surveillance , 35 : 9
  • Philp , J. R. , Hamilton , T. P. , Albert , T. J. , Stone , R. S. and Pait , C. F. 1973 . Infectious hepatitis outbreak with mai tai as the vehicle of transmission . Am. J. Epidemiol. , 97 : 50
  • McCollum , R. W. 1961 . An outbreak of viral hepatitis in the Mediterranean fleet . Mil. Med. , 126 : 902
  • Nauman , R. , Bagley , C. and Schlang , H. 1962 . Food‐borne hepatitis‐Florida . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 11 : 58
  • Anders , W. and Gässlein , F. 1964 . Eine Nahrungsmittelepidemie von Hepatitis infectiosa . Bundesgesundheitsblatt , 7 : 245
  • Hernandez , R. H. , Greenberg , J. H. and Olson , R. E. 1966 . An outbreak of infectious hepatitis probably due to contamination of food . Am. J. Epidemiol. , 84 : 247
  • Tihen , W. S. and Mailloux , J. R. 1974 . A hospital‐based outbreak of hepatitis‐A‐Vermont . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 23 : 79
  • Provost , P. J. , Ittensohn , O. L. , Villarejos , V. M. , Argnedas , G. J. A. and Hilleman , M. R. 1973 . Etiologic relationship of marmoset‐propagated CR 326 hepatitis A virus to hepatitis in man . Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. , 142 : 1257
  • Mathews , F. P. 1949 . Poliomyelitis epidemic, possibly milk‐borne, in a naval station, Portland, Oregon . Am. J. Hyg. , 49 : 1
  • Honig , E. J. , Melnick , J. L. , Isacson , P. , Parr , R. , Myers , I. L. and Walton , M. 1956 . An enderhiological study of enteric virus infections. Poliomyelitis, coxsackie and orphan (ECHO) viruses isolated from normal children in two socio‐economic groups . J. Exp. Med , 103 : 247
  • Eichenwald , H. F. , Ababio , A. , Arky , A. M. and Hartman , A. P. 1958 . Epidemic diarrhea in premature and older infants caused by ECHO virus type 18 . JAMA , 166 : 1563
  • Ramos‐Alvarez , M. and Sabin , A. B. 1958 . Enteropathogenic viruses and bacteria. Role in summer diarrheal diseases of infancy and early childhood . JAMA , 167 : 147
  • Bendinelli , M. and Ruschi , A. 1969 . Isolation of human enterovirus from mussels . Appl. Microbiol , 18 : 531
  • Yow , M. D. , Melnick , J. L. , Blattner , R. J. , Stephenson , W. B. , Robinson , N. M. and Burkhardt , M. A. 1970 . The association of viruses and bacteria with infantile diarrhea . Am. J. Epidemiol. , 92 : 33
  • Denis , F. A. 1973 . Coxsackic group A in oysters and mussels . Lancet , I : 1262
  • Gordon , I. , Ingraham , H. S. and Korns , R. F. 1947 . Transmission of epidemic gastroenteritis to human volunteers by oral administration of fecal filtrates . J. Exp. Med. , 86 : 409
  • dimming , J. D. and McEvedy , C. P. 1969 . An outbreak of “winter vomiting disease”; in a University Hall of Residence . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 67 : 147
  • Lobel , H. O. , Bisno , A. L. , Goldfield , M. and Prier , J. E. 1969 . A water‐borne epidemic of gastroenteritis with secondary person‐to‐person spread . Am. J. Epidemiol. , 89 : 384
  • Dolin , R. , Blacklow , N. R. and Du Pont , H. 1971 . Transmission of acute nonbacterial gastroenteritis to volunteers by oral administration of stool filtrates . J. Infect. Dis. , 123 : 307
  • Blacklow , N. R. , Dolin , R. , Fedson , D. S. , Du Pont , H. , Northrup , R. S. , Hornick , R. B. and Oianock , R. M. 1972 . Acute infectious nonbacterial gastroenteritis: Etiology and pathogenesis . Ann. Intern. Med. , 76 : 993
  • Bishop , R. F. , Davidson , G. P. , Holmes , I. H. and Ruck , B. J. 1973 . Virus particles in epithelial cells of duodenal mucosa from children with acute non‐bacterial gastroenteritis . Lancet , II : 1281
  • Flewett , T. H. , Bryden , A. S. and Davies , H. 1973 . Virus particles in gastroenteritis . Lancet , II : 1497
  • Middleton , P. J. , Szymanski , M. T. , Abbott , G. D. , Bortolussi , R. and Hamilton , J. R. 1974 . Orbivirus acute gastroenteritis of infancy . Lancet , I : 1241
  • Sullivan , R. , Tiemey , J. T. , Larkin , E. P. , Read , R. B. and Peeler , J. T. 1971 . Thermal resistance of certain oncogenic viruses suspended in milk and milk products . Appl. Microbiol. , 22 : 315
  • Larkin , E. P. 1973 . “ The Public Health significance of viral infections of food animals ” . In The Microbiological Safety of Food , Edited by: Hobbs , B. C. and Christian , J. H. B. 257 London : Academic Press .
  • Calafat , J. , Hageman , P. C. and Ressang , A. A. 1974 . Structure of C‐type virus particles in lymphocyte cultures of bovine origin . J. Natl. CancerInst. , 52 : 1251
  • Ferrer , J. F. , Abt , D. A. , Bhatt , D. M. and Maishak , R. R. 1974 . Studies on the relationship between infection with bovine C type virus, leukemia and persistent lymphocytosis in cattle . Cancer Res. , 34 : 893
  • Cliver , D. O. , Kostenbader , K. D. and Vallenas , M. R. 1970 . Stability of viruses in low moisture foods . J. Milk Food Technol. , 33 : 484
  • Cliver , D. O. 1973 . Cheddar cheese as a vehicle for viruses . J. Dairy Sci. , 56 : 1329
  • Hermann , J. E. and Cliver , D. O. 1973 . Enterovirus persistence in sausage and ground beef . J. Milk Food Technol. , 36 : 426
  • Strock , N. R. and Potter , N. N. 1972 . Survival of polio virus and echo virus during simulated commercial egg pasteurization treatments . J. Milk Food Technol. , 35 : 247
  • Elsdon‐Dew , R. 1968 . The epidemiology of amebiasis . Adv. Parasitol. , 6 : 1
  • MacFarlane , L. R. S. 1969 . A Short Synopsis of Human Protozoology and Helminthology Edinburgh, Livingstone
  • Schwabe , C. W. 1969 . Veterinary Medicine and Human Health , Baltimore : Williamsand Wilkins Publishing .
  • Faust , E. C. , Russell , P. F. and Jung , R. C. 1970 . Clinical Parasitology , Philadelphia : Lea and Febiger Publishing .
  • Markell , E. K. and Voge , M. 1971 . Medical Parasitology’ , Philadelphia : Saunders Publishing .
  • Babb , R. R. , Peck , O. C. and Vescia , F. G. 1971 . Giardiasis. A cause of traveller's diarrhea . JAMA , 217 : 1359
  • Walzer , P. D. , Wolfe , M. S. and Schultz , M. G. 1971 . Giardiasis in travellers . J. Infect. Dis. , 124 : 235
  • Fiumara , N. 1973 . Giardiasis in travellers to the Soviet Union, M . Engl. J. Med. , 288 : 1410
  • Thompson , R. G. , Karandikar , D. S. and Leek , J. 1974 . Giardiasis, an unusual cause of epidemic diarrhoea . Lancet , I : 615
  • Desmonts , G. 1962 . Epidemiologie de la toxoplasmose . Rev. Hyg. Med. Soc. (Paris) , 10 : 201
  • Hutchinson , W. M. , Dunachie , J. F. and Work , K. 1968 . The faecal transmission of Toxoplasma gondii . Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. , 74 : 462
  • Förtsch , D. and Dvorackova , J. 1970 . Toxoplasma—Encephalitis beim Erwachsenen . Dtsch. Med. Wochenschr. , 95 : 2362
  • Zigas , V. and Benfante , R. J. 1972 . Human toxoplasmosis: An evaluation of current progress . Trop. Geogr. Med. , 24 : 1
  • Braveny , I. , Disko , R. and Janssen , H. 1973 . Untersuchungen zur Epidemiologie der Toxoplasmose . Dtsch. Med. Wochenschr. , 98 : 535
  • Jacobs , L. , Remington , J. S. and Melton , M. L. 1960 . A survey of meat samples from swine, cattle and sheep for the presence of encysted Toxoplasma . J. Parasitol , 46 : 23
  • Boch , J. 1967 . Toxoplasma‐Infektionen bei Haustieren und ihre lebensmittelhygienische Bedeutung . Fleischwirtschaft , 47 : 969
  • Grossklaus , D. and Baumgarten , H. J. 1968 . Die Ueberlebensdauer von Toxoplasma‐Cysten in Schweinefleisch . Fleischwirtschaft , 48 : 930
  • Janitschke , K. 1971 . Die Bedeutung von Tieren als Infektionsquelle des Menschen mit Toxoplasmen . Dtsch. Med. Wochenschr. , 96 : 78
  • Work , K. 1971 . Toxoplasmosis. With special reference to transmission and life cycle of Toxoplasma gondii . Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand., B , : 221
  • Boch , J. and Kuhn , D. 1972 . Zur Epidemiologie der Toxoplasmose . Fortschr. Vet. Med. , 17 : 207
  • Grossklaus , D. 1973 . Die Untersuchung der Schlachttiere im Herkunftsbestand . Fleischwirtschaft , 53 : 1721
  • Peterson , D. R. , Tronca , E. and Bonin , P. 1972 . Human toxoplasmosis prevalence and exposure to cats . Am. J. Epidemiol , 96 : 215
  • Kean , B. R. , Kimball , A. C. and Christenson , W. N. 1969 . An epidemic of acute toxoplasmosis . JAMA , 208 : 1002
  • Morgan , P. M. 1968 . “ Meat animal parasites and the importance of an effective and standardized meat inspection system ” . In The Safety of Foods , Edited by: Ayres , J. C. , Blood , F. R. , Chichester , C. O. , Graham , H. D. , McCutcheon , R. S. , Powers , J. J. , Schweigert , B. S. , Stevens , A. D. and Zweig , G. 102 Westport, Conn. : Avi Publishing .
  • Swellengrebel , N. H. and Sterman , M. M. 1961 . Animal Parasites in Man , Princeton, N.J. : van Nostrand .
  • Schultz , M. G. , Hermos , J. A. and Steele , J. H. 1970 . Epidemiology of beef tapeworm infection in the United States . Public Health Rep , 85 : 169
  • Gils , J. H. J. van . 1963 . Het cysticercosisprobleem in Nederland . Tijdschr. Diergeneeskd. , 88 : 1488
  • Schultz , M. G. The epidemiology of cysticercosis and taeniasis in the United States, Abstr. 9th Int. Congr. Trop. Med. and Malaria . Vol. 1 , pp. 155
  • Allen , R. W. 1947 . The thermal death point of cysticerci of Taenia saginata . J. Parasitol , 33 : 8
  • Most , H. and Helpern , M. 1941 . The incidence of trichinosis in New York City . Am. J. Med. Sci. , 202 : 251
  • Semple , A. B. , Davies , J. B. M. , Kershaw , W. E. and St. Hill , C. A. 1954 . An outbreak of trichinosis in Liverpool in 1953 . Br. Med. J. , 1 : 1002
  • Meltzer , L. E. and Bookman , A. A. 1957 . Trichinosis involving the central nervous system . JAMA , 164 : 1566
  • Gray , D. F. , Morse , B. S. and Phillips , W. F. 1962 . Trichinosis with neurologic and cardiac involvement . Ann. Intern. Med. , 52 : 230
  • Chicoine , L. , Proulx , C. , Lafleur , L. and Tanner , C. E. 1966 . Trichinosis: An epidemiological study in children using five immunological methods . Can. J. Public Health , 57 : 357
  • Kampelmacher , E. H. , Ruitenberg , E. J. and Berlcvens , J. 1967 . Untersuchungen über das Vorkommen von Trichinella spiralisbei Menschen in den Niederlanden . Fleischwirtschaft , 47 : 1119
  • Zimmerman , W. J. , Steele , J. H. and Kagan , I. G. 1968 . The changing status of trichiniasis in the U.S. population . Public Health Rep. , 83 : 957
  • Anders , W. , Kauer , E. and Sattler , H. 1969 . Epidemiologische Probleme eines Trichinose‐Ausbruchs im Herbst 1967 . Bundesgesundheitsblatt. , 12 : 317
  • Corridan , J. P. and Gray , J. J. 1969 . Trichinosis in South West Ireland . Br. Med. J. , 2 : 727
  • Sluiters , J. F. and Ruitenberg , E.J. 1974 . Trichinella spiralis in Nederland . Nederl. Tijdschr. Geneeskd. , 118 : 230
  • Zimmermann , W. J. , Steele , J. H. and Kagan , I. G. 1973 . Trichiniasis in the U.S. population, 1966–70. Prevalence, epidemiologic factors . Health Serv. Rep. , 88 : 606
  • Hennekeuser , H. H. , Pabst , K. , Poeplau , W. and Gerok , W. 1968 . Zur Klinik und Therapie der Trichinose. Beobachtungen an 47 Patienten während einer Epidemie . Dtsch. Med. Wochenschr. , 93 : 867
  • Augustine , D. L. 1933 . Effects of low temperatures upon encysted Trichinella spiralis . Am. J. Hyg. , 17 : 697
  • Hill , C. H. 1967 . Survival of encysted larvae of Trichinella spiralis: Effect of exposure of 0°F (‐18°C) using precooled and fresh ground pork . Proc. Helminthol. Soc. Wash. , 33 : 130
  • Rust , R. E and Zimmermann , W. J. 1972 . Low‐temperature destruction of Trichinella spiralis using liquid nitrogen and liquid carbon dioxide . J. Food Sci. , 37 : 706
  • Gammon , D. L. , Kemp , J. D. , Edney , J. M. and Varney , W. Y. 1968 . Salt, moisture and aging time effects on the viability of Trichinella spiralis in pork hams and shoulders . J. Food Sci. , 33 : 417
  • Crouse , J. D. and Kemp , J. D. 1969 . Salt and aging time effects on the viability of Trichinella spiralis in heavy dry‐cured hams and shoulders . J. Food Sci. , 34 : 530
  • Zimmermann , W. L. 1971 . Salt cure and drying‐time and temperature effects on viability of Trichinella spiralis in dry‐cured hams . J. Food Sci. , 36 : 58
  • Lötzsch , R. and Rödel , W. 1974 . Untersuchungen über die Lebensfähigkeit von Trichinella spiralis in Rohwürsten in Abhängigkeit von der Wasseraktivität . Fleischwirtschaft , 54 : 1203
  • Otto , G. F. and Abrams , E. 1939 . Quantitative studies on the effect of heat on trichinae (Trichinella spiralis) larvae . Am. J. Hyg. , 29 : 115
  • Carlin , A. F. , Mott , C. , Cash , D. and Zimmermann , W. 1969 . Destruction of Trichina larvae in cooked pork roasts . J. Food Sci. , 34 : 210
  • Salcedo , O. G. 1966 . Epidemiologia del hydatidosis en Peru . Bol. Of. San. Panam. , 60 : 144
  • Sawyer , J. C. , Schantz , P. M. , Schwabe , C. W. and Newbold , M. W. 1969 . Identification of transmission foci of hydatid disease in California . Public Health Rep. , 84 : 531
  • McLoughlin , M. J. and Hobbs , B. B. 1970 . Selective angiography in the diagnosis of hydatid disease of the liver . Can. Med. Assoc. J. , 103 : 1147
  • Kuipers , F. C. , Thiel , P. H. van , Rodenburg , W. , Wielinga , W. J. and Roskam , R. T. 1960 . Eosinophilic phlegmon of the alimentary canal caused by a worm . Lancet , II : 1171
  • Yokogawa , M. and Yoshimura , H. 1965 . Anisakis‐like larvae causing eosinophilic granulomata in the stomach of man . Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. , 14 : 770
  • Thiel , P. H. van . 1966 . The final hosts of the herring worm Anisakis marina . Trop. Geogr. Med. , 18 : 310
  • Priebe , K. 1971 . Die lebensmittelhygienische Bedeutung des Nematodenlarvenbefalls bei Seefischen . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 22 : 193
  • Ruitenberg , E. J. , Berkvens , J. M. and Duyzings , M. J. M. 1970 . Experimentele Anisakis‐marina‐infecties bij het konijn . Nederl. Tijdschr. Geneeskd. , 114 : 1904
  • Priebe , K. , Jendrusch , H. and Hanstedt , U. 1973 . Problematik und Experimental‐untersuchungen zum Erlöschen der Einbohrpotenz von Anisakis‐Larven des Herings bei der Herstellung von Kaltmaiinaden . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 24 : 217
  • Gustafson , P. V. 1953 . The effect of freezing on encysted Aninsakis larvae . J. Parasitol , 39 : 585 – 588 .
  • Bijkeik , H. 1969 . Haringwormziekte (anisakiasis) . Nederl. Tijdschr. Geneeskd. , 113 : 906
  • Bijkerk , H. 1971 . Haringwormziekte (anisakiasis) . Nederl. Tijdschr. Geneeskd. , 115 : 763
  • Baer , J. G. , Miranda , H. , Fernandez , W. and Medina , J. 1967 . Human diphyllobothriasis in Peru . Z. Parasitenkd. , 28 : 277
  • Chitwood , M. B. , Valesquez , C. and Salazar , N. G. 1968 . Capillaria philippinensis sp. a (Nematoda: Trichinellida) from the intestine of man in the Phillipines . J. Parasitol. , 54 : 368
  • Fresh , J. W. , Cross , J. H. , Reyes , V. , Whalen , G. E. , Uylangco , C. V. and Dizon , J. J. 1972 . Necropsy findings in intestinal capillariasis . Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. , 21 : 169
  • Cross , J. H. , Banzon , T. C. , Singson , C N. , Basaca‐Servilla , V. and Watten , R. H. Zoonotic aspects of Capillaria philippinensis, Abstr. 9th Int. Congr. Trop. Med. and Malaria Athens . Vol. 1 , pp. 154
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1971 . Physiological and metabolic attributes of microbial groups associated with foods . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 34 : 95
  • Sarmish , Z. , Etinger‐Tulczynska , R. and Bick , M. 1963 . The microflora within the tissue of fruits and vegetables . J. Food Sci. , 28 : 259
  • Vanderzant , C and Nickelson , R. 1969 . A microbiological examination of muscle tissue of beef, pork and lamb carcasses . J. Milk Food Technol. , 32 : 357
  • Board , R. G. 1970 . The microbiology of the hen's egg . Adv. Appl. Microbiol. , 11 : 245
  • Beijerinck , M. W. 1908 . Fermentation lactique dans le lait . Arch. Neerl. Sci. exactes et naturelles Ser. II , 13 : 356
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Ingram , M. 1955 . The physiology of the microbial spoilage of foods . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 18 : 232
  • Patterson , J. T. 1968 . Bacterial flora of chicken carcasses treated with high concentrations of chlorine . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 31 : 544
  • Dowdell , M. J. and Board , R. G. 1971 . The microbial associations in British fresh sausages . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 34 : 317
  • Ingram , M. and Dainty , R. H. 1971 . Changes caused by microbes in spoilage of meats . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 34 : 21
  • Westerdijk , J. 1949 . The concept “association”; in mycology . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 15 : 187
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Westerdijk , J. 1949 . The physiology of microbial spoilage in foods . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 15 : 190
  • Clayson , D. H. F. and Blood , R. M. 1957 . Food perishability: The determination of the vulnerability of food surfaces to bacterial infection . J. Sci. Food Agric. , 8 : 404
  • Scott , W. J. 1957 . Water relations of food spoilage microorganisms . Adv. Food Res. , 7 : 83
  • Pitt , J. I. and Christian , J. H. B. 1968 . Water relations of xerophilic fungi isolated from prunes . Appl. Microbiol. , 16 : 1853
  • Strong , D. H. , Foster , E. F. and Duncan , C L. 1970 . Influence of water activity on the growth of Clostridium perfringens . Appl. Microbiol , 19 : 980
  • Marshall , B. J. , Ohye , D. F. and Christian , J. H. B. 1971 . Tolerance of bacteria to high concentrations of NaCl and glycerol in the growth medium . Appl. Microbiol. , 21 : 363
  • Jakobsen , M. , Filtenborg , O. and Bramsnaes , F. 1972 . Germination and outgrowth of the bacterial spore in the presence of different solutes . Lebensm. Wiss. Technol , 5 : 159
  • Bengs , H. and Scheibner , G. 1969 . Verhindern des Verderbens von Anchosen in eigenem Saft: mindestens 10% Kochsalz im Fischfleisch, höchstens 12°C Temperatw . Monatsh. Vet. Med. , 24 : 180
  • Cenigeorgis , C. , Foda , M. S. , Mantis , A. and Sadler , W. W. 1971 . Effect of sodium chloride and pH on enterotoxin C production . Appl. Microbiol , 21 : 862
  • Erichisen , I. 1973 . The microflora of semi‐preserved fish . Process Biochem. , 8 (8) : 21
  • Scheusner , D. L. , Hood , L. L. and Harmon , L. G. 1973 . Effect of temperature and pH on growth and enterotoxin production by Staphylococcus aureus . J. Milk Food Technol , 36 : 249
  • Barber , L. E. and Deibel , R. H. 1972 . Effect of pH and oxygen tension on staphylococcal growth and enterotoxin formation in fermented sausage . Appl. Microbiol , 24 : 891
  • Chung , K. C. and Goepfert , J. M. 1970 . Growth of Salmonella at low pH . J. Food Sci. , 35 : 326
  • Orillo , C A. , Sison , E C. , Luis , M. and Pederson , C S. 1969 . Fermentation of Philippine vegetable blends . Appl. Microbiol , 17 : 10
  • Pederson , C. S. 1971 . Microbiology of Food Fermentations , Westport, Conn. : Avi Publishing .
  • Hewitt , L. F. 1950 . Oxidation Reduction Potentials in Bacteriology and Biochemistry Livingstone, Edinburgh
  • Jacob , H. É. 1970 . “ Redox potential ” . In Methods in Microbiology , Edited by: Norris , J. R. and Ribbons , D. W. Vol. 2 , 91 London : Academic Press .
  • Obbinger , J. L. and Kraft , A. A. 1973 . Oxidation‐reduction potential and growth of Salmonella and Pseudomonas fluorescens . J. Food Sci. , 38 : 1108
  • Guirard , B. M. and Snell , E. E. 1962 . “ Nutiitional requirements of micro‐organisms ” . In The Bacteria , Edited by: Gunsalus , I. C. and Sfanier , R. Y. Vol. 4 , 22 Academic Press .
  • Patol , I. B. and Vaughn , R. H. 1973 . Cellulolytic bacteria associated with sloughing spoilage öf California ripe olive . Appl. Microbiol , 25 : 62
  • Vaughn , R. H. , Jakubczyk , T. , MacMillan , J. D. , Higgens , T. E. , Davé , B. A. and Lampton , V. M. 1969 . Some pink yeast associated with softening of olives . Appi. Microbiol. , 18 : 771 – 775 .
  • Vaughn , R. ft , King , A. D. , Nagel , C. W. , Ng , ft , Levin , R. E. , MacMillan , J. D. and York , G. K. 1969 . Gram negative bacteria associated with sloughing, a softening of California ripe olives . J. Food Sci. , 34 : 224
  • Miller , L. and MacMillan , J. D. 1970 . Mode of action of pectic enzymes. II. Further purification of exopolygalacturonats lyase and pectinesterase from dostridium multifermentans . J. Bacteriol , 102 : 72
  • Lee , M. , Millet , L. and MacMillan , J. D. 1970 . Similarities in the action patterns of exopolygalacturonate lyase and pectinesterase from Clostridium multifermentans . J. Bacteriol , 103 : 595
  • Zucker , M. and Hankin , L. 1970 . Regulation of pectate lyase synthesis in Pseudomonas fluorescens and Erwinir carotovora . J. Bacteriol , 104 : 13
  • Codner , R. C. 1971 . Pectinolytic and cellulolytic enzymes in the microbial modification of plant tissues . J. Appl Bacteriol , 34 : 147
  • Harper , K. A. 1971 . A polygalacturonase of unusual thermostability from Rhizopus nigricans . Chem. Ind. , 17 : 462
  • Busse , M. 1968 . Der Enterobakterien‐Nachweis bei der Ueberwachung von Trinkmilch . Milchwissenschaft , 23 : 414
  • Harrewijn , G. A. , Mossel , D. A. A. and Groote , J. de . 1972 . Assessment of the bacteriological safety of lactose . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 26 : 141
  • Blackburn , B. O. and Ellis , E. M. 1973 . Lactose‐fermenting Salmonella from dried milk and milk‐drying plants . Appl. Microbiol , 26 : 672
  • Monti , G. 1967 . Ricerche sull’ attivita lipolitica di batteri. II. Azione lipolitica di alcuni enterobatteri . Boll Ist. Sieroter. Milan. , 46 : 139
  • Alford , J. A. , Pierce , D. A. and Suggs , F. G. 1964 . Activity of microbial lipases on natural fats and synthetic triglycérides . J. Lipid Res. , 5 : 390
  • Pohja , M. S. and Niinivaara , F. P. 1964 . Eigenschaften und Bedeutung der in Rohwurst und in Pökellake vorkommenden Fett abbauenden Bakterien . Fleischwirtschaft , 16 : 435
  • Coretti , K. 1965 . Vorkommen und Bedeutung lipolytischer Mikro‐organismen in Dauerwursten . Fleischwirtschaft , 45 : 21
  • Patterson , J. T. 1966 . Characteristics of staphylococci and micrococci isolated in a bacon curing factory . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 29 : 461
  • Alford , J. A. and Steinte , E. E. 1967 . A double layered plate method for the detection of microbial lipolysis . J. Appl Bacteriol , 30 : 488
  • Goldbach , W. , Haenel , ft and Klingenberg , P. 1967 . Zum Nachweis und zur Substratabhängigkeit der lipolytischen Aktivität von Mikro‐organismen . Nahrung , 11 : 761
  • Franzke , Cl. and Thurm , V. 1970 . Zur Bildung von Methylketonen aus Fettsäuren durch Pénicillium roqueforti. 1. Mitteflung. Qualitative Untersuchungen zur Substratspezifitât von Pénicillium roqueforti . Nahrung , 14 : 279
  • Scheibner , G. 1970 . Untersuchungen zur lipolytischen Aktivität lebensmittelhygienisch wichtiger Bakterienarten . Monatsh. Vet. Med. , 25 : 624
  • Alford , J. A. , Smith , J. L. and Lilly , H. D. 1971 . Roles of microbial lipolysis in desired and spoilage changes in foods . J. Appl Bacteriol , 34 : 133
  • Barnes , E. M. and Melton , W. 1971 . Extracellular enzymic activity of poultry spoilage bacteria . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 34 : 599
  • Collins‐Thompson , D. L. , Srhaug , T. , Witter , L. D. and Ordal , Z. J. 1971 . Glycerol ester hydrolase activity of Microbacterium thermosphactum . Appl Microbiol , 21 : 9
  • Collins‐Thompson , D. L. and Witter , L. D. 1971 . Lipase of Microbacterium lacticum . Milchwissenschaft , 26 : 739
  • Breuil , C and Gounot , A. M. 1972 . Recherches préliminaires sur les bactéries lipolytiques psychrophiles des sols et des eaux . Can. J. Microbiol , 18 : 1445
  • Bours , J. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1973 . A comparison of methods for the determination of lipolytic properties of yeasts mainly isolated from margarine, moulds and bacteria . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 24 : 197
  • Adamcic , M. and Clark , D. S. 1970 . Collagenolytic activity of pigmented pseudomonads . Can. J. Microbiol , 16 : 709
  • Adamcic , M. , Clark , D. S. and Yaguchi , M. 1970 . Effect of psychrotolerant bacteria on the amino acid content of chicken skin . J. Food Sci , 35 : 272
  • Jay , J. M. and Kontor , K. S. 1967 . Fate of free amino acids and nucleotides in spoiling beef . Appl Microbiol , 15 : 759
  • Lerke , P. , Farber , L. and Adams , R. 1967 . Bacteriology of spoilage offish muscle. IV. Role of protein . Appl Microbiol , 15 : 770
  • Cogan , T. M. , Gilliland , S. E. and Speck , M. L. 1968 . Identification of stimulants for Lactobacillus bulgarius in tomato Juice . Appl Microbiol , 16 : 1215
  • Jay , J. M. 1967 . Nature, characteristics and proteölytic properties of beef spoilage bacteria at low and high temperatures . Appl Microbiol , 15 : 943
  • Lerke , P. , Adams , R. and Farber , L. 1965 . Bacteriology of spoilage offish muscle. III. Characterization of spoilers . A ppl Microbiol , 13 : 625
  • Lee , J. S. and Harrison , J. M. 1968 . Microbial flora of pacific hake (Merluccius productus) . Appl. Microbiol , 16 : 1937
  • Herbert , R. , Hendrie , M. , Gibson , D. and Shewan , J. M. 1971 . Bacteria active in the spoilage of certain sea foods . J. Appl Bacteriol , 34 : 41
  • Levin , R. E. 1972 . Correlation of DNA base composition and metabolism of Pseudomonas putrefaciens isolates from food, human clinical specimens, and other sources . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 38 : 121
  • Miller , A. , Scanlau , R. A. , Lee , J. S. and Libbey , L. M. 1973 . Volatile compounds produced in sterile fish muscle (Sebastes melanops) by Pseudomonas putrefacien$, Pseudomonas fluorescens and an Achromobacter species . Appl Microbiol , 26 : 18
  • Barnes , E. M. , Mead , G. C. and Griffiths , N. M. 1973 . The microbiology and sensory evaluation of pheasants hung at 5, 10 and 15°C . Br. Poult. Sci , 14 : 229
  • 1973 . Br. Poult. Sci. , 14 : 229 sensory evaluation of pheasants hung at 5, 10 and 15?C,
  • Grecz , N. , Wagenaar , R. O. and Dack , G. M. 1959 . Inhibition of Clostridium botulinum by culture filtrates of Brevibacterium linens . J. Bacteriol , 78 : 506
  • Allen , J. R. and Foster , E. M. 1960 . Spoilage of vacuum‐packed sliced processed meats during refrigerated storage . Food Res. , 25 : 19
  • Cavett , J. J. 1963 . A diagnostic key for identifying the lactic acid bacteria of vacuum packed bacon . J. Appl. Bacterio.l , 26 : 453
  • Kempton , A. G. and Bobier , S. R. 1970 . Bacterial growth in refrigerated, vacuum packed luncheon meats . Can. J. Microbiol , 16 : 287
  • Zuckerman , J. 1951 . Effect of oxidized d‐limonene on microorganisms . Nature , 168 : 517
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1951 . The fermentation‐inhibiting properties of orange oil . Nature , 168 : 999
  • Dabbah , R. , Edwards , V. M. and Moats , W. A. 1970 . Antimicrobial action of some citrus fruit oils on selected food‐borne bacteria . Appl Microbiol , 19 : 27
  • Narasimha Rao , B. G. V. and Nigam , S. S. 1970 . The in vitro antimicrobial efficiency of some essential oils . Flavour Ind. , 1 : 725
  • Baltes , J. 1971 . Untersuchungen zum Einfluss von Citrusoelen auf die Atmung von Trichoderma lignorum . Z. Lebensm.‐Unters.‐Forsch. , 146 : 22
  • Sherman , J. M. and Hodge , H. M. 1936 . The bactericidal properties of certain plant juices . J. Bacteriol , 31 : 96
  • Pederson , C. S. and Fisher , P. 1944 . The bactericidal action of cabbage and other vegetable juices . N. Y. State Agric. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. ,
  • La Baw , G. D. and Desrosier , N. W. 1953 . Antibactericidal activity of edible plant extracts . Food Res. , 18 : 186
  • Spencer , D. M. , Topps , J. H. and Wain , R. L. 1957 . Fungistatic properties of plant tissues . Nature , 179 : 651
  • Kokal , D. 1965 . Viability of Escherichia coli on English walnut meats (Juglans regia) . J. Food Sci , 30 : 325
  • Gabis , D. A. and Langlois , B. E. 1967 . Effect of cocoa powder used in chocolate milk on bacterial growth . J. Dairy Sci. , 50 : 945
  • Busta , F. F. and Speck , M. L. 1968 . Antimicrobial effect of cocoa on Salmonellae . Appl Microbiol , 16 : 424
  • Cogan , T. M. , Gilliland , S. E. and Speck , M. L. 1968 . Characterization of an inhibitor for Lactobacillus bulgaricus in tomato juice . Appl Microbiol , 16 : 1220
  • Fleming , H. P. , Walter , W. M. and Etchells , J. L. 1969 . Isolation of a bacterial inhibitor from green olives . Appl Microbiol , 18 : 856
  • Al‐Delaimy , K. S. and Ali , S. H. 1970 . Antibacterial action of vegetable extracts on the growth of pathogenic bacteria . J. Sci. Food Agric , 21 : 110
  • Neeman , J. , Lifshitz , A. and Kashman , Y. 1970 . New antibacterial agent isolated from the Avocado pear . Appl Microbiol , 19 : 470
  • Teuber , M. 1970 . Low antibiotic potency of isohumulone . Appl Microbiol , 19 : 871
  • Fernandez de Caleya , R. , Gonzalez‐Pascual , B. , Garcia‐OImedo , F. and Carbonero , P. 1972 . Susceptibility of phytopathogenic bacteria to wheat purothionius in vitro . Appl. Microbiol , 23 : 998
  • Juven , B. , Henis , Y. and Jacoby , B. 1972 . Studies on the mechanism of the antimicrobial action of oleuropein . J. Appl Bacteriol , 35 : 559
  • Wilson , A. T. and Rosenblum , H. 1952 . The antistreptococcal property of milk . J. Exp. Med. , 95 : 25
  • Reiter , B. and Oram , J. D. 1967 . Bacterial inhibitors in milk and other biological fluids . Nature , 216 : 328
  • Ashton , D. H. and Busta , F. F. 1968 . Milk components inhibitory to Bacillus stearothermophilus . J. Dairy Sci , 51 : 842
  • Randolph , H. E. and Gould , I. A. 1968 . Characterization of the natural inhibitors in skim milk affecting lactic acid bacteria . J. Dairy Sci. , 51 : 8
  • Stadhouders , J. and Hup , G. 1970 . Complexity and specificity of euglobulin in relation to inhibition of bacteria and to cream rising . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 24 : 79
  • McFarland , H. , Reddy , S. , Adcock , K. J. , Adeshina , H. , Cooke , A. R. and Akene , J. 1970 . Immunity, transferrin and survival in kwashiorkor . Br. Med J. , 4 : 268
  • Vedamuthu , E. R. , Washam , C. J. and Reinbold , G. W. 1971 . Isolation of inhibitory factor in raw milk whey active against propioni‐bacteria . Appl Microbiol , 22 : 552
  • Wawszkiewicz , E. J. 1971 . Salmonellosis pacifarin activity of enterobactin . Proc. Natl Acad. ScL U.S.A. , 68 : 2870
  • Bullen , J. J. , Rogers , H. J. and Leigh , L. 1972 . Iron‐binding protein in milk and resistance to Escherichia coli infection in infants . Br. Med. J. , 1 : 69
  • Fleming , A. 1922 . On a remarkable bacteriolytic element found in tissues and secretions . Proc. R. Soc. London (Biol.) , 93B : 306
  • Nath , K. R. and Baker , R. C. 1973 . Factors affecting the growth of Pseudomonas fluorescens in liquid egg white . Appl. Microbiol. , 25 : 442
  • Leistner , L. 1956 . “ Der Oberflächenkeimgehalt des Rindfleisches während der Reifung ” . In Jahresber. Bundesforsch. Anstalt Fleischwirtsch. 45 Kulmbach
  • Buttiaux , R. and Catsaras , M. 1964 . Les bactéries psychrotrophes des carcasses de porc entreposées en chambre froide . Ann. Inst Pasteur Lille , 15 : 165
  • Mast , M. G. and Mountney , G. J. 1970 . Growth patterns of selected psychrophilic micro‐organisms in cooked and uncooked aseptically procured turkey meat . J. Food Sci , 35 : 618
  • Lovell , R. T. and Barkate , J. A. 1969 . Incidence and growth of some health related bacteria in commercial freshwater crayfish (Genus Procambarus) . J. Food Sci , 34 : 268
  • Ramsey , C. B. and Kemp , J. D. 1963 . Inhibiting action of oxidized pork fat on the germination of spores of Bacillus subtilis . J. Food Sci , 28 : 562
  • Wilson , D. C. and Brown , H. D. 1953 . Heat‐induced inhibitory agents obtained from processed fruits and vegetables . Food Technol. , 7 : 250
  • Ingram , M. , Mossel , D. A. A. and Lange , P. de . 1955 . Factors, produced in sugar‐acid browning reactions, which inhibit fermentation . Chem. Ind. , : 63
  • Jemmali , M. 1969 . Influence of the Maillard reaction products on some bacteria of the intestinal flora . J. Appl Bacteriol. , 32 : 151
  • Rosen , B. , Christansen , L. N. and Busta , F. F. 1970 . Inhibition of Bacillus megaterium by a trimethylamine oxide‐associated browning reaction product . Appl Microbiol , 20 : 113
  • Vadehra , D. Y. , Baker , R. C. and Naylor , H. B. 1970 . Role of cuticle in spoilage of chicken eggs . J. Food Sci , 35 : 5
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Dijkmann , K. E. and Snijders , J. M. A. 1974 . “ Microbial problems in handling and storage of fresh meats ” . In Meat, Proc. 21st Easter School University ofNottingham , Edited by: Lzwiie , R. A. and Cole , D. J. A. London : Butterworths .
  • Jacobsen , H. C. 1919 . Researches on and means to prevent rancidity of vegetable margarine . Folia MicrobioL (Delft) , 5 : 94
  • Mares , V. 1934 . Ueber das Verderben von Margarine . Fettchem. Umschau , 41 : 115
  • Rahn , O. and Boysen , H. H. 1929 . Die Verteilung der Bakterien in der Butter . Milchwirtsch. Forsch. , 7 : 214
  • Gavel , L. von . 1957 . Die räumliche Verteilung des Mikroorganismenwachstums in der Butter . Milchwissenschaft , 12 : 276
  • Winkle , S. and Adam , W. 1959 . Ueber die Lebensdauer von Enterobacteriaceen, insbesondere Salmonellen, in künstlich infizierter Margarine . Zentralbl Bakteriol (Orig.) , 174 : 364
  • Forman , L. and Zajic , J. 1969 . Untersuchungen über die Autoxydation von Margarine . Fette Seifen Anstrichm. , 71 : 493
  • Tuynenburg Muys , G. 1971 . Microbial safety in emulsions . Process Biochem. , 6 (6) : 25
  • Esty , J. R. and Meyer , K. F. 1922 . The heat resistance of the spores of B. botulinus and allied anaerobes. XI. . J. Infect. Dis. , 31 : 650
  • Katzin , L. J. , Sandholzer , L. A. and Strong , M. E. 1943 . Application of the decimal reduction time principle to a study of the resistance of coliform bacteria to pasteurization . J. Bacterial , 45 : 265
  • Gillespy , T. G. 1951 . “ Heat‐resistance studies ” . In Annual Report Fruit and Vegetable Preservation Research Station Campden 17
  • Farmiloe , F. J. , Cornford , S. J. , Coppock , J. B. M. and Ingram , M. 1954 . The survival of Bacillus subtilis spores in the baking of bread . J. Sci Food Agric. , 5 : 292
  • Roberts , T. A. , Gilbert , R. J. and Ingram , M. 1966 . The heat resistance of anaerobic spores in aqueous suspension . J. Food Technol. , 1 : 227
  • Dabbah , R. , Moats , W. A. and Edwards , V. M. 1971 . Heat survivor curves of food‐borne bacteria suspended in commercially sterilized whole milk. I. Salmonellae . J. Dairy Sci , 54 : 1583
  • Dabbah , R. , Moats , W. A. and Edwards , V. M. 1971 . Heat survivor curves of food‐borne bacteria suspended in commercially sterilized whole milk. II. Bacteria other than Salmonellae . J. Diary Sci , 54 : 1772
  • Moats , W. A. 1971 . Kinetics of thermal death of bacteria . J. Bacteriol , 105 : 165
  • Moats , W. A. , Dabbah , R. and Edwards , W. M. 1971 . Interpretation of nonlogarithmic survivor curves of heated bacteria . J. Food Sci , 36 : 523
  • Roberts , T. A. and Ingram , M. 1965 . Radiation resistance of spores of Clostridium species in aqueous suspension . J. Food Sci , 30 : 879
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Schothorst , M. van and Kampelmacher , E. H. 1968 . “ Prospects for the Salmonella radicidation of some foods and feeds with particular reference to the estimation of the dose required ” . In Elimination of Harmful Organisms from Food and Feed by Irradiation , 43 Vienna : Int. At. Energy Agency .
  • Monod , J. 1949 . The growth of bacterial cultures . Ann. Rev. Microbiol , 3 : 371
  • Hinshelwood , C. N. 1952 . The Chemical Kinetics of the Bacterial Cell , London : Oxford University Press .
  • Iandolo , J. J. , Ordal , Z. J. and Witter , L. D. 1964 . The effect of incubation temperature and controlled pH on the growth of Staphylococcus aureus MF 31 at various concentrations of NaCl . Can. J. Microbiol , 10 : 808
  • Stark , C. N. and Stark , P. 1929 . The relative thermal death rates of young and mature bacterial cells . J. Bacteriol , 18 : 333
  • Sherman , J. M. and Cameron , G. M. 1934 . Lethal environmental factors within the natural range of growth . J. Bacteriol. , 27 : 341
  • Hershey , A. D. 1939 . Factors limiting bacterial growth. IV. The age of the parent culture and the rate of growth of transplants of Escherichia coli . J. Bacteriol. , 37 : 285
  • Fry , R. M. and Greaves , R. I. N. 1951 . The survival of bacteria during and after drying . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 49 : 220
  • Goodlow , R. J. and Leonard , F. A. 1961 . Viability and infectivity of micro‐organisms in experimental airborne infection . Bacteriol. Rev. , 25 : 182
  • Garibaldi , J. A. 1968 . Acetic acid as a means of lowering the heat resistance of Salmonella in yolk products . Food Technol. , 22 : 1031
  • Beuchat , L. R. and Lechowich , R. V. 1968 . Survival of heated Streptococcus faecalis as affected by phase of growth and incubation temperature after thermal exposure . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 31 : 414
  • Ng , H. , Bayne , H. G. and Garibaldi , J. A. 1969 . Heat resistance of Salmonella: The uniqueness of Salmonella seuftenberg 775W . Appl. Microbiol. , 17 : 78
  • Baird‐Parker , A. C. , Boothroyd , M. and Jones , E. 1970 . The effect of water activity on the heat resistance of heat sensitive and heat resistant strains of Salmonellae . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 33 : 515
  • Zyskind , J. W. and Pattee , P. A. 1971 . Lysis of Bacillus subtilis, Escherichia coli and Staphylococcus aureus by phenylethyl alcohol . Can. J. Microbiol , 17 : 565
  • Weiss , H. 1921 . The thermal death point of the spores of Bacillus botulinus in canned food . J. Infect. Dis. , 29 : 362
  • Levine , A. S. and Fellers , C. R. 1940 . Action of acetic acid on food spoilage micro‐organisms . J. Bacteriol , 39 : 499
  • Songnefest , P. , Hays , G. L. , Wheaton , E. and Benjamin , H. A. 1948 . Effect of pH on thermal process requirements of canned foods . Food Res. , 13 : 400
  • Walker , H. W. 1964 . Influence of buffers and pH on the thermal destruction of spores of Bacillus megaterium and Bacillus polymyxa . J. Food Sci , 29 : 360
  • Cotterill , O. J. 1968 . Equivalent pasteurization temperatures to kill Salmonellae in liquid egg white at various pH levels . Poult. Sci , 47 : 354
  • Garibaldi , J. A. , Ijichi , A. and Bayne , H. G. 1969 . Effect of pH and chelating agents on the heat resistance and viability of Salmonella typhimurium Tm‐1 and Salmonella seuftenberg 775W in egg white . Appl. Microbiol , 18 : 318
  • Lowik , J. A. M. and Anema , P. J. 1972 . Effect of pH on the heat resistance of Clostridium sporogenes spores in minced meat . J. Appl Bacteriol , 35 : 119
  • Wuckerpfennig , K. and Franke , I. 1968 . Ergebnisse von Untersuchungen über die Hitzeresistenz eines Stammes von Saccharomyces cerevisiae in Abhängigkeit von den Aciditätsverhältnissen . Fruchtsaft‐Industrie , 13 : 194
  • Murreil , W. G. and Scott , W. J. 1966 . The heat resistance of bacterial spores at various water activities . J. Gen. Microbiol , 43 : 411
  • Fox , K. and Eder , B. D. 1969 . Comparison of survivor curves of Bacillus subtilis spores subjected to wet and dry heat . J. Food Sci. , 34 : 518
  • Cotterill , O. J. and Glauert , J. 1969 . Thermal resistance of Salmonellae in egg yolk products containing sugar or salt . Poult. Sci , 48 : 1156
  • Alderton , G. and Snell , N. 1970 . Chemical states of bacterial spores: Heat resistance and its kinetics at intermediate water activity . Appl. Microbiol , 19 : 565
  • Vrchlabsky , J. and Leistner , L. 1970 . Hitzeresistenz der Enterokokken bei unterschiedlichen aw‐Werten . Fleischwirtschaft , 50 : 1237
  • Vrchlabsky , J. and Leistner , L. 1971 . Hitzeresistenz von Laktobazillen bei unterschiedlichen aw‐Werten . Fleischwirtschaft , 51 : 1368
  • Goepfert , J. N. , Iskander , I. K. and Amundson , C. H. 1970 . Relation of the heat resistance of Salmonellae to the water activity of the environment . Appl. Microbiol. , 19 : 429
  • Moats , W. A. , Dabbah , R. and Edwards , V. M. 1971 . Survival of Salmonella anatum heated in various media . Appl. Microbiol , 21 : 476
  • Corry , J. E. L. 1974 . The effect of sugars and polyols on the heat resistance of Salmonellae . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 37 : 31
  • Molin , N. and Snygg , B. G. 1967 . Effect of lipid materials on heat resistance of bacterial spores . Appl. Microbiol , 15 : 1422
  • Allwood , M. C. and Russell , A. D. 1970 . Mechanisms of thermal injury in nonsporulating bacteria . Adv. Appl. Microbiol , 12 : 89
  • Briggs , A. and Yazdany , S. 1970 . Effect of sodium chloride on the heat and radiation resistance and on the recovery of heated or irradiated spores of the genus Bacillus . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 33 : 621
  • Futter , B. V. and Richardson , G. 1970 . Viability of clostridial spores and the requirements of damaged organisms . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 33 : 321 331
  • Pivnick , H. and Thacker , C. 1970 . Effect of sodium chloride and pH on initiation of growth by heat‐damaged spores of Clostiidium botulinum . Can. Inst. Food Technol. J. , 3 : 70
  • Alderton , G. , Chen , J. K. and Ito , K. A. 1974 . Effect of lysozyme on the recovery of heated Clostridium botulinum spores . Appl Microbiol , 27 : 613
  • Silliker , J. H. , Greenberg , R. A. and Schack , W. R. 1958 . Effect of individual curing ingredients on the shelf stability of canned comminuted meats . Food Technol , 12 : 551
  • Busta , F. F. and Jezeski , J. J. 1963 . Effect of sodium chloride concentration in an agar medium on growth of heat‐shocked Staphylococcus aureus . Appl. Microbiol. , 11 : 404
  • Reiter , B. , Fervins , B. G. , Fryer , T. F. and Sharpe , M. E. 1964 . Factors affecting the multiplication and survival of coagulase positive staphylococci in Cheddar cheese . J. Dairy Res. , 31 : 261
  • Duncan , C. L. 1970 . Arrest of growth from spores in semi‐preserved foods . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 33 : 60
  • Labbe , R. G. and Duncan , C. L. 1970 . Growth from spores of Clostridium perfringens in the presence of sodium nitrite . Appl Microbiol , 19 : 353
  • Ingram , M. and Roberts , T. A. 1971 . Application of the “D‐concept”; to heat treatments involving curing salts . J. Food Technol , 6 : 21
  • Pivnick , H. and Chang , P. C. Perigo effect in pork . Proc. Int. Symp. Nitrite in Meat Products . Zeist. pp. 111 Wageningen : Pudoc .
  • Roberts , T. A. Inhibition of bacterial growth in model systems in relation to the stability and safety of cured meats . Proc. Int. Symp. Nitrite in Meat Products . Zeist. pp. 91 Wageningen : Pudoc .
  • Incze , K. , Farkas , J. , Mihalyi , V. and Zukal , E. 1974 . Antibacterial effect of cysteine‐nitrosothiol and possible precursors thereof . Appl. Microbiol , 27 : 202
  • York , G. K. 1966 . Effect of pimaricin on the resistance of Saccharomyces cerevisiae to heat, freezing and ultraviolet irradiation . Appl. Microbiol , 14 : 451
  • Roth , K. 1969 . Zur Hitzeresistenz von vegetativen und sporulierten Hefezellen . Mineralwasser Zeitung. , 22 : 1079
  • Sandiford , B. R. 1954 . Salmonella typhi in canned cream . Mon. Bull. Min. Health Public Health Lab. Serv. Directed Med. Res. Counc , 13 : 153
  • Hepp , L. 1955 . Eine Salmonellose beim Menschen durch den Genuss von Schweinefleischkonserven jugoslavischer Herkunft . Bed. Munch. Tieraerztl. Wochenschr. , 68 : 221
  • Ingram , M. 1955 . Microbial association of semi‐preserved meats . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 7 : 32
  • Couper , W. R. M. , Newell , K. W. and Payne , D. J. H. 1956 . An outbreak of typhoid fever associated with canned ox‐tongue . Lancett , 270 : 1057
  • 1956 . ox‐tongue . Lancet , 270 : 1057
  • Goret , P. and Joubert , L. 1958 . Staphylocoques entérotoxiques d'origine pisciaire. Danger de leur presence dans les conserves de sardines . Rev. Hyg. Med. Soc , 6 : 73
  • Ortel , S. 1958 . Lysotypie von Staph. aureus zur Klärung epidemiologischer Zusammenhangen bei durch Fischkonserven hervorgerufenen Staphylokokken‐Nahrungsmittelvergiftungen . Z. Hyg. Infektionskr. , 144 : 407
  • Dickinson , D. 1959 . Fruit and vegetable canning and freezing. An outbreak of poisoning . Food Manuf. , 34 : 198
  • Ash , I. , McKendrick , G. D. W. , Robertson , M. H. and Hughes , H. L. 1964 . Outbreak of typhoid fever connected with corned beef . Br. Med. J. , 1 : 1474
  • Bashford , T. E. , Gillespy , T. G. and Shipp , H. L. 1964 . Epidemics of typhoid fever . Lancet , II : 147
  • Gounelle , H. 1964 . Surveillance médicale du personnel de cantine . Bull. Soc. Sci Hyg. Aliment. Aliment. Ration. Homme , 52 : 131
  • Lyne , P. M. and Tomlinson , A. J. H. 1964 . Experimental inoculation of cans of corned beef with Salmonella typhi . Mon. Bull. Min. Health London , 23 : 147
  • Meers , P. D. and Goode , D. 1965 . Salmonella typhi in corned beef . Lancet , 1 : 426
  • Meers , P. D. and Goode , D. 1965 . Salmonella typhi in corned beef . Lancet , II : 593
  • Meers , P. D. and Goode , D. 1965 . The influence of preservative salts on the anaerobic growth of Salmonella typhi . Mon. Bull. Min. Health London , 24 : 334
  • Oskam , H. J. and Winter , H. C. 1966 . Staphylococci in tinned sardines . Lancet , I : 765
  • Howie , J. W. 1968 . Typhoid in Aberdeen, 1964 . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 31 : 171
  • Put , H. M. C. , Doren , H. van , Warner , W. R. and Kruiswijk , J. Th. 1972 . The mechanism of microbial leaker spoilage of canned foods: Review . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 35 : 7
  • Anderson , E. S. and Hobbs , B. C. 1973 . Studies of the strain of Salmonella typhi responsible for the Aberdeen typhoid outbreak . Isr. J. Med Sci. , 9 : 162
  • Perry , C A. 1928 . Studies relative to the significance of the present oyster score . Am. J. Hyg. , 8 : 694
  • Lütje , F. 1955 . Zusammenstellung des jüngeren Schrifttums über die Freilandbiologie der Salmonellen, die Salmonellose der Mövenvbgel und ihre Beziehungen zum Abwasser und zum Menschen . Berl Munch. Tieraerztl. Wochenschr. , 68 : 249
  • Fee , W. M. 1961 . An unusual vehicle of infection . Health Bull. (Edinb.) , 19 : 10
  • Glezen , W. P. , Hines , M. P. , Kerbaugh , M. , Green , M. E. and Koomen , J. 1966 . Salmonella in two poultry processing plants . J. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc , 148 : 550
  • Jarding , K. M. 1966 . An outbreak of food poisoning following the consumption of infected pork pies . Med. Officer , 115 : 159
  • Bryan , F. L. , Ayres , J. C. and Kraft , A. A. 1968 . Salmonellae associated with further‐processed turkey products . Appl. Microbiol. , 16 : 1
  • Hutchison , J. G. P. , Barrow , G. I. , Henderson , R. J. and Wright , A. E. 1968 . The bacteriological quality of dairy creams . Lancet , II : 99
  • Kaufmann , A. F. , Hayman , C. R. , Heath , F. C. and Grant , M. 1968 . Salmonellosis epidemic related to a caterer‐delicatessen‐restaurant . Am. J. Public Health , 58 : 764
  • Pivnick , H. , Ban , T. R. B. , Erdman , I. E. and Pataki , J. I. 1968 . Staphylococcus food poisoning from barbecued chicken . Can. J. Public Health , 59 : 30
  • Semple , A. B. , Turner , G. C. and Lowiy , D. M. O. 1968 . Outbreak of food‐poisoning caused by Salmonella virchow in spit‐roasted chicken . Br. Med. J. , 2 : 801
  • Garibaldi , J. A. , Lineweaver , H. and Ijichi , K. 1969 . Number of Salmonellae in commercially broken eggs before pasteurization . Poult. Sci , 48 : 1096
  • Gilbert , R. J. 1969 . Cross‐contamination by cooked‐meat slicing machines and cleaning cloths . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 67 : 249
  • Gould , L. N. and Rhodes , F. 1969 . Salmonellae in chicken giblets . Med. Officer , 122 : 31
  • Werner , S. B. , Allard , J. and Ager , E. A. 1969 . Salmonellosis from chickens prepared in commercial rôtisseries: Report of an outbreak . Am. J. Epidemiol. , 90 : 429
  • Aycock , E. K. , Robinson , D. H. , Di Salvo , A. F. , Horton , W. C. and Woeff , J. M. 1970 . A foodborne Salmonella enteritidis outbreak‐Columbia, South Carolina . Salmonella Surveillance , 99 : 5
  • Roberts , D. J. and Marshall , J. N. 1970 . Salmonella virchow in Salford . Med. Officer , 123 : 278
  • 1970 . Salmonella agona infections in England . Salmonella Surveillance , 99 : 9
  • Schrack , W. D. , Clack , F. B. , Robins , H. B. , Lord , W. G. , Sarandria , J. and Stowell , C. R. 1970 . Salmonellosis‐Allegheny County, Pennsylvania . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 19 : 348
  • Speers , J. F. , Crabill , M. , Diercks , J. and Burleigh , J. 1970 . Salmonellosis following a birthday party‐Omaha, Nebraska . Salmonella Surveillance , 99 : 4
  • Todd , E. , Pivnick , H. , Hendricks , S. , Thomas , J. and Riou , J. 1970 . An evaluation of Public Health hazards of barbecued chickens . Can. J. Public Health , 61 : 215
  • Kampelmacher , E. H. , Mossel , D. A. A. , Schothorst , M. van and Noorle Jansen , L. M. van . 1971 . Quantitative Untersuchungen über die Dekontamination von Holzflächen in der Fleischverarbeitung . Alimenta , 10 : 70 Sondernr.
  • Mueller , A. J. , Rhodes , R. A. , Hale , B. D. , Wallace , G. W. , Henderson , M. P. and Taylor , A. 1971 . A Salmonella typhimurium outbreak traced to barbecue pork‐Tennessee . Salmonella Surveillance nr. , 105 : 1
  • Raccach , M. , Juven , B. and Herrnis , Y. 1972 . Variations in bacterial counts during the production of frozen green beans . J. Food Technol. , 7 : 417
  • Roberts , D. 1972 . Observations on procedures for thawing and spit‐roasting frozen dressed chickens and post‐cooking care and storage: With particular reference to food‐poisoning bacteria . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 70 : 565
  • Jordan , M. C. , Powell , K. E. , Corothers , T. E. and Murray , R. J. 1973 . Salmonellosis among restaurant patrons: The incisive role of a meat sheer . Am. J. Public Health , 63 : 982
  • Lee , J. S. and Pfeifer , D. K. 1973 . Aerobic microbial flora of smoked salmon . J. Milk Food Technol. , 36 : 143
  • Murphy , G. D. 1973 . Salmonella agona‐Arkansas . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 22 : 29
  • Dempster , J. F. , Reid , S. N. and Cody , O. 1973 . Sources of contamination of cooked, ready‐to‐eat cured and uncured meats . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 71 : 815
  • Desrosier , N. W. 1970 . The Technology of Food Preservation , Westport, Conn. : Avi Publishing .
  • Hickman , J. R. 1973 . inRadiation Preservation of Food , 659 Vienna : Int. At. Energy Agency . Publ. STI/317
  • Howard‐Flanders , P. and Alper , T. 1957 . The sensitivity of microorganisms to irradiation under controlled gas conditions . Radiat. Res. , 7 : 518
  • Stapleton , G. E. 1955 . Variations in the sensitivity of E. coli to ionizing radiations during the growth cycle . J. Bacteriol , 70 : 357
  • Liston , J. and Matches , J. R. 1968 . Single and multiple doses in the radiation pasteurization of seafoods . Food Technol. , 22 : 893
  • Town , C. D. , Smith , K. C. and Kaplan , H. S. 1971 . Production and repair of radiochemical damage in Escherichia coli deoxyribonucleic acid, its modification by culture conditions and relation to survival . J. Bacteriol. , 105 : 127
  • Freedman , M. L. and Bruce , A. K. 1972 . Deoxyribonucleic acid‐protein ratio and radioresistance in Micrococcus radiodurans . J. Bacteriol , 109 : 1310
  • Roberts , T. A. and Ingram , M. 1965 . The resistance of spores of Clostridium botulinum type E to heat and radiation . J. Appl Bacteriol , 28 : 125
  • Dyer , J. K. , Anderson , A. W. and Dutiyabodhi , P. 1966 . Radiation survival of food pathogens in complex media . Appl. MicrobioL , 14 : 92
  • Underdal , B. and Rosseb , L. 1972 . Inactivation of strains of Salmonella senftenberg by gamma irradiation . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 35 : 371
  • Thornley , M. J. 1963 . Radiation resistance among bacteria . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 26 : 334
  • Licciardello , J. J. , Nickerson , J. T. R. and Goldblith , S. A. 1970 . Inactivation of Salmonella in poultry with gamma radiation . Poult. Sci. , 49 : 663
  • Christensen , E. A. and Sehested , K. 1964 . Radiation resistance of Streptococcus faecium and spores of Bacillus subtilis dried in various media . Acta Pathol Microbiol. Scand. , 62 : 448
  • Anellis , A. , Berkowitz , D. and Kemper , D. 1973 . Comparative resistance of nonsporogenic bacteria to low‐temperature gamma irradiation . Appl Microbiol , 25 : 517
  • Sullivan , R. , Fassolitis , A. C. , Larkin , E. P. , Read , R. B. and Peeler , J. T. 1971 . Inactivation of thirty viruses by gamma radiation . Appl Microbiol , 22 : 61
  • Ley , F. J. , Kennedy , T. S. , Kawashima , K. , Roberts , D. and Hobbs , B. C. 1970 . The use of gamma radiation for the elimination of Salmonella from frozen meat . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 68 : 293
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Krol , B. and Moerman , P. C. 1972 . Bacteriological and quality perspectives of Salmonella radication of frozen boneless meats, 2s . Alimenta , 11 : 51
  • 1972 . Alimenta , 11 : 51 frozen boneless meats
  • Maxcy , R. B. and Tiwari , N. P. 1973 . “ Irradiation of meats for Public Health Protection ” . In Radiation Preservation of Food , 491 Vienna : Int. At. Energy Agency . Publ. STI/317
  • Webb , B. D. , Thiers , H. D. and Richardson , L. R. 1959 . Studies in feed spoilage. Inhibition of mold growth by gamma radiation . Appl Microbiol , 7 : 329
  • Ito , H. , Shibabe , S. and Iizuka , H. 1971 . Effect of storage studies of microorganisms on gamma‐irradiated rice . Cereal Chem. , 48 : 140
  • Bullerman , L. B. , Barnhart , H. M. and Härtung , T. E. 1973 . Use of 7‐irradiation to prevent aflatoxin production in bread . J. Food Sci , 38 : 1238
  • Lea , C. H. , McFarlane , J. J. and Parr , L. J. 1960 . Treatment of meats with ionizing radiations. V. Radiation pasteurization of beef for chilled storage . J. Sci Food Agric , 11 : 690
  • Rhodes , D. N. , Roberts , T. A. and Shepherd , H. J. 1967 . Treatment of meats with ionising radiations. XV. Irradiation of beef from barley‐fed animals . J. Sci. Food Agric , 18 : 576
  • Urbain , W. M. and Giddings , G. G. 1972 . Factors related to market life extension of low‐dose irradiated fresh meats and poultry . Radiat. Res. Rev. , 3 : 389
  • Mercuri , A. J. , Kotula , A. W. and Sanders , D. H. 1967 . Low‐dose ionizing irradiation of tray‐packed cut‐up fryer chickens . Food Technol , 21 : 1509
  • Kiss , I. and Farkas , J. 1972 . Radurization of whole eviscerated chicken carcass . Acta Alimentaria , 1 : 73
  • Pelroy , G. A. and Seman , J. P. 1968 . Effect of storage temperature on the microflora of irradiated and nonirradiated vacuumpacked petrale vole fillets . J. Milk Food Technol , 31 : 231
  • Mameren , J. van , Spreekens , K. J. A. van , Houwing , H. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1969 . “ Effect of irradiation on the keeping quality of packaged cod flesh ” . In Freezing and Irradiation of Fish , Edited by: Kreuzer , R. 446 London : Fishing News (Books) Ltd. .
  • Vyncke , W. and Declerck , D. 1972 . Extending the shelf life of brown shrimps (Crangon vulgaris Fabr.) by gamma irradiation . Lebensm. Wiss. Technol , 5 : 151
  • Costilow , R. N. , Coughlin , F. M. , Robbins , E. K. and Hsu , W. 1957 . Sorbic acid as a selective agent in cucumber fermentations. II. Effect of sorbic acid on the yeast and lactic acid fermentations in brined cucumbers . Appl Microbiol , 5 : 373
  • Erickson , F. J. and Fabian , F. W. 1942 . Preserving and germicidal action of various sugars and organic acids on yeasts and bacteria . Food Res. , 7 : 68
  • Shillinglaw , C. A. and Levine , M. 1943 . Effect of acids and sugar on viability of Escherichia coli and Eberthella typhosa . Food Res. , 8 : 464
  • Morse , R. E. , Fellers , C. R. and Levine , A. S. 1948 . The toxicity of certain organic acids to yeast and mold in the presence of fruit juice‐syrup mixtures . J. Milk Food Technol , 11 : 346
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Bruin , A. S. de . 1960 . The survival of Enterobacteriaceae in acid liquid foods stored at different temperatures . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 11 : 65
  • Handford , P. M. and Gibbs , B. M. 1964 . “ Antibacterial effects of smoke constituents on bacteria isolated from bacon ” . In Microbial Inhibitors in Food , Edited by: Molin , N. and Ericksen , A. 333 Stockholm : Almquist and Wiksell .
  • Heiszler , M. G. , Kraft , A. A. , Rey , C. R. and Rust , R. E. 1972 . Effect of time and temperature of smoking on microorganisms on frankfurters . J. Food Sci. , 34 : 845
  • Schulz , A. and Drews , E. 1957 . Ueber die Bildung eines natürlichen Konservierungsmittels beim Backprozess . Brot und Gebaeck , 11 : 25
  • Drews , E. 1957 . Der Einfluss der beim Backen entstehenden Ameisensäure auf die Haltbarkeit von Schnittbrot . Brot und Gebaeck , 11 : 130
  • Christian , J. H. B. 1963 . Preservation of minced meat with sulphur dioxide . Food Preserv. Q. , 23 : 30
  • Dyett , E. J. and Shelley , D. 1966 . The effects of sulfite preservative in British fresh sausages . J. Appl Bacteriol , 29 : 439
  • Moerman , P. C. , Krol , B. , Kampelmacher , E. H. and Noorle Jansen , L. M. van . 1966 . Invloed van natriumsulfiet op de groei van Salmonellae en E. coli in rauw gehakt . Conserva , 14 : 172
  • Chichester , D. F. and Tanner , F. W. 1972 . “ Antimicrobial food additives ” . In Handbook of Food Additives , Edited by: Furia , T. E. 115 Cleveland, Ohio : Chemical Rubber Co. .
  • Troller , J. A. and Olsen , R. A. 1967 . Derivatives of sorbic acid as food preservatives . J. Food Sci. , 32 : 228
  • Grolle , D. and Lück , E. 1970 . Wirkung von Sorbinsäure und Sorboylpalmitat auf die Aflatoxinbildung im Brot . Z. Lebensm.‐Unters.‐Forsch.. , 144 : 297
  • Wallhäuser , K. H. and Lück , E. 1970 . Der Einfluss der Sorbinsäure auf mycotoxinbildende Pilze in Lebensmitteln . Dtsch. Lebensm. Rundsch , 66 : 88
  • Ingraham , J. L. 1962 . “ Temperature relationships ” . In The Bacteria , Edited by: Gunsalus , I. C. and Stanier , R. Y. Vol. 4 , 265 New York : Academic Press .
  • Marth , E. H. and Frasier , W. C. 1957 . Bacteriology of milk held at farm bulk cooling tank temperatures. III. Psychrophiles found and their growth . J. Milk Food Technol. , 20 : 93
  • Shehata , T. E. , Duran , A. and Collins , E. B. 1971 . Influence of temperature on the growth of psychrophilic strains of Bacillus . J. Diary Sci , 54 : 1579
  • Bruce , J. and Morris , E. O. 1973 . Psychrophilic yeasts isolated from marine fish . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 39 : 331
  • Harden , W. and Veldkamp , H. 1968 . Physiology of an obligately psychrophilic marine Pseudomonas species . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 31 : 12
  • Quist , R. G. and Stokes , J. L. 1972 . Comparative effect of temperature on the induced synthesis of hydrogenase and enzymes of the benzoate oxidation system in psychrophilic and mesophilic bacteria . Can. J. Microbiol. , 18 : 1233
  • Hess , E. , Marthler , A. and Ruck , C. 1962 . Keimzählungen an abgepacktem Frischfleisch . Fleischwirtsch. , 14 : 497
  • Barnes , E. M. and Impey , C. S. 1968 . Psychrophilic spoilage bacteria of poultry . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 31 : 97
  • Shaw , B. G. and Shewan , J. M. 1968 . Psychrophilic spoilage bacteria of fish . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 31 : 89
  • Ingram , M. 1949 . Science in the imported meat industry, hygiene and storage . J. R. Sanit. Inst. (London) , 69 : 39
  • Diener , U. L. and Davis , N. D. 1967 . Limiting temperature and relative humidity for growth and production of aflatoxin and free fatty acids by Aspergillus flavus in sterile peanuts . J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc , 44 : 259
  • Etchells , J. L. , Bell , T. A. , Costilow , R. N. , Hood , C. E. and Anderson , T. E. 1973 . Influence of temperature and humidity on microbial, enzymatic and physical changes of stored, pickling cucumbers . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 943
  • Matches , J. R. and Liston , J. 1972 . Effect of pH on low temperature growth of Salmonella . J. Milk Food Technol. , 35 : 49
  • Roth , L. A. and Clark , D. S. 1972 . Studies on the bacterial flora of vacuum‐packaged fresh beef . Can. J. Microbiol. , 18 : 1761
  • Clark , D. S. and Lentz , C. P. 1969 . The effects of carbon dioxide on the growth of slime producing bacteria on fresh beef . Can. Inst. Food Technol. J. , 2 : 72
  • Schmidt‐Lorenz , W. 1963 . Mikrobieller Verderb gefrorener Lebensmittel während der Gefrierlagerung . Kältetechnik , 15 : 379
  • Schmidt‐Lorenz , W. and Gutschmidt , J. 1969 . Mikrobielle and sensorische Veränderungen gefrorener Brathähnchen und Poularden bei Lagerung im Temperaturbereich von ‐2.5° bis ‐10°C . Fleischwirtsch. , 49 : 1033
  • Digirolamo , R. , Liston , J. and Matches , J. 1970 . The effects of freezing on the survival of Salmonella and E. coli in Pacific oysters . J. Food Sci , 35 : 13
  • Digirolamo , R. , Matches , J. and Liston , J. 1970 . Survival of viruses in chilled, frozen and processed oysters . Appl. Microbiol , 20 : 58
  • Marth , E. H. 1973 . “ Behaviour of food microorganisms during freezing preservation ” . In Low Temperature Preservation of Foods and Living Matter , Edited by: Fennema , O. , Powrie , W. O. and Marth , E. H. 386 New York : Marcel Dekker .
  • Splittstoesser , D. F. 1973 . The microbiology of frozen vegetables . Food Technol 27(1) , 54 : 60
  • Brock , T. D. and Darland , G. K. 1970 . Limits of microbial existence: Temperature and pH . Science , 169 : 1316
  • Fields , M. L. and Harris , O. 1972 . Identification of named cultures of Bacillus calidolactis as Bacillus stearothermophilus . J. Bacteriol , 110 : 772
  • Tanner , F. W. , Chelberger , E. E. and Clark , F. M. 1932 . “Autosterilizatioa”; as a problem in the bacteriological examination of canned foods . Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. , 29 : 1000
  • Michael , V. M. and Tanner , F W. 1936 . Microbiology of merchantable creamstyle canned corn . Food Res. , 1 : 99
  • Pearce , W. E. and Wheaton , E. 1952 . Autosterilization of thermophilic spores in canned foods . Food Res. , 17 : 487
  • Shewan , J. M. 1949 . The biological stability of smoked and salted fish . Chem. Ind. , : 501
  • Labuza , T. P. , Cassil , S. and Sinskey , A. J. 1972 . Stability of intermediate moisture foods. 2. Microbiology . J. Food Sci. , 37 : 160
  • Bone , D. 1973 . Water activity in intermediate moisture foods . Food Technol , 27 (4) : 71
  • Heiss , R. 1957 . Grundlagen der Haltbarkeit verpackter feuchtigkeitsempfindlicher Güter . Verpackungs Rundschau, Techn. Wiss. Beil , 8 : 17
  • Hazeu , W. and Hueck , H. J. Changes of humidity inside packages due to environmental conditions . Proc. Symp. Microbiol. Deterioration in the Tropics . pp. 224 London Soc. Chem. Ind. Monograph Ser. 23
  • Beuchat , L. R. and Lechowich , R. V. 1970 . Afiatoxins: Production on beans as affected by temperature and moisture content . J. Milk Food Technol , 33 : 373
  • Schara , A. 1968 . Die Lagerung von Zuckersirup aus mikrobiologischer Sicht . Erfrischungsgetränk , 21 : 908
  • Aylward , F. and Haisman , D. R. 1969 . Oxidation systems in fruits and vegetables ‐ their relation to the quality of preserved products . Adv. Food Res. , 17 : 1
  • Langeveld , L. P. M. and Galesloot , T. E. 1971 . Estimation of the oxidation‐reduction potential as an aid in tracing the cause of excessive openness in cheese . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 25 : 15
  • Hofmann , K. 1974 . Das Redoxpotential. Sein Wesen und seine Bedeutung für Fleisch und Fleischwaren . Fleischwirtschaft , 54 : 465
  • Tabak , H. H. and Cooke , W. B. 1968 . The effects of gaseous environments on the growth and metabolism of fungi . Bot. Rev. , 34 : 124
  • Sanders , T. H. , Davis , N. D. and Diener , U. L. 1968 . Effect of carbon dioxide, temperature and relative humidity on production of aflatoxin in peanuts . J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc , 45 : 683
  • King , A. D. , Michener , H. D. and Ho , K. A. 1969 . Control of Byssochlamys and related heat‐resistant fungi in grape products . Appl. Microbiol , 18 : 166
  • Dallyn , H. and Everton , J. R. 1969 . The xerophilic mould, Xeromyces bisporus, as a spoilage organism . J. Food Technol , 4 : 399
  • Hersom , A. C. and Hulland , E. D. 1969 . Canned Foods, An Introduction to Their Microbiology , 6th ed. 104 Churchill, London
  • Mol , J. H. H. and Timmers , C. A. 1970 . Assessment of the stability of pasteurized comminuted meat products . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 33 : 233
  • Clark , D. S. and Burki , T. 1972 . Oxygen requirements of strains of Pseudomonas and Achromobacter . Can. J. Microbiol. , 18 : 321
  • King , A. D. and Nagel , C. W. 1967 . Growth inhibition of a Pseudomonas by carbon dioxide . J. Food Sci , 32 : 575
  • Gardner , G. A. and Carson , A. W. 1967 . Relationship between carbon dioxide production and growth of pure strains of bacteria on porcine muscle . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 30 : 500
  • Baran , W. L. , Kraft , A. A. and Walker , H. W. 1970 . Effects of carbon dioxide and vacuum packaging on color and bacterial count of meat . J. Milk Food Technol. , 33 : 77
  • Adams , J. R. and Huffman , D. L. 1972 . Effect of controlled gas atmospheres and temperatures on quality of packaged pork . J. Food Sci , 37 : 869
  • Clark , D. S. and Lentz , C. P. 1972 . Use of carbon dioxide for extending shelf‐life of prepackaged beef . Can. Inst. Food Sci. Technol. , 5 : 175
  • Clark , D. S. and Lentz , C. P. 1973 . Use of mixtures of carbon dioxide and oxygen for extending shelf‐life of prepackaged fresh beef . Can. Inst. Food Sci Technol J. , 6 : 194
  • Koburger , J. A. and Clayton , T. J. 1961 . Identification of substances in milk cultures of Pseudomonas fluorescens which stimulate lactic starter cultures . J. Dairy Sci , 44 : 1811
  • Bautista , E. S. , Dahiya , R. S. and Speck , M. L. 1966 . Identification of compounds causing symbiotic growth of Streptococcus thermophilus and Lactobacillus bulgaricus in milk . J. Dairy Res. , 33 : 299
  • Brunen , A. L. and Keenan , T. W. 1969 . Growth stimulation of Lactobacillus species by lactic streptococci . Appl. Microbiol , 17 : 280
  • Horvath , R. S. and Alexander , M. 1970 . Cometabolism: A technique for the accumulation of biochemical products . Can. J. Microbiol , 16 : 1131
  • Branen , A. L. and Keenan , T. W. 1970 . Identification of a stimulant for Lactobacillus casei produced by Streptococcus lactis . Appl Microbiol , 20 : 757
  • Devoyod , J. J. and Desmazeaud , M. 1971 . Les associations microbiennes dans le fromage de Roquefort. III. Action des entérocoques et des levures fermentant le lactose vis‐à‐vis des lactobacilles . Le Lait , 51 : 399
  • Ayanaba , A. and Alexander , M. 1972 . Changes in nutritional types in bacterial successions . Can. J. Microbiol , 18 : 1427
  • Nieuwenhof , F. F. J. , Stadhouders , J. and Hup , G. 1969 . Stimulating effect of Lactobacilli on the growth of Propionibacteria in cheese . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 23 : 287
  • Halbwok , E. R. , Cords , F. , Winter , A. R. and Sutton , T. S. 1950 . Vitamin B1 2 production by micro‐organisms isolated from poultry house litter and droppings . J. Nutr. , 41 : 555
  • Burton , M. O. and Lockhead , A. G. 1951 . The production of vitamin B, 2‐active substances by micro‐organisms . Can. J. Bot , 29 : 352
  • Daniels , H. J. 1970 . Some factors influencing vitamin B, production by Pseudomonas denitrificans . Can. J. Microbiol , 16 : 809
  • Lubert , D. J. and Frazier , W. C. 1955 . Microbiology of the surface ripening of brick cheese . J. Dairy Sci. , 38 : 981
  • Murdock , D. J. 1950 . Inhibitory action of citric acid on tomato juice flat‐sour organisms . Food Res. , 15 : 107
  • Dakin , J. C. and Stolk , A. C. 1968 . Moniliella acetoabutans: Some further characteristics and industrial significance . J. Food Technol. , 3 : 49
  • Dupuy , P. and Maugenet , J. 1963 . Métabolisme de l'acide lactique par Acetobacter rancens . Ann. Technol. Agric. (Paris) , 12 : 5
  • Purko , M. , Nelson , W. O. and Wood , W. A. 1951 . The associative action between certain yeasts and Bacterium linens . J. Dairy Sci , 34 : 699
  • Duitschaever , C. L. and Irvine , D. M. 1971 . A case study: Effect of mold on growth of coagulase‐positive staphylococci in Cheddar cheese . J. Milk Food Technol , 34 : 583
  • Nath , K. R. and Wagner , B. J. 1973 . Stimulation of lactic acid bacteria by a Micrococcus isolate: Evidence for multiple effects . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 49
  • Divies , C and Dupuy , P. 1969 . Oxydation de l'acétate par Acetobacter rancens . Ann. Technol. Agric. (Paris) , 18 : 339
  • Laxa , O. 1930 . Margarinomyces Bubaki ‐ ein Schädling der Margarine . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. 2 , 81 : 392
  • Ingram , M. 1960 . An influence of carbon source on the resistance of a yeast to benzoic acid . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 11 : 167
  • Stevensen , I. L. 1967 . Utilization of aromatic hydrocarbons by Arthrobacter spp . Can. J. MicrobioL , 13 : 205
  • Brisou , J. , Bourson , M. and Bouleau , Y. 1973 . Action des bactéries sur certains produits utilisés comme stabilisants dans l'industrie pharmaceutique . Rev. Inst. Pasteur Lyon , 6 : 139
  • Rehm , H. J. , Wallnôfer , F. and Lukas , E. M. 1963 . Zur Kenntnis des Abbaus der Sorbinsäure durch Mikroorganismen im natürlichen Substrat . Dtsch. Lebensm. Rundschau , 59 : 187
  • Marth , E. H. 1966 . Degradation of potassium sorbate by Pénicillium species . J. Dairy Sci , 49 : 1197
  • Wickerham , L. J. 1957 . Presence of nitrite‐assimilating species of Debaryomyces in lunch meats . J. Bacteriol , 74 : 832
  • Lilly , H. D. , Smith , J. L. and Alford , J. A. 1970 . Reduction in peroxide values and monocarbonyls of oxidized methyl oleate by several microbial cultures . Can. J. MicrobioL , 16 : 855
  • Kramer , N. and Doetsch , R. N. 1950 . The growth of phenol‐utilizing bacteria oh aromatic carbon sources . Arch. Biochem. Biophys. , 26 : 401
  • Ribbons , D. W. 1966 . Metabolism of o‐cresol by Psudomonas aeruginosa strain T 1 . J. Gen MicrobioL , 44 : 221
  • Garibaldi , J. A. 1970 . Role of microbial iron transport compounds in the bacterial spoilage of eggs . Appl. Microbiol. , 20 : 558
  • Pollack , J. R. , Ames , B. N. and Neilands , J. B. 1970 . Iron transport in Salmonella typhimurium: Mutants blocked in the biosynthesis of enterobactin . J. Bacteriol. , 104 : 635
  • Wilkins , T. D. and Lankford , C. E. 1970 . Production by Salmonella typhimurium of 2, 3‐dihydroxybenzoylserine, and its stimulation of growth in human serum . J. Infect. Dis. , 122 : 129
  • Gibbs , B. M. and Hurst , A. 1964 . “ Limitations of nisin as a preservative in non‐dairy foods ” . In Microbial Inhibitors in Food , Edited by: Molin , N. and Ericksen , A. 151 Stockholm : Almqvist and Wiksell .
  • Galesloot , Th. E. 1956 . Lactic acid bacteria which destroy the antibiotic (Nisin) of S. lactis . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 10 : 143
  • Hurst , A. 1973 . Microbial antagonism in foods . Can. Inst. Food Sci. Technol. J. , 6 : 80
  • Hsu , S. C. and Lockwood , J. L. 1969 . Mechanisms of inhibition of fungi in agar by streptomycetes . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 57 : 149
  • Dubos , F. and Ducluzeau , R. 1969 . Étude in vitro du mécanisme de l'inhibition d'une souche de Staphylococcus pyogenes par une souche de Micrococcus sp. . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 117 : 86
  • Sinell , H. J. and Baumgart , J. 1965 . Bakteriologische Untersuchungen im kontinuierlichen Varfahren hergestellter Mayonnaisen . Z. Lebensnt‐Unters.‐Forsch. , 128 : 159
  • Holtzapffel , D. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1968 . The survival of pathogenic bacteria in, and the microbial spoilage of, salads, containing meat, fish and vegetables . J. Food Technol. , 3 : 223
  • Hays , G. L. and Riester , D. W. 1952 . The control of “off‐odor”; spoilage in frozen concentrated orange juice . Food Technol. , 6 : 386
  • Dahiya , R. S. and Speck , M. L. 1968 . Hydrogen peroxide formation by Lactobacilli and its effect on Staphylococcus aureus . J. Dairy Sci. , 51 : 1568
  • Price , R. J. and Lee , J. S. 1970 . Inhibition of Pseudomonas species by hydrogen peroxide producing lactobacilli . J. Milk Food Technol. , 33 : 13
  • Dustmann , J. H. 1972 . Ueber den Einfluss des Lichtes auf den Peroxid‐Wert (Inhibin) des Honigs . Z. Lebensm.‐Unters.∼ Forsch. , 148 : 263
  • Collyer , D. M. 1968 . The susceptibility to mould growth of white bread produced by different processes . J. Food Technol. , 3 : 95
  • Höhne , C. and Patsch , R. 1969 . Die Toleranzgrenze verschiedener Bakterienspezies gegenüber einwertigen aliphatischen Alkoholen . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 153 : 162
  • Goepfert , J. M. , Oison , N. F. and Marth , E. H. 1968 . Behaviour of Salmonella typhimurium during manufacture and curing of Cheddar cheese . Appl. Microbiol. , 16 : 862
  • Goepfert , J. M. and Hicks , R. 1969 . Effect of volatile fatty acids on Salmonella typhimurium . J. Bacteriol. , 97 : 956
  • Sorrells , K. M. and Speck , M. L. 1970 . Inhibition of Salmonella gallinarum by culture filtrates of Leuconostoc citrovorum . J. Dairy Sci , 53 : 239
  • Tabatabai , L. B. and Walker , H. W. 1970 . Oxidation‐reduction potential and growth of Clostridium perfringens and Pseudomonas fluorescens . Appl. Microbiol. , 20 : 441
  • Dubos , F. and Duchuzeau , R. 1969 . Etude du mécanisme de l'inhibition in vitro d'une souche de Micrococcus sp. par une souche de Staphylococcus pyogenes . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 117 : 76
  • Collins—Thompson , D. L. , Ans , B. and Hurst , A. 1973 . Growth and enterotoxin B synthesis by Staphylococcus aureus S 6 in associative growth with Pseudomonas aeruginosa . Can. J. Microbiol. , 19 : 1197
  • Guelin , A. , Kreguer , A. and Le Bris , J. 1947 . Un entérocoque antagoniste de Clostridium perfringens type A . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 73 : 1036
  • Kafel , S. and Ayies , J. C. 1969 . The antagonism of enteiococci on other bacteria in canned hams . J. Appl. Bacterial , 32 : 217
  • Percy , H. , Townsend , C T. , Andersen , A. A. and Berry , J. A. 1948 . Studies on Clostridium botulinum in frozen pack vegetables . Food Technol , 2 : 180
  • Winter , A. R. , Weiser , H. H. and Lewis , M. 1953 . The control of bacteria in chicken salad. II. Salmonella . Appl. Microbiol , 1 : 278
  • Saleh , M. A. and Ordal , Z. J. 1955 . Studies on growth and toxin production of Clostridium botulinum in a precooked frozen food. II. Inhibition by lactic acid bacteria . Food Res. , 20 : 340
  • Dack , G. M. and Lippitz , G. 1962 . Fate of staphylococci and enteric micro‐organisms introduced into slurry of frozen pot pies . Appl. Microbiol. , 10 : 472
  • Oblinger , J. L. and Kraft , A. A. 1970 . Inhibitory effects of Pseudomonas on selected Salmonella and bacteria isolated from poultry . J. Food Sci. , 35 : 30
  • Reuter , G. 1971 . Laktobazillen und eng verwandte Mikroorganismen in Fleisch und Fleischwaren. 7. Mitteilung: Kohlenhydratstoffwechselprodukte und antagonistische Aktivitäten gegenüber saprophytären und enterotoxischen Mikroorganismen . Fleischwirtschaft , 51 : 1237
  • Kundrat , W. 1971 . Zur Bekämpfung der Spätblähung bei Hartkäsen auf biologischem Wege . Alimenta , 10 : 133 167
  • Haines , W. C. and Harmon , L. G. 1973 . Effect of selected lactic acid bacteria on growth of Staphylococcus aureus and production of enterotoxin . Appl. Microbiol , 25 : 436
  • Kwan , P. L. and Lee , J. S. 1974 . Compound inhibitory to Clostridium botulinum type E produced by a Moraxella species . Appl Microbiol , 27 : 329
  • Kneteman , A. 1953 . Some forms of adaptation of micro‐organisms to extreme conditions in food industries . Atti VI Congr. Int. Microbiol. Roma , 7 : 336
  • Vaughn , R. H. , Martin , M. H. , Stevenson , K. E. , Johnson , M. G. and Crampton , V. M. 1969 . Salt‐free storage of olives and other produce for future processing . Food Technol , 23 : 832
  • Olliver , M. and Rendle , T. 1934 . A new problem in fruit preservation. Studies on Byssochlamys fulva and its effect on the tissues of processed fruit . J. Soc. Chem. Ind. , 53 : 166
  • Vaughn , R. H. and Stadtman , T. C. 1946 . A note on pH tolerance of Aerobactei aerogenes and Aerobacillus macerans as related to natural ecology and decomposition of acid food products . J. Bacteriol , 51 : 263
  • Owen , W. L. and Mobley , R. L. 1948 . A new species of Torulae occurring in and transmitted by the American cockroach, Periplaneta americana (Linn.) . Food Res. , 13 : 281
  • Murdock , D. J. 1950 . Inhibitory action of citric acid on tomato juice flat‐sour organisms . Food Res. , 15 : 107
  • Faville , L. W. and Hill , E. C. 1952 . Acid‐tolerant bacteria in citrus juices . Food Res. , 17 : 281
  • Ragheb , H. S. and Fabian , F. W. 1955 . Growth and pectolytic activity of some tomato molds at different pH levels . Food Res. , 20 : 614
  • Fabian , F. W. and Wethington , M. C. 1950 . Spoilage in salad and french dressing due to yeasts . Food Res. , 15 : 135
  • Kuitzman , C. P. , Rogers , R. and Hesseltine , C. W. 1971 . Microbiological spoilage of mayonnaise and salad dressings . Appl. Microbiol. , 21 : 870
  • Sinell , H. J. and Siems , H. 1973 . Gasbildung durch Hefen als Ursache mikrobiellen Verderbs bei Mayonnaisen und mayonnaisehaltigen Zubereitungen . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 24 : 14
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1951 . Investigation of a case of fermentation in fruit products, rich in sugars . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 17 : 146
  • English , M P. 1954 . Some observations on the physiology of Saccharomycesrouxii Boutroux . J. Gen. Microbiol , 10 : 328
  • Windisch , S. and Neumann , I. 1965 . Zur mikrobiologischen Untersuchung von Marzipan . S[ugrave]sswaren , 9 : 484 540
  • Windisch , S. and Neumann , I. 1966 . Ueber Vorkommen und Nachweis von Saccharomyces rouxii im Marzipan und kritische Betrachtungen zur Methodik . Süsswaren , 10 : 314
  • Blaschke‐Hellmessen , R. and Teuschel , G. 1970 . Saccharomyces rouxii Boutroux als Ursache von Gärungeserscheinungen in geformten Marzipan‐ und Persipanartikeln und deren Verhütung im Herstellerbetrieb . Nahrung , 14 : 249
  • Walt , J P. van der and Klift , W. C. van der . 1972 . Pichia melissophila sp.n., a new osmotolerant yeast from apiarian sources . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 38 : 361
  • Seeder , W. A. , Mossel , D. A. A. and Zijl , F. H. van . 1969 . Ueber das Wachstum von Schimmelpilzen speziell von Asp. flavus, bei verschiedenem Wassergehalt der Weizenmehle . Z. Lebensm.‐Unters.‐Forsch. , 140 : 276
  • Ingram , M. 1957 . “ Micro‐organisms resisting high concentrations of sugars or salts ” . In Microbial Ecology , Edited by: Williams , R.E.O. and Spicer , C. C. 90 London : Cambridge University Press .
  • Eddy , B. P. 1960 . The use and meaning of the term “psychrophilic,” . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 23 : 189
  • Horowitz‐Wlassowa , L. M. and Grinberg , L. D. 1933 . Zur Frage Über psychrophile Mikroben . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. 2 , 89 : 54
  • Lawrence , N. L. , Wilson , D. C. and Pederson , C. S. 1959 . The growth of yeasts in grape juice stored at low temperatures. II. The types of yeast and their growth in pure culture . Appl. Microbiol. , 7 : 7
  • Ayres , J. C. 1960 . Temperature relationships and some other characteristics of the microbial flora developing on refrigerated beef . Food Res. , 25 : 1
  • Ayres , J. C. , Kraft , A. A. and Peirce , L. C. 1964 . Delaying spoilage of tomatoes . Food Technol. , 18 : 1210 1213
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Zwart , H. 1960 . The rapid tentative recognition of psychrotrophic types among Enterobacteriaceae isolated from foods . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 23 : 185
  • Thomas , S. B. , Druce , R. G. and Davies , A. 1966 . The significance of psychrotrophic bacteria in raw milk . Dairy Ind. , 31 : 27
  • Blankenagel , G. and Okello‐Uma , I. 1969 . Gram‐negative bacteria in raw milk . Can. Inst. Food Technol. J. , 2 : 69
  • Hesseltine , C. W. , Graves , R. R. , Rogers , R. and Burmeister , H. R. 1969 . Aerobic and facultative microflora of fresh and spoiled refrigerated dough products . Appl. Microbiol. , 18 : 848
  • Buhagiar , R. W. M. and Barnett , J. A. 1971 . The yeasts of strawberries . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 34 : 727
  • Lund , B. M. 1971 . Bacterial spoilage of vegetables and certain fruits . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 34 : 9
  • Halliday , D. A. 1972 . Sausage meat changes in cold storage . Process Biochem. , 7 (5) : 27
  • Tonge , R. J. , Baird‐Parker , A. C. and Cavett , J. J. 1964 . Chemical and microbiological changes during storage of vacuum packed sliced bacon . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 27 : 252
  • Mol , J. H. H. , Hietbrink , J. E. A. , Mollen , H. W. M. and Tinteren , J. van . 1971 . Observations on the microflora of vacuum packed sliced cooked meat products . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 34 : 377
  • Leistner , L. and Bem , Z. 1970 . Vorkommen und Bedeutung von Hefen bei Pökelfleischwaren . Fleischwirtschaft , 50 : 350
  • Verboeven , W. 1950 . On a spore‐forming bacterium causing the swelling of cans containing cured ham . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 16 : 269
  • Eddy , B. P. and Ingram , M. 1956 . A salt‐tolerant denitrifying Bacillus strain which “blows”; canned bacon . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 19 : 62
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Scholts , H. H. 1964 . Diagnostic, pronostic et prevention des altérations microbiennes des boissons hygie'niques . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 15 : 11
  • Sand , F. E. M. J. 1970 . Zur Hefe‐Flora von Erfrischungsgetränken . Brauwelt , 110 : 225
  • Pitt , J. I. and Richardson , K. C. 1973 . Spoilage by preservative‐resistant yeasts . Food Res. Q. , 33 : 80
  • Pappas , H. J. and Hall , L. A. 1952 . The control of thermophilic bacteria . Food Technol , 6 : 456
  • Jensen , L. B. , Wood , I. H. and Jansen , C. E. 1934 . Swelling in canned chopped hams . Ind. Eng. Chem. , 26 : 1118
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1955 . The importance of the bacteriological condition of ingredients used as minor components in some canned meat products . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 7 : 171
  • Abrahamson , A. E. and Clinton , A. F. 1960 . The control of bacterial populations in foods . Q. Bull. Assoc. Food Drug Off. U.S. , 24 : 31
  • Cousins , C. M. 1963 . Methods for the detection of survivors on milk handling equipment with reference to the use of disinfectant inhibitors . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 26 : 376
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Kampelmacher , E. H. and Noorle Jansen , L. M. van . 1966 . Verification of adequate sanitation of wooden surfaces used in meat and poultry processing . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 201 : 91
  • Back , B. , Cousins , C. M. and Clegg , L. F. L. 1968 . Studies on the laboratory soiling of milking equipment . J. Dairy Res. , 35 : 247
  • Litsky , B. Y. and Litsky , W. 1968 . Investigations on decontamination of hospital surfaces by the use of disinfectant ‐detergents . Am. J. Public Health , 58 : 534
  • Empey , W. A. and Scott , W. J. 1939 . Investigations on chilled beef. Part I. Microbial contamination acquired in the meat works . Commonw. Sci. Ind. Res. Organ. Bull ,
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Drion , E. F. 1958 . Sampling of canned foods for bacteriological analysis . Food (Lond.) , 27 : 333
  • Oyen , C. F. van . 1919 . Over de grondslagen der hygiëne ten opzichte van vleesch en mclk, Inaugural Address , University of Utrecht .
  • Wilson , G. S. 1955 . Symposium on food microbiology and public health: General conclusion . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 18 : 629
  • Wilson , G. 1964 . The Public Health aspect of food microbiology . Chem. Ind. , : 1854
  • Wilson , G. 1970 . Symposium on microbioloirical standards for foods: Concluding remarks . Chem. Ind. , : 273
  • Cheftel , H. 1955 . Remarques à propos du controle bactériologique des jambons conservés en boites . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 7 : 256
  • Cranston , P. M. 1971 . Some practical approaches to microbiological standards . Food Technol. Aust. , 23 : 340
  • Lubieniecka‐von Schelhorn , M. 1962 . Beziehungen zwischen dem Absterben von Mikroorganismen und der lnaktivierung von Enzymen unter der Wirkung einer thermischen Behandlung . Z. Lebensm.—Unters.‐Forsch. , 116 : 349
  • Sapers , G. M. and Nickerson , J. T. P. 1962 . Stability of spinach catalase. III. Regeneration . J. Food Sci. , 27 : 287
  • Kielwein , G. , Johne , H. and Gerlach , R. 1969 . Untersuchungen über einige milchhygienisch bedeutungsvolle biologische Eigenschaften von Pseudomonadcn und Aeromonadcn . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 20 : 55
  • White , C. H. and Marshall , R. T. 1973 . Reduction of shelf‐life of dairy products by a heat‐stable protease from Pseudomonas fluorescens P 26 . J. Dairy Sci. , 56 : 849
  • Goldenberg , N. and Elliot , D. W. 1973 . “ The value of agreed non‐legal specifications ” . In The Microbiological Safety of Food , Edited by: Hobbs , B. C. and Christian , J. H. B. 359 London : Academic Press .
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1973 . A North‐Western Continental European ("EEC") philosophy of attaining microbiologically safe foods . Br. Food Manufact. Ind. Res. Assoc. Techn. Circ. ,
  • Barnes , E. M. 1972 . Food poisoning and spoilage bacteria in poultry processing . Vet. Rec. , 90 : 720
  • Bartels , H. and Wölmer , H. P. 1972 . Hygienisch bedeutsame Schwerpunkte bei der Geflügelschlachtung . Fleischwirtschaft , 52 : 1583
  • Peric , M. , Rossmanith , E. and Leistner , L. 1971 . Untersuchung über die Beeinflussung des Oberflächenkeimgehaltes von Schlachthähnchen durch die Spinchiller‐Kühlung . Fleischwirtschaft , 51 : 216
  • Notermans , S. , Jeunink , J. , Schothorst , M. van and Kampelmacher , E. H. 1973 . Vergleichende Untersuchungen über die Möglichkeit von Kreuzkontaminationen im Spinchiller und bei der Sprühkühlung . Fleischwirtschaft , 53 : 1450
  • Patrick , T. E. , Collins , J. A. and Goodwin , T. L. 1973 . Isolation of Salmonella from carcasses of steam‐ and waterscalded poultry . J. Milk Food Technol. , 36 : 34
  • Notermans , S. , Jeunink , J. , Schothorst , M. van and Kampelmacher , E. H. 1974 . Comparative studies on cross contamination in a spin chiller and a spray cleaner . Neth. J. Vet. Sci. , 99 : 352
  • Pietzsch , O. and Levetzow , R. 1974 . Das Problem der GeflUgel‐Salmonellose in Beziehung zur Geflügel‐Kühlung . Fleischwirtschaft , 54 : 76
  • McCall , A. M. 1953 . An explosive outbreak of food‐poisoning caused by Salmonella dublin . Lancet , 264 : 1302
  • Parry , W. H. 1962 . A milk‐borne outbreak due to Salmonella typhimurium . Lancet , 1 : 475
  • Hutchinson , R. I. 1964 . Milk‐borne outbreak of Salmonella heidelberg . Br. Med. J. , 1 : 479
  • Knox , W. A. , Galbraith , N. S. , Lewis , M. J. , Hichie , G. C. and Johnston , H. H. 1963 . A milk‐borne outbreak of food poisoning due to Salmonella heidelberg . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 61 : 175
  • Wildman , J. and Elliot , F. B. 1969 . An outbreak of gastroenteritis in south Devon conveyed by raw milk . Med. Officer , 121 : 127
  • Steffen , W. S. 1972 . Typhimurium Epidemie durch den Genuss von Vorzugsmilch . Z. Gesamte Hyg. , 18 : 617
  • Hobbs , B. C. and Wilson , J. G. 1959 . Contamination of wholesale meat supplies with Salmonellae and heat‐resistant Clostridium welchii . Mon. Bull. Minist. Health Public Lab. Serv. Directed Med. Res. , 18 : 198
  • Jones , H. B. , Farkas , G. , Ghosh , A. and Hobbs , B. C. 1964 . Salmonella brandenburg: an epidemiological study . Mon. Bull. Minist. Health Public Lab. Serv. Directed Med. Res. , 23 : 162
  • Taylor , W. I. , Hobbs , B. C. and Smith , M. E. 1964 . Comparison of two methods for the isolation of Salmonellae from imported foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 12 : 53
  • Dixon , J. M. S. and Peacock , N. 1965 . A survey of the contamination with Salmonellae of imported Dutch meat in 1960 and 1964 . Mon. Bull. Minist. Health Public Health Lab. Serv. DirectedMed. Res. , 24 : 361
  • Hobbs , B. C. 1965 . Contamination of meat supplies . Mon. Bull. Minist. Health Public Health Lab. Serv. Directed Med. Res. , 24 : 123 145
  • Schothorst , M. van and Kampelmacher , E. H. 1967 . Salmonella in meat imported from South American countries . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 65 : 321
  • Weissman , M. A. and Carpenter , J. A. 1969 . Incidence of Salmonellae in meat and meat products . Appl. Microbiol , 17 : 899
  • Thomas , K. L. and Jones , A. M. 1970 . Incidence of Salmonellae in meat imported from the Republic of Ireland . Med. Officer , 123 : 19
  • Rey , C R. , Kraft , A. A. and Rust , R. E. 1971 . Microbiology of beef shell frozen with liquid nitrogen . J. Food Sci. , 36 : 955
  • Fomin , L. and Simmons , G. C. 1972 . Contamination of boneless beef with organisms potentially pathogenic to man . Queensl. J. Agric. Anim. Sci. , 29 : 79
  • Montbrun , S. C de , Blythman , H. E. and Gimenez , D. F. 1972 . Salmonella en bovinos faenados . Bol. Of. Sanit. Panam.. , 72 : 50
  • Carpenter , J. A. , Elliot , J. G. and Reynolds , A. E. 1973 . Isolation of salmonellae from pork carcasses . Appl. Microbiol. , 25 : 731
  • Catsaras , M. , Seynave , R. and Sery , C. 1973 . Salmonella dans les boucheries. II. Considérations hygiéniques . Bull. Acad. Vet. Fr. , 46 : 207
  • Hesseltine , W. W. 1952 . Sodium propionate and its derivatives as bacteriostatics and fungistatics . J. Pharm. Pharmacol. , 4 : 577
  • Clark , J. H. , Frobish , R. A. , Harshbarger , K. E. and Derrig , R. G. 1973 . Feeding value of dry corn, ensiled high moisture corn and propionic acid treated high moisture corn fed with hay or haylage for lactating dairy cows . J. Dairy Sci. , 56 : 1531
  • Goering , H. K. and Gordon , C H. 1973 . Chemical aids to preservation of high moisture feeds . J. Dairy Set , 56 : 1347
  • Macleod , G. K. , Grieve , D. G. and Freeman , M. G. 1974 . Performance of dairy cows fed acid‐treated high moisture shelled corn . J. Dairy Sci , 57 : 439
  • Struyk , A. P. , Hoette , I. , Drost , G. , Waisvisz , J. M. , Eek , T. van and Hoogerheide , J. C. 1957–1958 . Pimaricin, a new antifungal antibiotic . Antihiot. Annu. , : 878
  • Eek , T. van . 1968 . Pimaricine . Rev. Port. Quint. , 10 : 41
  • Moerman , P. C. 1972 . Schimmelwering op vleeswaren door pimaiicine . Voedingsmidd. Technol. , 3 : 261
  • Kiermeier , F. 1973 . Zum Einsatz von Pimaricin zur Verhinderung der Schimmelpilzentwicklung auf Lebensmitteln, 2 . Lebensm.‐Unters.‐Forsch. , 151 : 179
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Meursing , E. H. and Slot , H. 1974 . An investigation on the numbers and types of aerobic spores in cocoa powder and whole milk . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 28 in press
  • Durocher , J. and Roskis , G. 1961 . Les conserves appertisées de légumes et de fruits . Bull. Soc. Sci. Hyg. Aliment. Aliment. Ration. Homme , 49 : 97
  • Goresline , H. E. , Ingram , M. , Macuch , P. , Mocquot , G. , Mossel , D. A. A. , Niven , C. F. and Thatcher , F. S. 1964 . Tentative classification of food irradiation processes with microbiological objectives . Nature , 204 : 237
  • Schmitt , H. P. 1966 . Commercial sterility in canned foods, its meaning and determination . Q. Bull. Assoc. Food Drug Off. U.S. , 30 : 141
  • Mounce , D. M. 1966 . Standards of safety for foods in relation to Public Health . Am. J. Public Health , 56 : 952
  • Sebranek , J. G. and Cassens , R. G. 1973 . Nitrosamines: A review . J. Milk Food Technol. , 36 : 76
  • Collins‐Thompson , D. L. , Sen , N. P. , Aris , B. and Schwinghamer , L. 1972 . Non‐enzymic in vitro formation of nitrosamines by bacteria isolated from meat products . Can. J. Microbioi , 18 : 1968
  • Wasserman , A. E. , Fiddler , W. , Doerr , R. C. , Osman , S. F. and Dooley , C. J. 1972 . Dimethylnitrosamine in frankfurters . Food Cosmet. Toxicol. , 10 : 681
  • Wasserman , A. E. and Huhtanen , C. N. 1972 . Nitrosamines and the inhibition of clostridia in medium heated with sodium nitrite . J. Food Sci. , 37 : 785
  • Fong , Y. Y. and Chan , W. C. 1973 . Bacterial production of di‐methyl nitrosamine in salted fish . Nature , 243 : 421
  • Pensabene , J. W. , Fiddler , W. , Gates , R. A. , Fagan , J. C. and Wasserman , A. E. 1974 . Effect of frying and other cooking conditions on nitrosopyrrolidine formation in bacon . J. Food Sci. , 39 : 314
  • Klubes , P. , Cerna , I. , Rabinowitz , A. D. and Jondorf , W. R. 1972 . Factors affecting dimethylnitrosamine formation from simple precursors by rat intestinal bacteria . Food Cosmet. Toxicol. , 10 : 757
  • Lane , R. P. and Bailey , M. E. 1973 . The effect of pH on dimethylnitrosamine formation in human gastric juice . Food Cosmet. Toxicol. , 11 : 851
  • Sander , J. , Schweinsberg , F. , Laenstein , M. , Benzing , H. and Wahl , S. H. 1973 . Messung der renalen Nitrosaminaus‐scheidung am Hund zum Nachweis einer Nitrosaminbildung in vivo . Z. Physiol. Chem. , 354 : 384
  • Eisenbrand , G. 1973 . Welche Konsequenzen hätte ein Verbot oder eine Reduzierung des Zusatzes von Nitrat und Nitritpökelsalz zu Fleischerzeugnissen? Aus medizinischer Sicht . Fleischwirtschaft , 53 : 352
  • Leistner , L. , Heckelmann , H. and Uchlda , K. 1973 . Welche Konsequenzen hätte ein Verbot oder eine Reduzierung des Zusatzes von Nitrat und Nitritpökelsalz zu Fleischerzeugnissen? Aus mikrobiologischer Sicht . Fleischwirtschaft , 53 : 371
  • Tuynenburg Muys , G. 1971 . Microbial safety in emulsions . Process Biochern , 6 (6) : 25
  • Tollenaar , F. D. , Mossel , D. A. A. and Genderen , H. van . 1952 . Non‐nutrient chemicals in food . Chem. Ind. , : 923
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1955 . Chemical preservatives in foods — panacea or poison? . Naarden News , : 24
  • Heintze , K. 1971 . Untersuchungen zur Stabilität von Sorbinsäure . Lebensm. Wiss. Technol. , 4 : 64
  • Barnes , J. M. 1959 . Food preservatives: toxicological considerations . Chem. Ind. , : 557
  • 1962 . “ Evaluation of the toxicity of a number of antimicrobials and antioxidants ” . In Sixth Report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives 1962 , W. H. O. Tech. Rep. Ser. No. 228 Geneve
  • Wyss , O. 1948 . Microbial inhibition by food preservatives . Adv. Food Res. , 1 : 373
  • Schelhorn , M. von . 1953 . Efficacy and specificity of chemical food preservatives . Food Technol , 7 : 97
  • Ingram , M. , Ottaway , F. J. H. and Coppock , J.B. M. 1956 . The preservative action of acid substances in food . Chem. Ind. , : 1154
  • Ingram , M. 1959 . Technical aspects of the commercial use of anti‐microbial chemicals as food preservatives . Chem. Ind. , : 552
  • Chichester , D. F. and Tanner , F. W. 1972 . “ Antimicrobial food additives ” . In Handbook of Food Additives , Edited by: Furia , T. E. 137 Cleveland, Ohio : Chemical Rubber Co. .
  • Delphin , K. A. 1971 . Nacka: Ein rationelles Verpflegungssystem . Hotel‐Gastgewerbe Rundschau , 11 : 704
  • Solms , J. 1971 . Ein neuartiges Verpflegungssystem mit essfertigen Gerichten . Lebensm. Wiss. Technol. , 4 : 136
  • Kossovitsas , C. , Navab , M. , Chang , C. M. and Livingston , G. E. 1973 . A comparison of chilled‐holding versus frozen storage on quality and wholesomeness of some prepared foods . J. Food Sci. , 38 : 901
  • Prescott , S. C. and Geer , L. P. 1936 . Observations on food poisoning organisms under refrigeration conditions . Refrig. Eng. , 32 : 211 282
  • Tanner , F. W. and Oglesby , E. W. 1936 . Influence of temperature on growth and toxin production by Clostridium botulinum . Food Res. , 1 : 481
  • Tanner , F. W. , Beamer , P. R. and Rickher , C. J. 1940 . Further studies on development of Clostridium botulinum in refrigerated foods . Food Res. , 5 : 323
  • Ohye , D. F. and Scott , W. J. 1953 . The temperature relations of Clostridium botulinum types A and B . Aust. J. Biol. Sci. , 6 : 178
  • Angelotti , R. , Foter , M. J. and Lewis , K. H. 1961 . Time‐temperature effects on Salmonellae and Staphylococci in foods . Am. J. Public Health , 51 : 76
  • Elliot , R. P. and Michener , H. D. 1961 . Microbiological standards and handling codes for chilled and frozen foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 9 : 452
  • Kereluk , K. , Peterson , A. C. and Gunderson , M. F. 1961 . Effect of different temperatures on various bacteria isolated from frozen meat pies . J. Food Sci , 26 : 21
  • Angelotti , R. , Lewis , K. H. and Foter , M. J. 1963 . Fecal streptococci in foods. Time‐temperature effects on 1. Behaviour in refrigerated foods and at warm‐holding temperatures . J. Food Technol , 26 : 296
  • Kaufmann , O. W. and Brilland , A. R. 1964 . Development of Clostridium botulinum in experimentally inoculated sterile skim milk held at low temperatures . Am. J. Public Health , 54 : 1514
  • Petzold , G. and Scheibner , G. 1965 . Das Wachstumsspektrum von Salmonellen . Monatsh. Vet. Med. , 20 : 103
  • Walker , G. C. and Harmon , L. G. 1965 . The growth and persistence of Staphylococcus aureus in milk and broth substrates . J. Food Sci , 30 : 351
  • Wundt , W. and Schittenhelm , P. 1965 . Das Verhalten von Salmonellen und Staphylokokken in gekühlten Nahrungsmitteln . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol , 149 : 567
  • Matches , J. R. and Liston , J. 1968 . Growth of Salmonella on irradiated and non‐irradiated seafoods . J. Food Sci. , 33 : 406
  • Matches , J. R. and Liston , J. 1968 . Low temperature growth of Salmonella . J. Food Sci. , 33 : 641
  • Matches , J. R. , Liston , J. and Daneault , L. P. 1971 . Survival of Vibrio parahaemolyticus in fish homogenate during storage at low temperatures . Appl. Microbiol. , 21 : 951
  • Vanderzant , C. and Nickelson , R. 1972 . Survival of Vibrio parahaemolyticus in shrimp tissue under various environmental conditions . Appl Microbiol. , 23 : 34
  • Kaneko , T. and Colwell , R. R. 1973 . Ecology of Vibrio parahaemolyticus in Chesapeake bay . J. Bacteriol , 113 : 24
  • Goatcher , L. J. , Engler , S. E. , Wagner , D.C. and Westhoff , D. C. 1974 . Effect of storage at 5°C on survival of Vibrio parahaemolyticus in processed Maryland oysters (Crassostrea virginica) . J. Milk Food Technol , 37 : 74
  • Beams , R. E. and Girard , K. F. 1958 . The effect of pasteurization on Listeria monocytogenes . Can. J. Microbiol , 4 : 55
  • Ajmal , M. 1968 . Clostridium botulinum type E: Growth and toxin production in food . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 31 : 124
  • Eklund , M. W. , Wieler , D. I. and Poysky , F. T. 1967 . Outgrowth and toxin production of nonproteolytic type B Clostridium botulinum at 3.3 to 5.6 C . J. Bacteriol , 93 : 1461
  • Brooks , F. T. and Hansford , C. G. 1923 . Mould growths upon cold‐store meat . Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. , 8 : 113
  • Berry , J. A. and Magoon , C. A. 1934 . Growth of micro‐organisms at and below 0°C . Phytopathology , 24 : 780
  • Haines , R. B. 1934 . The minimum temperatures of growth of some bacteria . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 34 : 277
  • Ingram , M. 1952 . The action of cold on micro‐organisms in relation to food . Proc. Soc. Appl. Bacter , 14 : 243
  • Walker , H. W. and Ayres , J. C. 1956 . Incidence and kinds of micro‐organisms associated with commercially dressed poultry . Appl Microbiol , 4 : 345
  • Drake , S. D. , Evans , J. B. and Niven , C. F. 1958 . Microbial flora of packaged frankfurters and their radiation resistance . Food Res. , 23 : 291
  • Shewan , J. M. , Hoobs , G. and Hodgkiss , W. 1960 . The Pseudomonas and Achromobacter groups of bacteria in the spoilage of marine white fish . J. Appl Bacteriol , 23 : 463
  • Larkin , J. M. and Stokes , J. L. 1968 . Growth of psychrophilic micro‐organisms at subzero temperatures . Can. J. MicrobioL , 14 : 97
  • Grosskopf , J. C. and Harper , W. J. 1969 . Role of psychrophilic sporeformers in long life milk . J. Dairy Sci. , 52 : 897
  • Ingram , M. 1972 . Meat preservation ‐ past, present and future . R. Soc. Health J. , 92 : 121
  • Shehata , T. E. and Collins , E. B. 1972 . Sporulation and heat resistance of psychrophilic strains of Bacillus . J. Dairy Sci. , 55 : 1405
  • Haines , R. B. 1938 . The effect of freezing on bacteria . Proc. R. Soc. Ser. B. Biol Sci , 124 B : 451
  • Wallace , G. I. 1938 . The survival of pathogenic micro‐organisms in ice cream . J. Dairy Sci , 21 : 35
  • Kiser , J. S. and Beckwith , T. D. 1942 . Effect of fast‐freezing upon bacterial flora of mackerel . Food Res. , 7 : 255
  • Kiser , J. S. 1943 . A quantitative study of rate of destruction of an Achromobacter sp. by freezing . Food Res. , 8 : 323
  • Weiser , R. S. and Osterud , C. M. 1945 . Studies on death of bacteria at low temperatures. Influence of intensity of freezing temperatures and period of exposure to freezing temperatures on mortality of Escherichia coli . J. Bacteriol , 50 : 413
  • Weiser , R. S. and Hargiss , C. O. 1946 . Studies on the death of bacteria at low temperatures. II. The comparative effects of crystallization, vitro‐melting and devitrification on the mortality of Escherichia coli . J. Bacteriol. , 52 : 71
  • Stille , B. 1949 . Untersuchungen über den Kältetod von Mikroorganismen . Arch. Mikrobiol , 15 : 554
  • Woodburn , M. J. and Strong , D. H. 1960 . Survival of Salmonella typhimurium, Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus faecalis frozen in simplified food substrates . Appl. Microbiol. , 8 : 109
  • Raj , H. and Liston , J. 1961 . Survival of bacteria of Public Health significance in frozen sea foods . Food Technol , 15 : 429
  • Georgala , D. L. and Hurst , A. 1963 . The survival of food poisoning bacteria in frozen foods . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 26 : 346
  • Di Girolamo , R. , Liston , J. and Matches , J. 1970 . The effects of freezing on the survival of Salmonella and E. coli in Pacific oysters . J. Food Sci. , 35 : 13
  • Senn , C. L. and Logan , P. P. 1955 . Sanitation aspects of “take‐out”; type foods . Am. J. Public Health , 45 : 33
  • Brown , D. F. and Twedt , R. M. 1972 . Assessment of the sanitary effectiveness of holding temperatures on beef cooked at low temperature . Appl. Microbiol , 24 : 599
  • Elliot , R. P. 1973 . Red meat and poultry inspection: Microbiology of equipment and processing . J. Milk Food Technol. , 36 : 337
  • Khan , N. A. and McCaskey , T. A. 1973 . Incidence of Salmonellae in commercially prepared sandwiches for the vending trade . J. Milk Food Technol. , 36 : 315
  • Gtoeninger , K. G. 1971 . The equilibrium moisture measurement of foodstuffs . Food Trade Rev. , 41 (4) : 31
  • Rodel , W. and Leistner , L. 1971 . Ein einfacher aw‐Wert‐Messer für die Praxis . Fleischwirtschaft , 51 : 1800
  • Fett , H. M. 1973 . Water activity determination in foods in the range of 0.80 to 0.99 . J. Food Sci. , 38 : 1097
  • Walters , A. H. 1968 . Solving practical hygiene problems in food factories . Food Manuf. , 43 (8) : 23
  • Schothorst , M. van , Mossel , D. A. A. and Kampelmacher , E. H. 1966 . Stufenkontrollen mit Agarwürsten nach ten Cate . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 17 : 1
  • Sinskey , T. J. , Mclntosh , A. H. , Pablo , I. S. , Silverman , G. J. and Goldblith , S. A. 1964 . Considerations in the recovery of micro‐organisms from freeze‐dried foods . Health Lab. Sci. , 1 : 297
  • Lewicki , P. P. and Silverman , G. J. The Microbiology of Dried Foods . Proc. Sixth Int. Symp. Food Microbiol. Haarlem. Mechanisms concerned in the repair and recovery of sublethally impaired cells occurring in foods , pp. 106
  • Lawton , W. C. and Nelson , F. E. 1955 . Influence of sublethal treatment with heat or chlorine on the growth of psychrophilic bacteria . J. Dairy Sci. , 38 : 380
  • Walter , G. and Joris , S. 1967 . Pitfalls in disinfectant evaluation . Soap Chem. Spec , 43 (3) : 108
  • Scheusner , D. L. , Busta , F. F. and Speck , M. L. 1971 . Injury of bacteria by sanitizers . Appl. Microbiol. , 21 : 41
  • Lederberg , J. and Lederberg , E. M. 1952 . Replica plating and indirect selection of bacterial mutants . J. Bacteriol. , 63 : 399
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Jongerius , E. and Koopman , M. J. 1965 . Sur la n'ecessit'e d'une revivification pr'ealable pour le‐dénombrement des Enterobacteriaceae dans les aliments d'eshydrat'es, irradfes ou non . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 16 : 119
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Harrewijn , G. A. , Knol , W. and Pouw , H. 1970 . Objectieve hygienische contrôle van grote keukens. 2. Methodiek vereist voor het mede aantonen van subletaal geledeerde cellen van pathogène en indicator Organismen . Voeding , 31 : 613
  • Brewer , J. A. and Turner , A. G. 1973 . Replicating Rodac plates for identifying and enumerating bacterial contamination . Health Lab. Sci. , 10 : 195
  • Rohde , P. A. 1963 . A new culture plate: its applications . Bull. Parenter. Drug Assoc. , 17 : 11
  • Hall , L. B. and Hartnett , M. J. 1964 . Measurement of the bacterial contamination on surfaces in hospitals . Public Health Rep. , 79 : 1021
  • Vesley , D. , Keenan , K. M. and Halbert , M. M. 1966 . Effect of time and temperature in assessing microbial contamination on flat surfaces . Appl. Microbiol. , 14 : 203
  • Pryor , A. K. , Vesley , D. , Shaffer , J. G. and Walter , W. G. 1967 . Cooperative microbial surveys of surfaces in hospital patient rooms . Health Lab. Sci. , 4 : 153
  • Yashuk , J. C. and Marshall , R. T. A study of bacterial contamination as related to certain salvaged and non‐salvaged .
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Hartog , C. den , Harrewijn , G. A. and Klaassen , A. 1972 . Hygiene in der Grossküche Schweiz , Zurich : Fachverband Gemeinschaftsverpflegung .
  • Cohen , S. N. and Kass , E. H. 1967 . A simple method for quantitative urine culture . N. Engl. J. Med. , 277 : 176
  • Naylor , G. R. E. and Guttmann , D. 1967 . The dip‐slide: A Modified dip‐inoculum transport medium for the laboratory diagnosis of infections of the urinary tract . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 65 : 367
  • Kayser , F. H. and Baumann , U. 1969 . Eine einfache Methode zur quantitativen Bestimmung der Keimzahl im Urin . Schweiz. Med. Wochenschr. , 99 : 480
  • Wille , L. and Winter , J. 1969 . Erfahrungen mit einer einfachen Methode zur quantitativen Keimbestimmung aus dem Urin . Dtsch. Med. Wochenschr. , 94 : 2223
  • Benner , E. J. 1970 . Simple disposable method for quantitative cultures of urine . Appl. Microbiol , 19 : 409
  • Dixon , J. M. S. 1970 . Detection of bacterium . Lancet , II : 722
  • Mabeck , K. and Mabeck , C. E. 1970 . Detection of bacterium . Lancet , 1 : 465
  • Craig , W. A. and Kunin , C. M. 1972 . Quantitative urine culture method using a plastic “paddle”; containing dual media . Appl. Microbiol , 23 : 919
  • Welten , J. B. V. , Bruining , M. , Wijnen , J. Th. M. and Beekhuizen , C. C. M. 1972 . Dip‐slide en screening op bacteriurie . Nederl. Tifdschr. Geneeskd. , 116 : 1732
  • Arneil , G. C. , McAllister , T. A. and Kay , P. 1973 . Measurement of bacteriuria by plane dip‐slide culture . Lancet , 1 : 94
  • Mara , D. D. 1972 . The use of agar dip‐slides for estimates of bacterial numbers in polluted waters . Water Res. , 6 : 1605
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Ratto , M. A. and lndacochea , L. O. 1971 . El control de la calidad microbiologica en la industria alimentaria. Tecnica de inmersion de medios de cultivo fijados sobre laminas de vidrio . Alimentaria , 8 : 41
  • Klima , H. 1973 . Vergleichende bakteriologische Untersuchungen an Trinkmilchproben aus Südhessen . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 24 : 25
  • Hanewijn , G. A. , Elzebroek , B. J. M. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1974 . Hygienische bedrijfsbewaking in grote keukens. 4. Onderzoek naar de bruikbaarheid van in de handel verkrijgbare agai‐dompel‐strips voor de oriënterende bepaling van de mate van besmetting van spijzen . Voeding , 35 : 510
  • Förg , F. J. 1956 . “Bactro‐Strip”;: A simple bacteriological routine test method . Lab. Pract. , 5 : 439
  • Wetzler , T. F. , Quan , T. J. and Schatzel , K. 1971 . Critical analysis of the microflora of toweling . Am. J. Public Health , 61 : 376
  • Angelotti , R. , Foter , M. J. , Busch , K. A. and Lewis , K. H. 1958 . A comparative evaluation of the methods for determining the bacterial contamination of surfaces . Food Res. , 23 : 175
  • Greene , V. W. , Vesley , D. and Keenan , K. M. 1962 . New method for microbiological sampling of surfaces . J. Bacteriol. , 84 : 188
  • Demeter , K. J. 1964 . Ueber die Abklatschmethode und ihre bedingte Brauchbarkeit für den quantitativen Keimnachweis auf Oberflächen . Molkerei zeitung , 18 : 907
  • Magwood , S. E. and Marr , H. 1964 . Studies in hatchery sanitation. 2. A simplified method for assessing bacterial populations on surfaces within hatcheries . Poult. Sci. , 43 : 1558
  • Coretti , K. 1966 . Ueber den Wert einiger bakteriologischer Methoden zur Krmittlung der Betriebshygiene in Fleischwarenbetrieben . Fleischwirtschaft , 46 : 139
  • Maunz , U. and Kanz , E. 1969 . Beiträge zur quantitativen Auswertung von Abklatschkulturen . Gesundheitswes. Desinfekt. , 61 : 129
  • Gilbert , R. J. 1970 . Comparison of materials used for cleaning equipment in retail food premises, and of two methods for the enumeration of bacteria on cleaned equipment and work surfaces . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 68 : 221
  • Spencer , R. 1959 . The sanitation of fish boxes. I. The quantitative and qualitative bacteriology of commercial wooden fish boxes . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 22 : 73
  • Bartels , H. and Klemm , G. 1962 . Die hygienische Bedeutung des Schlachtens von Rindern im Hängen . Fleischwirtschaft , 14 : 645
  • Williams , M. L. B. 1967 . A new method for evaluating surface contamination of raw meat . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 30 : 498
  • Kampelmacher , E. H. , Mossel , D. A. A. , Schothorst , M. van and Noorle Jansen , L. M. van . 1971 . Quantitative Utersuchungen über die Dekontamination von Holzflächen in der Fleischverarbeitung . Alimenta , 10 : 70 Sondernr.
  • Belica , J. 1973 . Katalase‐Schnelltest zur Hygienekontrolle in Schlacht‐ und Verarbeitungsbetrieben . Fleischwirtschaft , 53 : 1600
  • Heldman , D. R. , Hau , C. W. and Hedrich , T. I. 1968 . Air filtration for the spray drying of dairy products . J. Dairy Sci. , 51 : 466
  • Hers , J. F. Ph and Winkler , K. C. , eds. 1973 . Airborne Transmission and Airborne Infection , Utrecht : Oosthoek .
  • Darlow , H. M and Bale , W. R. 1959 . Infective hazards of water‐closets . Lancet , 1 : 1196
  • Heldman , D. R. 1968 . Recent research on air‐borne contamination and its control . Meat , 34 (9) : 30
  • Cannon , R. Y. and Reddy , K. K. 1967 . Rate of contamination of milk from aerosols . J. Diary Sci. , 50 : 938
  • Mundt , J. O. , Anandam , E. J. and McCarty , I. E. 1966 . Streptococceae in the atmosphere of plants processing vegetables for freezing . Health Lab. Sci. , 3 : 207
  • Cannon , R. Y. 1970 . Types and population of micro‐organisms in the air of fluid milk plants . J. Milk Food Technol , 33 : 19
  • Zottola , E. A. , Schmeltz , D. L. and Jezeski , J. J. 1970 . Isolation of Salmonellae and other air‐borne micro‐organisms in turkey processing plants . J. Milk Food Technol. , 33 : 395
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1973 . Farmaceutische microbiologie en hygiene . Farmac. Tijdschr. België , 50 : 447
  • Newman , L. E. and Kowalski , J. J. 1973 . Fresh sawdust bedding ‐ a possible source of Klebsiella organisms . Am. J. Vet. Res. , 34 : 979
  • Windisch , S. 1965 . Möglichkeiten und Grenzen der quantitativen mikrobiologischen Luftanalyse mit dem Impinger von Bronn . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 198 : 89
  • Petras , E. 1966 . Zur Isolierung von Luftkeimen mittels feinporiger Filter . Arch. Mikrobiol , 55 : 93
  • Stersky , A. K. and Hedrick , T. I. 1972 . Inhibition of growth of airborne coliforms and other bacteria on selective media . J. Milk Food Technol , 35 : 156
  • Dack , G. M. 1956 . Evaluation of microbiological standards for foods . Food Technol. , 10 : 507
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1974 . Caveant artifex et emptor ‐ an ecological approach to the protection of the health of the consumer by longitudinal integration of the surveillance of food manufacture and catering . Voeding , 35 : 86
  • Austin , H. L. 1949 . Food handlers’ physical examination . Q. Bull. Assoc. Food Drug Off. U.S. , 13 : 147
  • Semple , A. B. 1969 . Imported foods . R. Soc. Health J. , 89 : 21
  • Adam , W. 1970 . Ueber die Bedeutung von Befunden bei der hygienisch‐bakteriologischen Untersuchung von tiefgefrorenen Lebensmitteln und Speiseeis . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 212 : 323
  • Winkler , K. C. 1973 . De menselijke factor . Voedingsmidd. Technol. , 4 : 136
  • Lennington , K. R. 1967 . The food‐borne disease problem today . J. Milk Food Technol. , 30 : 372
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Hoogendoorn , J. 1971 . Prevention of food‐borne diseases in civil aviation . Ind. Med. , 40 : 25
  • Timm , F. 1973 . Hygienisch‐mikrobiologische Gesichtspunkte bei der Herstellung von Fertiggerichten . Fleischwirtschaft , 53 : 1545
  • Goldenberg , N. and Edmonds , G. 1973 . “ Education in microbiological safety standards ” . In The Microbiological Safety of Food , Edited by: Hobbs , B. C. and Christian , J. H. B. 435 London : Academic Press .
  • Hobbs , B. C. 1959 . Bacteriology as applied to imported foods . Sanitarian , 68 : 156 167
  • Slocum , G. G. 1961 . Setting microbiological limits for frozen precooked foods . Quick Frozen Foods , 23 (8) : 292
  • Wilson , J. G. 1962 . Imported foods and the Nation . R. Soc. Health J. , 82 : 4
  • International Dairy Federation . 1966 . International Standards , : 39 40, 1966; 49, 1970; 60, 1971; 61, 1971; 62, 1971; 64, 1971; 65, 1971; 66 1971 67 1971
  • Buttiaux , R. , Coin , L. , Trochou , P. and Moriamez , J. 1955 . Le problème de la salubrité des huitres dans le centre ostréicole de la Basse‐Seudre . Rev. Hyg. Med. Soc. , 3 : 409
  • American Public Health Association . 1970 . Recommended Procedures for the Examination of Sea Water and Shellfish , 4th ed. , New York : Am. Public Health Assoc. .
  • Thomas , K. L. and Jones , A. M. 1971 . Comparison of methods of estimating the number of Escherichia coli in edible mussels and the relationship between the presence of Salmonellae and E. coli . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 34 : 717
  • Ingram , M. , Cheftel , H. , Clarenburg , A. , Lerche , M. , Buttiaux , R. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1955 . Normes bactériologiques des jambons non stériles en boites . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 7 : 252
  • Goresline , H. E. , ed. 1958 . Recommended Methods for the Microbiological Examination of Foods , New York : Am. Public Health Assoc .
  • Thatcher , F. S. 1963 . The microbiology of specific frozen foods in relation to Public Health: Report of an international committee . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 26 : 266
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1973 . Microbiological standards for foods‐facts and fallacies . Kompend. Allm. Veterinärmobe Sver. Veterinärforbund Stockholm , 1 : 23
  • Wilson , G. 1964 . The public health aspect of food microbiology . Chem. Ind. , : 1854
  • Rishbeth , J. 1947 . The bacteriology of dehydrated vegetables . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 45 : 33
  • Adam , W. 1956 . Ueber Pasteurisierungsversuche mit Salmonella‐infiziertem Eigelbpulver . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 167 : 224
  • Railings , L. O. , Laurell , A. B. and Zetterberg , B. 1959 . An outbreak due to Salmonella typhimurium in veal with special reference to phage and fermentation typing . Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. , 45 : 347 356
  • Michener , H. D. , Thompson , P. A. and Dietrich , W. C. 1960 . Time‐temperature tolerance of frozen foods. XXII. Relationship of bacterial population to temperature . Food Technol. , 14 : 290
  • Winkle , S. , Rohde , R. and Adam , W. 1960 . Salmonella‐befallene importierte Kokosraspeln als eine weitere gefahrliche Infektionsquelle . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 179 : 583
  • Anderson , K. and Woodruff , P. 1961 . The bacteriological screening of desiccated coconut . Med. J. Aust. , 1 : 856
  • Gärtner , H. and Böhlck , J. 1961 . Kokosraspeln als Infektionsquelle für Paratyphus‐Erkrankungen . Dtsch. Med. Wochenschr. , 86 : 1609
  • Semple , A. B. , Graham , A. J. and Dutton , E. M. 1961 . A review of the sampling of imported desiccated coconut . Med. Officer , 105 : 59
  • Silverstolpe , L. , Plazikowski , U. , Kjellander , J. and Vahlne , G. 1961 . An epidemic among infants caused by Salmonella muenchen . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 24 : 134
  • Turner , R. J. and Campbell , N. E. R. 1962 . A bacteriological survey of certain processed meats. Part I. Population studies at packer and retail levels . Can. J. Public Health , 53 : 382
  • Jacobs , J. , Guinée , P. A. M. , Kampelmacher , E. H. and Keulen , A. van . 1963 . Studies on the incidence of Salmonella in imported fish meal . Zentralbl. Vet. Med , 10 : 542
  • Jarding , K. M. 1966 . An outbreak of food poisoning following the consumption of infected pork pies . Med. Officer , 115 : 159
  • Schothorst , M. van , Mossel , D. A. A. , Kampelmacher , E. H. and Drion , E. F. 1966 . The estimation of the hygienic quality of feed components using an Enterobacteriaceae enrichment test . Zentralbl. Vet. Med. , 13 : 273
  • Bischoff , J. 1968 . Gedanken über das Salmonella‐Problem . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 19 : 83
  • Frank , H. K. 1968 . Diffusion of aflatoxins in foodstuffs . J. Food Sci. , 33 : 98
  • Juffs , H. S. 1970 . Variation in bacterial counts of samples from a box of butter . Aust. J. Diary Technol. , 25 : 26
  • Price , K. and Smith , S. E. 1971 . Cheese reaction and tyramine . Lancet , I : 130
  • Ray , B. , Jezeski , J. J. and Busta , F. F. 1971 . Isolation of Salmonellae from naturally contaminated dried milk products. I. Influence of sampling procedure on the isolation of Salmonellae . J. Milk Food Technol. , 34 : 389
  • Hanssen , E. and Jung , M. 1972 . Ueber das Vorkommen von Aflatoxinen bei unverschimmelten Lebensmitteln und Vorschläge für die Probenahme . Z. Lebensm. ‐ Unters. ‐ Forsch. , 150 : 141
  • Kiermeier , F. and Bekringer , G. 1972 . Zur Aflatoxinbildung in Milch und Milchprodukten. VII. Zur Problematik der Probenahme in aflatoxinhaltigen Lebensmitteln . Z. Lebensm. ‐ Unters.—Forsch. , 148 : 72
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Drion , E. F. 1954 . Bacteriological requirements for and testing of sterilized milk and sterilized mille products . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 8 : 106
  • Ingram , M. , Bray , D. F. , Clark , D. S. , Dolman , C. E. , Elliot , R. P. and Thatcher , F. S. , eds. 1974 . Microorganisms in Foods. II. Sampling for Microbiological Analysis , Toronto : University of Toronto Press .
  • MacKenzie , D. J. 1960 . The role of the laboratory in a milk control program . Can. J. Public Health , 51 : 485
  • Levine , M. 1961 . Facts and fancies of bacterial indices in standards for water and foods . Food Technol. , 15 ( 11 ) : 29
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Krol , B. and Moerman , P. C. 1972 . Bacteriological and quality perspectives of Salmonella radicidation of frozen boneless meats . Alimenta , 11 : 51
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1971 . “ Microbiological culture media as ecosystems ” . In Effects of Sterilization on Components in Nutrient Media , Edited by: Bragt , J. van , Mossel , D. A. A. , Pierik , R. L. M. and Veldstra , H. Vol. 9 , 15 Wageningen : Misc. Papers Agric. Univ. .
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Harrewijn , G. A. and Nisselrooy‐Zadelhoff , C. F. M. van . 1974 . Standardization of the selective inhibitory effect of surface active compounds used in media for the detection of Enterobacteriaceae in foods and water, processed for safety . Health Lab. Sci , 11 in press
  • Nakamura , M. and Dawson , D. A. 1962 . Role of suspending and recovery media in the survival of frozen Shigella sonnei . AppL Microbiol. , 10 : 40
  • Rosenthal , L. J. , Martin , S. E. , Pariza , M. W. and Iandolo , J. J. 1972 . Ribosome synthesis in thermally shocked cells of Staphylococcus aureus . J. Bacteriol. , 109 : 243
  • Janssen , D. W. and Busta , F. F. 1973 . Influence of milk components on the injury, repair of injury and death of Salmonella anatum cells subjected to freezing and thawing . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 725
  • Raccack , M. and Juven , B. 1973 . Studies of the recovery of frozen Salmonella gallinarum: The roles of cooling rate, initial cell concentration and plating medium . J. Food Technol. , 8 : 211
  • Warseck , M. , Ray , B. and Speck , M. L. 1973 . Repair and enumeration of injured coliforms in frozen foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 919
  • Thomas , W. R. , Reinbold , G. W. and Nelson , F. E. 1963 . Effect of temperature and time of plate incubation on the enumeration of pasteurization‐resistant bacteria in milk . J. Milk Food Technol. , 26 : 357
  • Hörter , R. and Klein , H. 1969 . Untersuchungen über die Eignung verschiedener Verdiinnungsflüssigkeiten und Kulturverfahren für die kulturelle Keimzählung an pelletierten Futtermittelproben . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 211 : 248
  • Nelson , F. E. 1972 . Plating medium pH as a factor in apparent survival of sublethally stressed yeasts . Appl. Microbiol. , 24 : 236
  • Gray , R. J. H. , Witter , L. D. and Ordal , Z. J. 1973 . Characterization of mild thermal stress in Pseudomonas fluorescens and its repair . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 78
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Shennan , J. L. , Meursing , E. H. , Slot , H. and Pouw , H. J. 1973 . The enumeration of “all”; spore‐bearing cells of Bacillaceae in heat‐processed foods . Antonie van Leeu wenhoek , 39 : 656
  • Klein , D. A. and Wu , S. 1974 . Stress: A factor to be considered in heterotrophic micro‐organism enumeration from aquatic environments . Appl. Microbiol. , 27 : 429
  • Gomez , R. F. , Sinskey , A. J. , Davies , R. and Labuza , T. P. 1973 . Minimal medium recovery of heated Salmonella typhimurium LT2 . J. Gen. Microbiol , 74 : 267
  • Pearson , D. 1970 . The Chemical Analysis of Foods , 6th ed. , London : Churchill .
  • Kramer , A. and Szczesniak , A. S. , eds. 1973 . Texture Measurement of Foods , Dordrecht : Reidel Publishing .
  • Brekenfeld , A. 1933 . Warum, wie und wo muss für den Keimgehalt des Hackfleisches ein Grenzwert festgelegt werden? . Zentralbl Bakteriol Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. 2 , 89 : 299
  • Anderson , E. B. 1935 . Bacteriological Standards for ice‐cream . J. R. Sanit. Inst. (London) , 55 : 592
  • Tanner , F. W. 1949 . Quality in foods . Food Technol. , 3 : 179
  • Buttiaux , R. and Flament , J. 1951 . L'analyse bactériologique des semi‐conserves de viande . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 4 : 145
  • Névot , A. , Pantaléon , J. and Rosset , R. 1953 . Contrôle bacteriologique systématique des préparations des viandes . Bull. Acad. Vet. Fr. , 26 : 331
  • Thatcher , F. S. 1955 . Microbiological standards for foods: Their function and limitations . J. Appl. Bacteriol , 18 : 449
  • Dack , G. M. 1956 . Evaluation of microbiological standards for foods . Food Technol. , 10 : 507
  • Lerche , M. 1957 . Ernährungs‐ und Nahrungsmittelhygiene vom Standpunkt des Lebensmittelhygienikers . Zentralbl Bakteriol (Orig.) , 170 : 242
  • Thatcher , F. S. 1958 . Microbiological standards for foods. II. What may microbiological standards mean? . Food Technol. , 12 : 117
  • Wilson , G. S. 1959 . Faults and fallacies in microbiology . J. Gen. Microbiol , 21 : 1
  • Ingram , M. 1961 . Microbiological standards for foods . Food Technol. , 15 (2) : 4
  • Levine , M. 1961 . Facts and fancies of bacterial indices in standards for water and foods . Food Technol. , 15 (11) : 29
  • Slocum , G. G. 1961 . Setting microbiological limits for frozen precooked foods . Quick Frozen Foods , 23 (8) : 292 – 295 .
  • Shiftman , M. A. and Kronick , D. 1963 . The development of microbiological standards for foods . J. Milk Food Technol. , 26 : 110
  • Foster , E. M. 1966 . Significance of bacterial counts in food evaluation . Q. Bull. Assoc. Food Drug Off. U.S. , 30 : 126
  • Hobbs , B. C. and Gilbert , R. J. 1970 . Microbiological standards for food: Public health aspects . Chem. Ind. , : 215
  • Shewan , J. M. 1970 . Bacteriological standards for fish and fishery products . Chem. Ind. , : 193
  • Ingram , M. 1971 . Microbiological standards for foods . Food Ind. S. Afr. , 24 (2) : 8
  • Hobbs , B. C. 1973 . Microbiological standards for foods . Br. Food Manu f. Ind. Res. Assoc. Tech. Circ. ,
  • Olson , J. C. 1973 . Some approaches to regulatory control of microbiological hazards in foods . Dev. Ind. Microbiol. , 14 : 169
  • Knudsen , L. F. 1949 . Sample size of parenteral solutions for sterility testing . J. Am. Pharm. Assoc. Sci. Ed. , 38 : 332
  • Thomas , G. and Cheftel , H. 1955 . Prélèvement d'échantillons en vue de l'appreciation de la qualité bactériologique de lots de conserves . Ann. Falsif. Fraudes , 48 : 223 283
  • Cowell , N. D. and Morisetti , M. D. 1969 . Microbiological techniques ‐ some statistical aspects . J. Sci. Food Agric. , 20 : 573
  • Brueggeman , J. L. 1973 . Infection control in parenteral nutrition . JAMA , 224 : 1427
  • Cheftel , H. 1955 . Remarques à propos du contrôle bactériologique des jambons conservés en boîtes . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 7 : 256
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Drion , E. F. 1958 . Sampling of canned foods for bacteriological analysis . Food (Lond.) , 27 : 333
  • Wetherill , G. B. 1969 . Sampling Inspection and Quality Control , London : Methuen Publishing .
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Sherman , J. L. and Vega , C. 1973 . The bacteriological condition of animal feeds: A survey to aid in determining product standards for proteinaceous feed ingredients . J. Sci. Food Agric. , 24 : 499
  • Duttweiler , D. W. 1966 . Operating characteristics of bacterial water quality standards . J. Am. Water Works Assoc , 58 : 742
  • Linke , H. and Scheper , J. 1966 . Zur Repräsentanz der Stichprobe bei Rohwurst . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 17 : 54
  • Johnson , R. M. , Greenaway , W. T. and Golumbic , C. 1969 . Sampling stored corn for aflatoxin assay . Cereal Sci. Today , 14 (2) : 25
  • Hobbs , B. C. , Clifford , W. , Ghosh , A. C. , Gilbert , R. J. , Kendall , M. , Roberts , D. and Wieneke , A. A. 1973 . “ Sampling of food and other materials for bacteriological and ecological studies ” . In Sampling ‐ Microbiological Monitoring of Environments , Edited by: Board , R. G. and Lovelock , D. W. 233 London : Academic Press .
  • Andrew , M. J. A. and Lück , H. 1974 . Sample size determination for estimating the mean of the logarithm of the bacterial count of milk by using the methylene blue reduction time . Milchwissenschaft , 29 : 137
  • Harrewijn , G. A. , Mossel , D. A. A. and Groote , J. de . 1972 . Assessment of the bacteriological safety of lactose . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 26 : 141
  • Schardinger , F. 1892 . Ueber das Vorkommen Gährung erregender Spaltpilze im Trinkwasser und ihre Bedeutung für die hygienische Beurteilung desselben . Wien. Klin. Wochenschr. , 5 : 403 421
  • Smith , T. 1895 . Notes on Bacillus coli communis and related forms, together with some suggestions concerning the bacteriological examination of drinking‐water . Am. J. Med. Sci. , 110 : 283
  • Koch , R. 1890 . Ueber bakteriologische Forschung . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitent , 8 : 563
  • Pugsley , A. P. , Evison , L. M. and James , A. 1973 . A simple technique for the differentiation of Escherichia coli in water examination . Water Res. , 7 : 1431
  • McCrady , M. H. and Langevin , E. 1932 . The coli‐aerogenes determination in pasteurization control . J. Dairy Sci. , 15 : 321
  • Chilson , W. H. , Yale , M. W. and Eglinton , R. 1936 . Detecting recontamination of pasteurized milk by bacteriological methods . J. Dairy Sci. , 19 : 337
  • Johns , C. K. 1959 . Applications and limitations of quality tests for milk and milk products. A review . J. Dairy Sci , 42 : 1625
  • Jones , G. A. , Gibson , D. L. and Cheng , K. J. 1967 . Coliform bacteria in Canadian pasteurized dairy products . Can. J. Public Health , 58 : 257
  • Read , R. B. , Schwartz , C. and Litsky , W. 1961 . Studies on thermal destruction of Escherichia coli in milk and milk products . Appl. Microbiol. , 9 : 415
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1967 . Ecological principles and methodological aspects of the examination of foods and feeds for indicator micro‐organisms . J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. , 50 : 91
  • Seeliger , H. 1952 . Die Keimzahlbestimmung und Differenzierung coliformer Bakterien in Milch und Speiseeis . Milchwissenschaft , 7 : 389
  • Henriksen , S. D. 1955 . A study of the causes of discordant results of the presumptive and completed coliform tests on Norwegian waters . Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. , 36 : 87
  • Habs , H. and Langeloh , H. 1958 . Die Bedeutung der sogenannten atypischen Colibakterien für die Trinkwasserbeurteilung . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 142 : 401 414
  • Kretzchmar , W. 1959 . Die Bedeutung der Differenzierung von Coli und coliformen Keimen fur die bakteriologische Wasseruntersuchung . Z. Gesamte Hyg. Grenzgeb. , 5 : 73
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1958 . Die Verhütung der Verbreitung von Salmonellosen und sonstigen Enterobacteriosen durch Lebensmittel . Zentralbl Bakteriol. (Ref.) , 166 : 421
  • Blachstein , M. 1893 . Contribution a l'étude microbique de l'eau . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 7 : 689
  • Revis , C. 1910 . The stability of the physiological properties of coliform organisms . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. 2 , 26 : 161
  • Breed , R. S. and Norton , J. F. 1937 . Nomenclature for the colon group . Am. J. Public Health , 27 : 560
  • Parr , L. W. 1939 . Coliform bacteria . Bacteriol. Rev. , 3 : 1
  • Ewing , W. H. 1953 . Serological relationships between Shigella and coliform cultures . J. Bacteriol. , 66 : 333
  • Galesloot , Th. E. 1953 . Some aspects of the bacteriology of pasteurized milk. V. The deterioration of commercially pasteurized milk (HTST process) . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 7 : 15
  • Murray , J. G. 1953 . A comparison of 30° and 37° as incubation temperatures in the presumptive coli‐aerogenes test for raw and pasteurized milk . Proc. Soc. Appl. Bacteriol. , 16 : 24
  • Wolford , E. R. 1954 . Comparison of boric acid and lactose broths for the isolation of Escherichia coli from citrus products . Appl. Microbiol. , 2 : 223
  • Koburger , J. A. 1964 . Isolation of Mima polymorpha from dairy products . J. Dairy Sci. , 47 : 646
  • Barber , F. W. 1955 . The value of the coliform test applied to fruit flavored ice cream . J. Dairy Sci. , 38 : 233
  • Borneff , J. and Frobel , B. 1957 . Orientierungsteste auf “coliforme”; Keime in Milch und Milchprodukten . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 141 : 241
  • Clark , H. F. , Geldreich , E. E. , Kabler , P. W. , Bordner , R. H. and Huff , C. B. 1957 . The coliform group. I. The boric acid lactose broth reaction of coliform IMVIC types . Appl. Microbiol. , 5 : 396
  • Druce , R. G. , Bebbington , N. B. , Elson , K. , Harcombe , J. M. and Thomas , S. B. 1957 . The determination of the coli‐aerogenes content of milk and dairy equipment by plating on violet red bile agar incubated at 30° . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 20 : 1
  • Thomas , S. B. , Hobson , P. M. and Elson , K. 1958 . Coli‐aerogenes bacteria from farm dairy equipment and raw milk . J. Appl Bacteriol. , 21 : 58
  • Buttiaux , R. 1959 . The value of the association Escherichieae‐group D streptococci in the diagnosis of contamination in foods . J. Appl Bacteriol. , 22 : 153
  • Hartman , P. A. 1960 . Further studies on the selectivity of violet red bile agar . J. Milk Food Technol. , 23 : 45
  • Lindberg , R. B. 1960 . Observations on the relative sensitivity of enrichment broth and membrane filter techniques in the detection of coliform organisms in bottled carbonated beverages . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 11 : 77
  • Schultze , W. D. and Olson , J. C. 1960 . Studies on psychrophilic bacteria. II. Psychrophilic coliform bacteria in stored commercial dairy products . J. Dairy Sci. , 43 : 351
  • Schönherr , W. 1961 . Zur Abhängigkeit des Nachweises coli‐former Keime in der Milch von Methodik, Keimart und Keimmenge . Zentralbl. Vet. Med. , 8 : 473
  • Rambo , R. S. , Reinbold , G. W. and Clark , W. S. 1964 . Enumeration and identification of enterococci and coliforms from dehydrated vegetables . J. Dairy Sci. , 47 : 666
  • Jones , G. A. , Gibson , D. L. and Cheng , K. J. 1966 . Characterization of bacteria which produce colonies atypical of the coliform group on violet red bile agar . J. Milk Food Technol. , 29 : 316
  • Wiesner , H. U. , Rundfeldt , H. and Terplan , G. 1967 . Zur Eignung verschiedener Nährmedien zum Nachweis coli‐former Keime in Milch . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 18 : 58 84
  • Rosen , A. and Levin , R. E. 1970 . Vibrios from fish pen slime which mimic Escherichia coli on violet red bile agar . Appl Microbiol. , 20 : 107
  • Fondén , R. 1971 . Koliforma bakterier som indikator‐organismer i pastöriserade livsmedelsprodukter. I. Tillväxt vid kyllagring . Sven. Mejeritidn. , 63 : 229
  • Gardner , J. M. and Kado , C. I. 1972 . Comparative base sequence homologies of the deoxyribonucleic acids of Erwinia species and other Enterobacteriaceae . Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. , 22 : 201
  • Pee , W. van and Castelein , J. M. 1972 . Study of the pectinolytic microflora, particularly the Enterobacteriaceae, from fermenting coffee in the Congo . J. Food Sci. , 37 : 171
  • Starr , M. P. and Chatterjee , A. K. 1972 . The genus Erwinia: enterobacteria pathogenic to plants and animals . Ann. Rev. Microbiol. , 26 : 389
  • Brown , C. and Seidler , R. J. 1973 . Potential pathogens in the environment Klebsiella pneumoniae, a taxonomic and ecological enigma . Appl. Microbiol. , 25 : 900
  • Alichanidis , E. S. and Tzanetakis , N. M. 1974 . Characterisation of bacteria isolated from colonies atypical of the coliform group on desoxycholate lactose agar . Milchwissenschaft , 29 : 344
  • Gillespie , E. H. 1963 . Bacteriological examination of ice cream . Rend. 1st. Super. Sanita , 26 : 482
  • Bonde , G. J. 1966 . Bacteriological methods for estimation of water pollution . Health Lab. Sci. , 3 : 124
  • Marier , R. , Wells , J. G. , Swanson , R. C. , Callahan , W. and Mehlman , I. J. 1973 . An outbreak of enteropathogenic Escherichia coli foodborne disease traced to imported French cheese . Lancet , II : 1376
  • Tulloch , E. F. , Ryan , K. J. , Formal , S. B. and Franklin , F. A. 1973 . Invasive enteropathic Escherichia coli dysentery. An outbreak in 28 adults . Ann. Intern. Med. , 79 : 13
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1974 . Bacteriological safety of foods . Lancet , I : 173
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Visser , M. and Cornelissen , A. M. R. 1963 . The examination of foods for Enterobacteriaceae using a test of the type generally adopted for the detection of Salmonellae . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 26 : 444
  • Drion , E. F. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1972 . Mathematical‐ecological aspects of the examination for Enterobacteriaceae of foods processed for safety . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 35 : 233
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Shennan , J. L. 1974 . The significance of micro‐organisms in dried foods . Proc. Int. Symp. Food Microbiol. Milano , 1 (6) : 1
  • Drion , E. F. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1974 . A study of the reliability of the examination of foods, processed for safety for enteric pathogens and for Enterobacteriaceae . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , in preparation
  • Edwards , P. R. and Ewing , W. 1972 . Identification of Enterobacteriaceae Burgess, Minneapolis
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1958 . Die Verhütung der Verbreitung von Salmonellosen und sonstigen Enterobacteriosen durch Lebensmittel . Zentralbl Bakteriol. (Ref.) , 166 : 421
  • Pantaléon , J. and Baudeau , H. 1958 . Le contrôle bactériologique des viandes et des produits carnés dans la pratique journalière: organisation, méthodes, résultats . Bull. Soc. Sci. Hyg. Aliment. Aliment. Ration. Homme , 46 : 137
  • Willems , R. and Thomas , J. 1959 . Contrôle bactériologique des farines animales . Off. Intern. Epizoot. , 52 : 212
  • Bulling , E. and Pietzsch , O. 1968 . Ergebnisse und Schlussfolgerungen aus fünfjährigen Salmonellose‐Untersuchungen (1961–1965) . Zentralbl. Vet. Med. , 15 : 913
  • Powers , E. M. , Silverman , G. and Rowley , D. B. 1973 . Microbiological control of a centralized Army Food Service System . Abstr. Amu. Meeting Amer. Soc. Microbiol. , : 11
  • Obiger , G. and Scheibner , E. 1968 . Zum Nachweis von Coli und coliformen Bakterien in diätetischen Lebensmitteln . Milchwissenschaft , 23 : 269
  • Szentkuti , L. 1969 . Auswahl eines Hygiene‐Indikators für Schlachtgeflügel . Fleischwirtschaft , 49 : 1501
  • Meijs , C. C. J. M. van der . 1970 . Resultaten van een bacteriologisch en chemisch onderzoek van gemalen vlees . Tijdschr. Diergeneeskd. , 95 : 1180
  • Woltersdotf , W. , Rossmanith , E. , Peric , M. and Leistner , L. 1970 . Wettbewerbsfähigkeit der inländischen Industrie bei Anwendung der Sprühkühlung für Schlachtgeflügel . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 21 : 278
  • Heckelmann , H. , Rossmanith , E. , Peric , M. and Leistner , L. 1973 . Untersuchung zur Ermittlung der Enterobacteriaceae‐Zahl bei Schlachtgeflügel . Fleischwirtschaft , 53 : 107
  • Hunyady , G. , Leistner , L. and Luike , H. 1973 . Erfassung von enteropathogenen Escherichia coli‐Stämmen bei. Gefrierhähnchen mit Kristallviolett‐Neutralrot‐Galle‐Glucose‐Agar . Fleischwirtschaft , 53 : 998
  • Davis , J. G. 1950 . Developments in the bacteriological testing of milk . J.R. Sanit. Inst. (London) , 70 : 227
  • Cheng , C. M. , Boyle , W. C. and Goepfert , J. M. 1971 . Rapid quantitative method for Salmonella detection in polluted waters . Appl. Microbiol. , 21 : 662
  • Smith , R. J. and Twedt , R. M. 1971 . Natural relationships of indicator and pathogenic bacteria in stream waters . J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. , 43 : 2200
  • Kampelmacher , E. H. and Noorle Jansen , L. M. van . 1973 . Salmonella und E. coli in Rhein und Maas beim Einströmen in den Niederlanden . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.), B , 158 : 177
  • Smith , R. J. , Twedt , R. M. and Flanigan , L. K. 1973 . Relationships of indicator and pathogenic bacteria in stream waters . J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. , 45 : 1736
  • Coleman , R. N. , Campbell , J. N. , Cook , F. D. and Westlake , D. W. S. 1974 . Urbanization and the microbial content of the North Saskatchewan river . Appl. Microbiol. , 27 : 93
  • Patterson , J. T. 1969 . Salmonellae in meat and poultry, poultry plant cooling waters and effluents and animal feeding stuffs . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 32 : 329
  • Peric , M. , Rossmanith , E. and Leistner , L. 1971 . Verbesserung der mikrobiologischen Qualität von Schlachthähnchen durch die Sprüh‐Kühlung . Fleischwirtschaft , 51 : 574
  • Gulistani , A. W. 1972 . A survey of the bacteriological condition of chilled carcass meat . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 23 : 172
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Krol , B. and Moerman , P. C. 1972 . Bacteriological and quality perspectives of Salmonella radicidation of frozen boneless meats . Alimenta , 11 : 51
  • Catsaras , M. , Gulistani , A. W. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1974 . Contaminations superficielles des carcasses réfrigérées de bovines et de chevaux . Rec. Med. Vêt. Ec. Alfort , 150 : 287
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Mengerink , W. H. J. and Scholts , H. H. 1962 . Use of a modified MacConkey agar medium for the selective growth and enumeration of Enterobacteriaceae . J. Bacteriol. , 84 : 381
  • Holtzapffel , D. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1968 . The survival of pathogenic bacteria in, and the microbial spoilage of salads, containing meat, fish and vegetables . J. Food Technol. , 3 : 223
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Vincentie , H. M. 1969 . “ Ecological studies on the enrichment of Enterobacteriaceae occurring in dried foods in some currently used media ” . In The Microbiology of Dried Foods , Edited by: Kampelmacher , E. H. , Ingram , M. and Mossel , D. A. A. 135 Haarlem, , The Netherlands : Grafische Industrie .
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Ratto , M. A. 1970 . Rapid delection of sublethally impaired cells of Enterobacteriaccae in dried foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 20 : 273
  • Sinskey , T. J. and Silverman , G. J. 1970 . Characterization of injury incurred by Escherichia coli upon freezedrying . J. Bacteriol. , 101 : 429
  • Ray , B. , Jezeski , J. J. and Busta , F. F. 1971 . Effect of rehydration on recovery, repair and growth of injured freeze‐dried Salmonella anatum . Appl Microbiol. , 22 : 184
  • Ray , B. , Jezeski , J. J. and Busta , F. F. 1971 . Repair of injury in freeze‐dricd Salmonella anatum . Appl Microbiol. , 22 : 401
  • Schothorst , M. van and Leusden , F. M. van . 1972 . Studies on the isolation of injured Salmonellae from foods . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.), A , 221 : 19
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Bruin , A. S. de . 1960 . The survival of Enterobacteriaceae in acid liquid foods stored at different temperatures . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 11 : 65
  • Roth , L. A. and Keenan , D. 1971 . Acid injury of Escherichia coli . Can. J.Microbiol. , 17 : 1005
  • Straka , R. P. and Stokes , J. L. 1959 . Metabolic injury to bacteria at low temperatures . J. Bacteriol. , 78 : 181
  • Jackson , H. 1974 . Loss of viability and metabolic injury of Staphylococcus aureus resulting from storage at 5°C . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 37 : 59
  • Hartsell , S. E. 1951 . The longevity and behaviour of pathogenic bacteria in frozen foods: The influence of plating media . Am. J. Public Health , 41 : 1072
  • Hall , H. E. , Brown , D. F. and Angelotti , R. 1964 . The quantification of Salmonellae in foods by using the lactose pre‐enrichment method of North . J. Milk Food Technol. , 27 : 235
  • Ray , B. and Speck , M. L. 1972 . Repair of injury induced by freezing Escherichia coli as influenced by recovery medium . Appl. Microbiol. , 24 : 258
  • Ray , B. and Speck , M. L. 1972 . Metabolic process during the repair of freeze‐injury in Escherichia coli . Appl. Microbiol. , 24 : 585
  • Janssen , D. W. and Busta , F. F. 1973 . Injury and repair of several Salmonella serotypes after freezing and thawing in milk solids . J. Milk Food Technol. , 36 : 520
  • Ray , B. and Speck , M. L. 1973 . Enumeration of Escherichia coli in frozen samples after recovery from injury . Appl. Microbiol. , 25 : 499
  • Labots , H. 1959 . The behaviour of sub‐lethally heated Escherichia coli in milk and other media . XV. Int. Diary Congr. , 3 : 1355
  • Clark , C. W. and Ordal , Z. J. 1969 . Thermal injury and recovery of Salmonella typhimurium and its effect on enumeration procedures . Appl. Microbiol. , 18 : 332
  • Cony , J. E. L. , Kitchell , A. G. and Roberts , T. A. 1969 . Interactions in the recovery of Salmonella typhimurium damaged by heat or gamma radiation, 7 . Appl Bacteriol. , 32 : 415
  • Maxcy , R. B. 1970 . Non‐lethal injury and limitations of recovery of coliform organisms on selective media . J. Milk Food Technol. , 33 : 445
  • Pierson , M. D. , Tomlins , R. I. and Ordal , Z. J. 1971 . Biosynthesis during recovery of heat‐injured Salmonella typhimurium . J. Bacteriol. , 105 : 1234
  • Tomlins , R. I. and Ordal , Z. J. 1971 . Requirements of Salmonella typhimurium for recovery from thermal injury . J. Bacteriol. , 105 : 512
  • Tomlins , R. I. , Vaaler , G. L. and Ordal , Z. J. 1972 . Lipid biosynthesis during the recovery of Salmonella typhimurium from thermal injury . Can. J. Microbiol. , 18 : 1015
  • Hugh , R. and Leifson , E. 1953 . The taxonomic significance of fermentative versus oxidative metabolism of carbohydrates by various Gram‐negative bacteria . J. Bacteriol. , 66 : 24
  • Eddy , B. P. 1958 . Bacterial oxidation of lactose and melibiose . Nature , 181 : 904
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Martin , G. 1961 . Milieu simplifié permettant l'étude des divers model d'action des bactéries sur les hydrates de carbon . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 12 : 255
  • Steel , K. J. 1961 . The oxidase reaction as a taxonomic tool . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 25 : 297
  • Daubner , I. and Mayer , J. 1968 . Die Anwendung des Oxydase‐Testes bei der hygienisch‐bakteriologischen Wasseranalyse . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 152 : 302
  • Wun , C. K. , Cohen , J. R. and Litsky , W. 1972 . Evaluation of plating media and temperature parameters in the isolation of selected enteric pathogens . Health Lab. Sci. , 9 : 225
  • Geldreich , E. E. , Bordner , R. H. , Huff , C. B. , Clark , H. F. and Kabler , P. W. 1962 . Type distribution of coliform bacteria in the fèces of warm‐blooded animals . J. Water Poll. Contr. Fed. , 34 : 295
  • Guinée , P. A. M. 1963 . Preliminary investigations concerning the presence of E. coli in man and in various species of animals . Zentralbl. Bakteriol (Orig.) , 188 : 201
  • Guinée , P. A. M. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1963 . The reliability of the test of McKenzie, Taylor and Gilbert for the detection of faecal Escherichia coli strains of animal origin in foods . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 29 : 163
  • Geldreich , E. E. , Kenner , B. A. and Kabler , P. W. 1964 . Occurrence of coliforms, fecal coliforms and streptococci on vegetation and insects . Appl Microbiol. , 12 : 63
  • Mushin , R. and Ashburner , F. M. 1964 . Studies on coli‐aerogenes and other Gram‐negative intestinal bacteria in various animals and birds . J. Appl Bacteriol. , 27 : 392
  • Gorbach , S. L. 1971 . Intestinal microflora . Gastroenterology , 60 : 1110
  • Mushin , R. and Ashburner , F. M. 1962 . Gastrointestinal microflora of mutton birds (Puffinus tenuirostics) in relation to “limy”; disease . J. Bacteriol. , 83 : 1260
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Vega , C. L. 1973 . The direct enumeration of Escherichia coli in water using MacConkey's agar at 44°C in plastic pouches . Health Lab. Sci. , 10 : 303
  • Parr , L. W. 1936 . Sanitary significance of the succession of coli‐aerogenes organisms in fresh and in stored feces . Am. J. Public Health , 26 : 39
  • Eijkman , C. 1904 . Die Gärungsprobe bei 46° als Hilfsmittel bei der Trinkwasseruntersuchung . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 37 : 742
  • Eijkman , G. 1913 . Die Gärungsprobe bei 46° als Hilfsmittel bei der Trinkwasseruntersuchung. Zweite Mitteilung . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. 2 , 39 : 75
  • Grunnet , K. and Bonde , G. J. 1971 . Methods for estimation of Escherichia coli in receiving waters and sewage. A comparison between Gray's glutamic acid medium, MacConkey's and plain lactose peptone media . Rev. Int. Oceanogr. Med. , 24 : 133
  • Clegg , L. F. L. and Sherwood , H. P. 1939 . Incubation at 44°C as a test for faecal coli . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 39 : 361
  • Sherwood , H. P. and Clegg , L. F. L. 1942 . Further studies of incubation at 44°C as a test for “faecal coli, “ . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 42 : 45
  • Buttiaux , R. , Muchemble , G. and Leurs , Th. 1953 . La colimétrie de l'eau sur membranes filtrantes . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 84 : 1010
  • Taylor , E. W. 1955 . Comparison of 6‐hour and 24‐hour incubation periods at 44°C as a confirmatory test for Bacterium coli type I . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 53 : 50
  • Fishbein , M. , Surkiewicz , B. F. , Brown , E. F. , Oxley , H. M. , Padron , A. P. and Groomes , R. J. 1967 . Coliform behaviour in frozen foods. I. Rapid test for the recovery of Escherichia coli from frozen foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 15 : 233
  • Clegg , L. F. L. and Sherwood , H. P. 1947 . The bacteriological examination of molluscan shellfish . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 45 : 504
  • Reynolds , N. and Wood , P. C. 1956 . Improved techniques for the bacteriological examination of molluscan shellfish . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 19 : 20
  • Thomas , K. L. and Jones , A. M. 1971 . Comparison of methods of estimating the number of Escherichia coli in edible mussels and the relationship between the presence of Salmonellae and E. coli . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 34 : 717
  • Mackenzie , E. F. W. , Taylor , E. W. and Gilbert , W. E. 1948 . Recent experiences in the rapid identification of Bacterium coli type I . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 2 : 197
  • Buttiaux , R. , Samaille , J. and Pierens , Y. 1956 . L'identification des Eschericheae des eaux. Test d'Eijkman et production d'indole à 44°. Tests I.M.V.I.C. . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 8 : 137
  • Graziadei‐Celoria , M. L. 1958 . Valore des test di Eijkman modificato da MacKenzie, Taylor e Gilbert abbinato con la ricerca dell'indolo a 44° per la rapida identificazione di E. coli nelle aeque di alimentazione . G. Batteriol. Virol. Immunol. Ann. Osp. Maria Vittoria Torino , 51 : 129
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1962 . An ecological investigation on the usefulness of two specific modifications of Eijkman's test as one of the methods used for the detection of faecal contamination of foods . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 25 : 20
  • Catsaras , M. 1970 . Les germes isolés au cours de la recherche des E. coli type I par le test de MacKenzie . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 21 : 215
  • Winslow , C. E. A. and Dolloff , A. F. 1922 . The relative effect of certain triphenyl‐methane dyes upon the growth of Bacilli of the colon group in lactose broth and lactose bile . J. Infect. Dis. , 31 : 302
  • Dunham , H. G. , McCrady , M. H. and Jordan , H. E. 1925 . Studies of differential media for detection of Bact. coli in water . J. Am. Water Works Assoc. , 14 : 535
  • Coles , H. W. and Levine , M. 1927 . Influence of bile and brilliant green on rate of growth of colon bacilli . Am. J. Public Health , 17 : 1274
  • Jordan , H. E. 1927 . Brilliant green bile for the detection of the colon‐aerogenes group . J. Am. Water Works Assoc , 18 : 337
  • Brown , J. W. and Skinner , G. E. 1930 . Is the Eijkman test an aid in the detection of fecal pollution of water? . J. Bacteriol. , 20 : 139
  • Perry , C. A. and Hajna , A. A. 1933 . A modified Eijkman medium . J. Bacteriol. , 26 : 419
  • Hajna , A. A. and Damon , S. R. 1955 . New method for detection of coliform organisms . J. Am. Water Works Assoc , 47 : 631
  • Levine , M. , Epstein , S. S. and Vaughn , R. H. 1934 . Differential reactions in the colon group of bacteria . Am. J. Public Health , 24 : 505
  • Stark , G. N. and Curtis , L. R. 1936 . A critical study of some of the growth‐promoting and growth‐inhibiting substances present in brilliant green bile medium . J. Bacteriol. , 32 : 375
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Harrewijn , G. A. 1972 . Les défaillances dans certains cas des milieux d'isolement des Enterobacteriaceae des aliments et des medicaments secs . Alimenta , 11 : 29
  • Moussa , R. S. , Keller , N. , Curiat , G. and Man , J. C. de . 1973 . Comparison of five media for the isolation of coliform organisms from dehydrated and deep frozen foods . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 36 : 619
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Vega , C. L. 1973 . The direct enumeration of Escherichia coli in water using MacConkey's agar at 44°C in plastic pouches . Health Lab. Sci. , 10 : 303
  • Melia , T. W. 1915 . An improvement in the composition of lactose bile . Am. J. Publ Health , 5 : 1168
  • McCrady , M. H. 1943 . A practical study of lauryl sulfate tryptose broth for detection of the presence of coliform organisms in water . Am. J. Public Health , 33 : 1199
  • Allen , L. A. , Pasley , S. M. and Pierce , M. S. F. 1952 . Conditions affecting the growth of Bacterium coli on bile salts media. Enumeration of this organism in polluted waters . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 7 : 257
  • Scheusner , D. L. , Busta , F. F. and Speck , M. L. 1971 . Inhibition of injured Escherichia coli by several selective agents . Appl Microbiol. , 21 : 46
  • Maxcy , R. B. 1973 . Condition of coliform organisms influencing recovery of subcultures on selective media . J. Milk Food Technol. , 36 : 414
  • Parr , L. W. 1938 . The occurrence and succession of coliform organisms in human feces . Am. J. Hyg. , 27 : 67
  • Wilssens , A. and Buttiaux , R. 1958 . Les bactéries de la flore fécale de la vache saine . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 94 : 332
  • Buttiaux , R. , Zaman , M. A. and Catsaras , M. 1962 . Les Enterobacter dans les matières fécales humaines et animales . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 103 : 101
  • Papavassiliou , J. 1963 . Aerobacter (Enterobacter) cloacae in human and animal feces . J. Bacteriol. , 85 : 1176
  • Eller , C. and Edwards , F. F. 1968 . Nitrogen‐deficient medium in the differential isolation of Klebsiella and Enterobacter from feces . Appl. Microbiol. , 16 : 896
  • Thom , B. T. 1970 . Klebsiella in faeces . Lancet , II : 1033
  • Ptak , D. J. , Ginsburg , W. and Willey , B. F. 1973 . Identification and incidence of Klebsiella in chlorinated water supplies . J. Am. Water Works Assoc. , 65 : 604
  • Prescott , S. C. 1902 . On the apparent identity of the cultural reactions of B. coli communis and certain lactic bacteria . Science , 15 : 363
  • Smith , E. G. 1905 . Note on the occurrence on grain of organisms resembling the Bacillus coli communis . Science , 21 : 710
  • Thomas , S. B. and Hobson , P. M. 1955 . Coli‐aerogenes bacteria isolated from ears and panicles of cereal crops . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 18 : 1
  • Spicher , G. 1971 . Untersuchungen uber das Auftreten coliformer Bakterien und fäkaler Streptokokken in Weizen‐ und Roggenmehlen . Dtsch. Lebensm. Rundschau , 67 : 1
  • Spicher , G. 1972 . Die Mikroflora des Durumweizens und seiner Verarbeitungsprodukte im Blickpunkt der Lebensmittelhygiene . Getreide Mehl Brot , 26 : 246
  • Patrick , R. 1953 . Coliform bacteria from orange concentrate and damaged oranges . Food TechnoL. , 7 : 157
  • Wolford , E. R. 1955 . Significance of the presumptive coliform test as applied to orange juice . Appl. Microbiol. , 3 : 353
  • Purko , M. , Hussong , R. V. and Kaufman , C. W. 1956 . Bacteriological flora in frozen and chilled orange juice . Food Res. , 21 : 583
  • Patrick , R. and Wenzel , F. W. 1959 . Factors to consider concerning the occurrence of coliforms in citrus products . J. Milk Food Technol. , 22 : 231
  • Papavassiliou , J. , Tzannetis , S. , Leka , H. and Mickopoulos , G. 1967 . Coli‐aerogenes bacteria on plants . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 30 : 219
  • Slocum , G. G. and Boyles , W. A. 1941 . Incidence of coliform bacteria on fresh vegetables and efficiency of lactose broth, brilliant green bile two percent and formate ricinoleate broth as presumptive media for the coliform group . Food Res. , 6 : 377
  • Nutting , L. A. , Larson , R. A. and Barber , F. W. 1959 . Bacteriological flora of frozen coconut . Food Technol. , 13 : 378
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Krugers Dagneaux , E. L. 1963 . Die hygienisch‐bakteriologische Beurteilung von Trocken‐Koch‐suppen . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 14 : 108
  • Duncan , C. L. and Colmer , A. R. 1964 . Coliforms associated with sugarcane plants and juices . Appl. Microbiol. , 12 : 173
  • Splittstoesser , D. F. and Wettergreen , W. P. 1964 . The significance of coliforms in frozen vegetables . Food Technol. , 18 : 392
  • Clark , W. S. , Reinbold , G. W. and Rambo , R. S. 1966 . Enterococci and coliforms in dehydrated vegetables . Food Technol. , 20 : 1353
  • Vaughn , R. H. 1970 . Incidence of various groups of bacteria in dehydrated onions and garlic . Food Technol. , 24 : 189
  • Moussa , R. S. 1973 . The effect of potassium sulphite on the recovery of micro‐organisms from dehydrated onion . J. Sci. Food Agric. , 24 : 401
  • Sheneman , J. M. 1973 . Survey of aerobic mesophilic bacteria in dehydrated onion products . J. Food Sci. , 38 : 206
  • Spencer , R. 1961 . The bacteriology of distant water cod landed at Hull . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 24 : 4
  • Shewan , J. M. 1971 . The microbiology of fish and fishery products — a process report . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 34 : 299
  • Scheer , H. 1973 . Ueber das Vorkommen von Darmbakterien in tiefgefrorenen Fischfilets . Chem. Mikrobiol. Technol. Lebensm. , 2 : 83
  • Parfitt , E. H. 1936 . Frequency of the Escherichia‐Aerobacter species in commercial butter . J. Dairy Sci. , 19 : 496
  • Thomson , G. J. 1950 . Coliform bacteria in New Zealand butter . J. Dairy Res. , 17 : 72
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1970 . “ The role of microbiology and hygiene in the manufacture of margarine ” . In Margarine To‐day , Edited by: Coenen , J. W. E. , Feron , R. and Mossel , D. A. A. 104 Leiden : Brill Publishing .
  • Shelton , L. R. 1961 . Frozen precooked foods‐plant sanitation and microbiology . J. Am. Diet. Assoc , 38 : 132
  • Lancefield , R. C. 1933 . A serological differentiation of human and other groups of hemolytic streptococci . J. Exp. Med. , 57 : 571
  • Ostrolenk , M. and Hunter , A. C. 1946 . The distribution of enteric Streptococci . J. Bacteriol. , 51 : 735
  • Buttiaux , R. 1958 . Les streptocoques fécaux des intestins humains et animaux . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 94 : 778
  • Bartley , C. H. and Slanetz , L. W. 1960 . Types and sanitary significance of fecal streptococci isolated from feces, sewage and water . Am. J. Public Health , 50 : 1545
  • Kenner , B. A. , Clark , H. F. and Kabler , P. W. 1960 . Fecal streptococci. II. Quantification of streptococci in feces . Am. J. Public Health , 50 : 1553
  • Mieth , H. 1960 . Untersuchungen über das Vorkommen von Enterokokken bei Tieren und Menschen. I. Mitteilung: Ihr Vorkommen im Darm von gesunden Schlachtschweinen . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 179 : 456
  • Mieth , H. 1961 . Untersuchungen über das Vorkommen von Enterokokken bei Tieren und Menschen. II. Mitteilung”;. Ihr Vorkommen in Stuhlproben von gesunden Menschen . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 183 : 68
  • Raibaud , P. , Caulet , M. , Galpin , J. V. and Mocquot , G. 1961 . Studies on the bacterial flora in the alimentary tract of pigs. 2, Streptococci: selective enumeration and differentiation of the dominant groups . J. Appl. Bacterial. , 24 : 285
  • Mieth , H. 1962 . Untersuchungen über das Vorkommen von Enterokokken bei Tieren und Menschen. III. Mitteilung: Die Enterokokkenflora in den Faeces von Rindern . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 185 : 47
  • Ostrolenk , M. , Kramer , N. and Cleverdon , R. C. 1947 . Comparative studies of Enterococci and Escherichia coli as indices of pollution . J. Bacteriol. , 53 : 197
  • Higginbottom , C. 1953 . The effect of storage at different relative humidities on the survival of micro‐organisms in milk powder and in pure cultures dried in milk . J. Dairy Res. , 20 : 65
  • Alien , C. H. and Fabian , F. W. 1954 . Comparison of Escherichia coli and Streptococcus faecalis as a test organism to determine the sanitary quality of food . J. Milk Food Technol. , 17 : 204 218 237
  • Larkin , E. P. , Litsky , W. and Fuller , J. E. 1955 . Fecal streptococci in frozen foods. I. A bacteriological survey of some commercially frozen foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 3 : 98
  • Fanelli , M. J. and Ayres , J. C. 1959 . Methods of detection and effect of freezing on the microflora of chicken pies . Food Technol. , 13 : 294
  • Kereluk , K. and Gunderson , M. F. 1959 . Studies on the bacteriological quality of frozen meat pies. IV. Longevity studies on the coliform bacteria and enterococci at low temperature . Appl Microbiol. , 7 : 327
  • Raj , H. , Wiebe , W. J. and Liston , J. 1961 . Detection and enumeration of fecal indicator organisms in frozen sea foods. II. Enterococci . Appl Microbiol. , 9 : 295
  • Mundt , J. O. 1963 . Occurrence of enterococci on plants in a wild environment . Appl. Microbiol. , 11 : 141
  • Mundt , J. O. , Johnson , A. H. and Khatchikian , R. 1958 . Incidence and nature of Enterococci on plant materials . Food Res. , 23 : 186
  • Kereluk , K. and Gunderson , M. F. 1959 . Studies on the bacteriological quality of frozen meat pies. I. Bacteriological survey of some commercially frozen meat pies . Appl. Microbiol. , 7 : 320
  • Kjellander , J. and Nygren , B. 1962 . On the occurrence of fecal streptococci in industrial food products . Acta Pathol. Microbiol Scand. Suppl. , 154 : 323
  • Borneff , J. 1963 . Die Bewertung von Speiseeisbakterien nach Art und Zahl . Süsswaren , 7 : 172
  • Klaushofer , H. , Schaller , A. and Frimmel , F. 1963 . Vorkommen und Nachweis von Enterokokken in tiefgefrorenem Spinat . Kälte , 16 : 389
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1963 . The suitability of streptococci of Lancefield's group D for the estimation of the wholesomeness of milk products . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 17 : 404
  • Leistner , W. and Krüger , B. 1965 . Ueber das Vorkommen von Enterokokken in Wurstwaren . Monatsh. Vet. Med. , 20 : 892
  • Clark , W. S. , Reinbold , G. W. and Rambo , R. S. 1966 . Enterococci and coliforms in dehydrated vegetables . Food Technol. , 20 : 1353
  • Holzapffel , D. and Coutinho , H. E. 1969 . The Microbiology of Dried Foods . Proc. 6th Int. Symp. Food Microbiol. 1969 , Haarlem. Investigations on the microbiological condition of dehydrated vegetables with particular reference to the fate of organisms during storage in air and under nitrogen , pp. 387
  • Janossy , G. 1969 . Ueber das Vorkommen der Enterokokken in Lebensmitteln . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 211 : 101
  • Kelly , S. and Sanderson , W. W. 1958 . The effect of chlorine in water on enteric virus . Am. J. Public Health , 48 : 1323
  • Shannon , E. L. , Reinbold , G. W. and Clark , W. S. 1964 . Heat and chlorine resistance of enterococci . J. Dairy Sci , 47 : 666
  • Taylor , F. B. , Eagen , J. H. , Smith , H. F. D. and Coene , R. F. 1966 . The case of water‐borne infectious hepatitis . Am. J. Public Health , 56 : 2093
  • Slanetz , L. W. , Bartley , C. H. and Stanley , K. W. 1968 . Coliforms, fecal streptococci and Salmonella in seawater and shellfish . Health Lab. Sci. , 5 : 66
  • Hoff , J. C. and Becker , R. C. 1969 . The accumulation and elimination of crude and clarified poliovirus suspensions by shellfish . Am. J. Epidemiol , 90 : 53
  • Gardner , G. A. 1965 . The aerobic flora of stored meat with particular reference to the use of selective media . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 28 : 252
  • Buck , J. D. 1969 . Occurrence of false‐positive most probable number tests for fecal streptococci in marine water . Appl. Microbiol. , 18 : 562
  • Colobert , L. and Moiélis , P. 1958 . Nouveau milieu sélectif pour l'isolement des enterocoques, d'emploi pratique pour leur recherche et leur numération dans l'eau . Arm. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 94 : 120
  • Facklam , R. R. and Moody , M. D. 1970 . Presumptive identification of group D streptococci: The bile‐esculin test . Appl. Microbiol. , 20 : 245
  • Isenberg , H. D. , Goldberg , D. and Sampson , J. 1970 . Laboratory studies with a selective Enterococcus medium . Appl. Microbiol. , 20 : 433
  • Buck , J. D. 1972 . Selective detection of enterococci in marine waters . Am. J. Public Health , 62 : 419
  • Pavlova , M. T. , Brezenski , F. T. and Litsky , W. 1972 . Evaluation of various media for isolation, enumeration and identification of fecal streptococci from natural sources . Health Lab. Sci , 9 : 289
  • Facklam , R. R. , Padula , J. F. , Thacker , L. G. , Wortham , E. C. and Sconyers , B. J. 1974 . Presumptive identification of group A, B and D streptococci . Appl. Microbiol. , 27 : 107
  • Williams , R. E. O. , Hirch , A. and Cowan , S. T. 1953 . Aerococcus, a new bacterial genus . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 8 : 475
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Diepen , H. M. J. van and Bruin , A. S. de . 1957 . The enumeration of faecal streptococci in foods, using Packer's crystal violet sodium azide blood agar . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 20 : 265
  • Lörincz , F. and Incze , K. 1964 . The use of Streptococcus faecalis as an indicator of the hygienic condition of meat preserves and the possibility of interference by Aerococcus viridans . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 27 : 208
  • Whittenbury , R. 1965 . A study of some Pediococci and their relationship to Aerococcus viridans and the Enterococci . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 40 : 97
  • Colman , G. 1967 . Aerococcus‐like organisms isolated from human infections . J. Clin. Pathol. , 20 : 294
  • Kerbaugh , M. A. and Evans , J. B. 1968 . Aerococcus viridans in the hospital environment . Appl. Microbiol. , 16 : 519 – 523 .
  • Barnes , E. M. and Corry , J. E. L. 1969 . Microbial flora of raw and pasteurized egg albumen . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 32 : 193
  • Sherman , J. M. 1937 . The Streptococci . Bacteriol. Rev. , 1 : 3
  • Shattock , P. M. F. 1955 . The identification and classification of Streptococcus faecalis and some associated Streptococci . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 7 : 95
  • Pulverer , G. and Gröschel , D. 1962 . In vitro‐Untersuchungen zur Fermentausstattung von Enterokokken . Z. Hyg. Infektionskr. , 148 : 193
  • Deibel , R. H. , Lake , D. E. and Niven , C. F. 1963 . Physiology of the enterococci as related to their taxonomy . J. Bacteriol. , 86 : 1275
  • Deibel , R. H. 1964 . The group D streptococci . Bacteriol. Rev. , 28 : 330
  • Splittstoesser , D. F. , Mautz , M. and Colwell , R. R. 1968 . Numerical taxonomy of catalase‐negative cocci isolated from frozen vegetables . Appl. Microbiol. , 16 : 1024
  • Jones , D. , Sackin , M. J. and Sneath , P. H. A. 1972 . A numerical taxonomic study of streptococci of serological group D . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 72 : 439
  • Facklam , R. R. 1972 . Recognition of group D streptococcal species of human origin by biochemical and physiological tests . Appl Microbiol. , 23 : 1131
  • Oeiskov , J. and Poulsen , K. A. 1931 . Das häufige Vorkommen von Streptokokken im menschlichen Rachen, die bei Wachstum auf der Oberfläche fester, Saccharose (oder Raffinose) enthaltender Substrate exzessiv Polysaccharid produzieren . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 120 : 125
  • Sherman , J. M. , Niven , C. F. and Smiley , K. L. 1943 . Streptococcus salivarius and other non‐hemolytic streptococci of the human throat . J. Bacteriol. , 45 : 249
  • Horsfall , F. L. 1951 . Studies on non‐hemolytic streptococci isolated from the respiratory tract of man. The antigenic basis for type specific reactions with Streptococcus salivarius and non‐levan‐forming streptococci . J. Exp. Med. , 93 : 229
  • Reid , D. D. , Lidwell , O. M. and Williams , R. E. O. 1956 . Counts of air‐borne bacteria as indices of air hygiene . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 54 : 524
  • Williams , R. E. O. 1956 . Streptococcus salivarius (vel hominis) and its relation to Lancefield's group K . J. Pathol. Bacteriol. , 72 : 15
  • Williams , R. E. O. , Lidwell , O. M. and Hirch , A. 1956 . The bacterial flora of the air of occupied rooms . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 54 : 512
  • Chapman , G. H. 1944 . The isolation of Streptococci from mixed cultures . J. Bacteriol. , 48 : 113
  • Dukes , C. 1930 . The heat resistance curve: A new bacteriological test for pasteurized food . Analyst , 55 : 14
  • Crossley , E. L. and Graham , P. A. 1966 . Microbiological changes during the storage of sweetened condensed milk . XVIIth Int. Dairy Congr. E/F . 1966 . pp. 167
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Harrewijn , G. A. and Sprang , F. J. van . 1973 . “ Microbiological quality assurance for weaning formulae ” . In The Microbiological Safety of Food , Edited by: Hobbs , B. C. and Christian , J. H. B. 77 London : Academic Press .
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Meursing , E. H. and Slot , H. 1974 . An investigation on the numbers and types of aerobic spores in cocoa powder and whole milk . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 28 in press
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Shennan , J. L. , Meursing , E. H. , Slot , H. and Pouw , H. J. 1973 . The enumeration of “all”; spore‐bearing cells of Bacillaceae in heat‐processed foods . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 39 : 656
  • Knaysi , G. 1951 . Elements of Bacterial Cytology , 247 Ithaca, N.Y. : Comstock Publishing .
  • Ingram , M. 1963 . Difficulties in counting viable clostridia in foods . Rend. Cont. 1st. Super. Sanita , 26 : 330
  • Canada , J. C. , Strong , D. H. and Scott , L. G. 1964 . Response of Clostridium perfringens spores and vegetative cells to temperature variation . Appl. Microbiol. , 12 : 273
  • Watt , B. 1972 . The recovery of clinically important anaerobes on solid media . J. Med. Microbiol. , 5 : 211
  • Berg , R. W. and Sandine , W. E. 1970 . Activation of bacterial spores. A review . J. Milk Food Technol. , 33 : 435
  • Martin , J. H. and Blackwood , P. W. 1972 . Effects of sublethal heat‐shock, ß‐alanine and γ‐alanine on germination and subsequent destruction of Bacillus spores by pasteurization . J. Dairy Sci. , 55 : 577
  • Gross , C. E. and Vinton , C. 1947 . Thermal death time of a strain of Staphylococcus in meat . Food Res. , 12 : 188
  • Speck , M. L. , Grosche , C. A. , Lucas , H. L. and Hankin , L. 1954 . Bacteriological studies on high‐temperature short‐time pasteurization of ice cream mix . J. Dairy Sci. , 37 : 37
  • Ingram , M. 1955 . The heat resistance of a Micrococcus . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 7 : 146
  • Lerche , M. 1955 . Die Mikroflora in Dosenschinken . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 7 : 46
  • Myhr , A. N. and Olson , J. C. 1956 . A study of thermal resistance of micrococci in milk . J. Dairy Sci , 39 : 1635
  • Nashif , S. A. and Nelson , F. E. 1953 . Some studies on Microbacteria from Iowa dairy products . Appl. Microbiol. , 1 : 47
  • Alford , J. A. , Wiese , E. E. and Gunter , J. J. 1955 . Heat resistance in Corynebacterium and the relationship of this genus to Microbacterium . J. Bacteriol. , 69 : 516
  • Robinson , K. 1966 . Some observations on the taxonomy of the genus Microbacterium. I. Cultural and physiological reactions and heat resistance . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 29 : 607
  • Mantere‐Alhonen , S. 1969 . Ueber Mikrobakterien‐Arten in zweimal pasteurisierten Milch . Milchwissenschaft , 24 : 488
  • Usajewicz , I. , Knaut , T. and Warminska‐Radyko , I. 1973 . Coryneforme Bakterien in Käse . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 24 : 232
  • Ott , T. M. , El‐Bisi , H. M. and Esselen , W. B. 1961 . Thermal destruction of Streptococcus faecalis in prepared frozen foods . J. Food Sci , 26 : 1
  • White , H. R. 1963 . The effect of variation in pH on the heat resistance of cultures of Streptococcus faecalis . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 26 : 91
  • Ienistea , C. , Chitu , M. and Roman , A. 1970 . Heat resistance in milk of some strains of group D streptococci from pasteurized milk and the influence exerted on their growth by selective media . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 215 : 173
  • Shannon , E. L. , Reinbold , G. W. and Clark , W. S. 1970 . Heat resistance of enterococci . J. Milk Food Technoi , 33 : 192
  • Emberger , O. and Pavlova , M. 1971 . Enterokokkennachweis in frisch hitzebehandelten Lebensmitteln auf Azid‐Nährboden mit TTC nach Slanetz und Bartley . Zentralbl Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. 2 , 126 : 242
  • Splittstoesser , D. F. 1973 . The microbiology of frozen vegetables . Food Technoi , 27 (1) : 54 60
  • Galesloot , Th. E. 1951 . Some aspects of the bacteriology of pasteurized milk. I. Thermoduric bacteria in Dutch raw milk . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 5 : 75
  • Credit , C. , Hedeman , R. , Heywood , P. and Westhoff , D. 1972 . Identification of bacteria isolated from pasteurized milk following refrigerated storage . J. Milk Food Technoi , 35 : 708
  • Evans , J. B. and Niven , C. F. 1951 . Nutrition of the heterofermentative Lactobacilli that causes greening of cured meat products . J. Bacteriol. , 62 : 599
  • Gonzalez , F. C. , Scheffers , W. A. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1971 . Comparison of selective media for the enumeration of Lactobacillus species . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 37 : 262
  • Gils , H. W. van , Rijck van der Gracht , W. J. F. de and Waart , J. de . 1966 . Gelysate‐agar als medium voor de telling van begeleidende bacteriën in bacteriologisch verzuurde melkprodukten . Conserva , 15 : 16
  • Ritter , P. and Eschmann , K. H. 1966 . Bakteriologische Prüfung und Beurteilung von Tafelbutter . Alimenta , 5 : 43
  • Buttiaux , R. 1969 . Prés, Commission de Bactériologie des produits laitiers. Méthodes d'analyse microbiologique des produits laitiers . Ann. Nutr. Aliment , 23 : Al
  • Stern , R. M. 1942 . Comparative studies of the growth of Clostridium thermosaccharolyticum and Clostridium sporogenes in various anaerobic media . J. Bacteriol. , 43 : 38
  • Clark , F. M. 1943 . Observations on growth of thermophilic anaerobes in Brewer's medium . Food Res. , 8 : 327
  • McClung , L. S. 1943 . Thioglycollate media for the cultivation of pathogenic clostridia . J. Bacteriol. , 45 : 58
  • Portwood , L. 1944 . Observations of the failure of sterility test media to support the growth of laboratory contaminants . J. Bacteriol. , 48 : 255
  • Cardon , B. P. and Barker , H. A. 1946 . Two new amino‐acid‐fermenting bacteria, Clostridium propionicum and Diplococcus glycinophilus . J. Bacteriol. , 52 : 629
  • Malin , B. and Finn , R. K. 1951 . The use of a synthetic resin in anaerobic media . J. Bacteriol. , 62 : 349
  • Hirsch , A. and Grinsted , E. 1954 . Methods for the growth and enumeration of anaerobic sporeformers from cheese, with observations on the effect of nisin . J. Dairy Res. , 21 : 101
  • Klarmann , E. G. 1956 . Some aspects of chemical “sterilization”; of instruments . Am. J. Pharm. , 128 : 4
  • Treadwell , P. E. , Jann , G. J. and Salle , A. J. 1958 . Studies on factors affecting the rapid germination of spores of Clostridium botulinum . J. Bacteriol. , 76 : 549
  • Galesloot , Th. E. 1961 . De anaerobe sporevormers die bederf van smeltkaas kunnen veroorzaken . Ned. Melk Zuiveltijdschr. , 15 : 263
  • Gibbs , P. A. 1964 . Factors affecting the germination of spores of Clostridium bifermentans . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 37 : 41
  • Koesterer , M. G. 1964 . Thermal death studies on microbial spores and some considerations for the sterilization of spacecraft components . Dev. Ind. Microbioi , 6 : 268
  • Möller , J. R. A. 1966 . Microbiological Examination of Root Canals and Periapical Tissues of Human Teeth , Göteborg : Akademiförlaget .
  • Doyle , J. E. , Mehrhof , W. H. and Ernst , R. R. 1968 . Limitations of thioglycolate broth as a sterility test medium for materials exposed to gaseous ethylene oxide . Appl. Microbiol. , 16 : 1742
  • Ellner , P. D. 1968 . System for inoculation of blood in the laboratory . Appl. Microbiol. , 16 : 1892
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Beerens , H. 1968 . Studies on the inhibitory properties of sodium thioglycollate on the germination of wet spores of clostridia . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 66 : 269
  • Sutton , R. G. A. and Hobbs , B. C. 1969 . The Microbiology of Dried Foods . Proc. 6th Int: Symp. Food Microbiol. 1969 , Haarlem. Enumeration of Clostridium perfringens in dried foods and feeding stuffs , pp. 243
  • Hibbert , H. R. and Spencer , R. 1970 . An investigation of the inhibitory properties of sodium thioglycollate in media for the recovery of clostridial spores . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 68 : 131
  • White , R. W. 1970 . A closed culture vessel for colony counts of anaerobic bacteria, with a note on isolation from a mixed population . Lab. Pract , 19 : 180 189
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Beerens , H. , Tahon‐Castel , M. , Baron , G. and Polspoel , B. 1965 . Étude des milieux utilises pour le dénombrement des spores des bactéries anaérobies en microbiologie alimentaire . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 16 : 147
  • Schaedler , R. W. , Dubos , R. and Costello , R. 1965 . The development of the bacterial flora in the gastrointestinal tract of mice . J. Exp. Med , 122 : 59
  • Waart , J. de and Pouw , H. 1970 . Studies on the suitability of blood‐free media for the enumeration of clostridia . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 214 : 551
  • Lund , B. M. 1972 . Isolation of pectolytic clostridia from potatoes . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 35 : 609
  • Miller , N. J. , Garrett , O. W. and Prickett , P. S. 1939 . Anaerobic technique‐a modified deep agar shake . Food Res. , 4 : 447
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Bruin , A. S. de , Diepen , H. M. J. van , Vendrig , C. M. A. and Zoutewelle , G. 1956 . The enumeration of anaerobic bacteria, and of Clostridium species in particular, in foods . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 19 : 142
  • Bladel , B. O. and Greenberg , R. A. 1965 . Pouch method for the isolation and enumeration of clostridia . Appl. Microbioi , 13 : 281
  • Greenberg , R. A. , Bladel , B. O. and Zingelmann , W. J. 1966 . Use of the anaerobic pouch in isolating Clostridium botulinum spores from fresh meats . Appl. Microbiol. , 14 : 223
  • Waart , J. de and Smit , F. 1967 . The enumeration of obligately anaerobic bacteria using pouches made from plastics with a low oxygen permeability . Lab. Pract. , 16 : 1098 1105
  • Koch , F. E. 1934 . Einfache Anaerobenzüchtung in Petrischalen . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 132 : 358
  • Beerens , H. and Castel , M. M. 1959 . Procède simplifié de culture en surface des bactéries anaérobies. Comparison avec la technique utilisant la culture en profondeur . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 10 : 183
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Golstein Brouwers , G. W. M. van and Bruin , A. S. de . 1959 . A simplified method for the isolation and study of obligate anaerobes . J. Pathol Bacteriol. , 78 : 290
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1964 . Anaerobic plating of micro‐organisms . Wallerstein Lab. Commun. , 27 : 153
  • Breed , R. S. 1911 . The determination of the number of bacteria in milk by direct microscopical examination . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. Parasitenkd. Infektionskr. Hyg. Abt. 2 , 30 : 337
  • Guittonneau , G. and Brigando , J. 1936 . Observations relatives à la coloration des microbes préalablement chauffés dans le lait . LeLait , 16 : 577
  • Heinemann , B. 1960 . Factors affecting the direct microscopic clump count of nonfat dry milk . J. Dairy Sci. , 43 : 317
  • Moats , W. A. 1961 . Chemical changes in bacteria heated in milk as related to loss of stainability . J. Dairy Sci. , 44 : 1431
  • Moats , W. A. 1959 . Application of periodic acid‐Schiff type stains to bacteria in milk . J. Bacteriol. , 78 : 589
  • Moats , W. A. 1960 . Chemical changes in bacteria heated in milk and other media . J. Dairy Sci. , 43 : 852
  • Kväle , O. 1962 . The influence of heat treatment on the Gram stain of pathogenic staphylococci . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 28 : 365
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Zwart , H. 1959 . Die quantitative bakterioskopische Bewertung von Gemüse/Fleischkonserven . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 10 : 229
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1969 . Microbiological qualities . J. Food Technol. , 3 : 401
  • Hall , H. E. , Brown , D. F. and Read , R. B. 1971 . Effect of pasteurization on the direct microscopic count of eggs . J. Milk Food Technol. , 34 : 209
  • Brekenfeld , A. 1932 . Die Bakterioskopie der Fleischwaren als Spiegelbild der hygienischen Verhältnisse des herstellenden Betriebes . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 107 : 193
  • Schonbeig , F. 1933 . Uber Erfahrungen mit dem Wurstuntersuchungsverfahren nach Brekenfeld . Z. Fleisch‐u. Milchhyg. , 43 : 325
  • Brekenfeld , A. 1934 . Ergebnisse der Bakterioskopie von Fleischwaren . Z. Unters. Lebensm. , 67 : 577
  • Lorenz , W. 1937 . Ueber Käse mit Fleischzusatz . Z. Unters. Lebensm. , 73 : 522
  • Tarr , H. L. A. 1941 . A direct method for counting bacteria in fish flesh . Progr. Rep. Pacific Stations , 49 : 8
  • McFarlane , V. H. , Watson , A. J. , Sutton , R. R. and Kurman , W. 1947 . Microbiology of spray‐dried whole egg. I. Plate and direct counts . Food Res. , 12 : 311
  • Jacquet , J. and Depledt , F. 1954 . Considerations sur la numeration directe des germes microbiens du lait . C. R. Acad. Agric. Fr. , 40 : 605
  • Pantafeon , J. and Rosset , R. 1955 . Controle des semi‐conserves de viandes dans le Département de la Seine . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 7 : 221
  • Lepper , H. A. , Bartram , M. T. and Hillig , F. 1956 . Authentic packs of edible and inedible frozen eggs and their organoleptic, bacteriological and chemical examination . J. Assoc. Off. Agric. Chem. , 39 : 185
  • Wittfogel , H. 1956 . Ueber ein direktes, mikroskopisches Keimzahlverfahren als Hilfsmittel für die objektive Beurteilung des Frischezustandes von Seefischen. Ill. Die Beurteilung der Keimzahlen hinsichtlich beginnender Zersetzung . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 7 : 111
  • Forest , H. L. and Small , E. 1959 . The direct microscopic clump count as a measure of quality of non‐fat dry milk . XV Int. Dairy Congr. , 3 : 1883
  • Gehuchte , E. E. van de . 1960 . An improved microscopical contrast‐stain for the direct examination of milk and meat products . Milchwissenschaft , 15 : 597
  • Hadlok , R. 1962 . Zur bakterioskopischen Untersuchung von Fleischwarenkonserven . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 13 : 147
  • Dabbah , R. and Moats , W. A. 1966 . Correlation between standard plate count and four direct microscopic count procedures for milk . J. Milk Food Technol. , 29 : 366
  • Krugets Dagneaux , E. L. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1959 . The applicability of Emmerling's principle ("Mould test") in food microbiology . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 25 : 152
  • Emmerling , A. 1899 . Vereinbarung über das Verfahren bei der Prüfung der Futtermittel auf deren Neigung zur Schimmelbildung . Landw. Vers. Stat. , 52 : 265
  • Waksman , S. A. 1922 . A method for counting the number of fungi in the soil . J. Bacteriol. , 7 : 339
  • Holwerda , K. 1952 . The importance of the pH of culture media for the determination of the number of yeasts and bacteria in butter . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 6 : 36
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Visser , M. and Mengerink , W. H. J. 1962 . A comparison of media for the enumeration of moulds and yeasts in foods and beverages . Lab. Pract. , 11 : 109
  • Chambers , G. and McDowell , J. 1966 . Observations on the enumeration of moulds in butter . XVIIth Int. Dairy Congr. , C : 313
  • Koburger , J. A. 1970 . Fungi in foods. I. Effect of inhibitor and incubation temperature on enumeration . J. Milk Food Technol. , 33 : 433
  • Koburger , J. A. 1972 . Fungi in foods. IV. Effect of plating medium pH on counts . J. Milk Food Technol. , 35 : 659
  • Jarvis , B. 1973 . Comparison of an improved rose bengal‐chlortetracycline agar with other media for the selective isolation and enumeration of moulds and yeasts in foods . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 36 : 723
  • Koburger , J. A. 1973 . Fungi in foods. V. Response of natural populations to incubation temperatures between 12 and 32C . J. Milk Food Technol. , 36 : 434
  • Koburger , J. A. 1971 . Fungi in foods. II. Some observations on acidulants used to adjust media pH for yeasts and mould counts . J. Milk Food Technol. , 34 : 475
  • Hup , G. and Stadhouders , J. 1972 . Comparison of media for the enumeration of yeasts and moulds in dairy products . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 26 : 131
  • Nelson , F.E. 1972 . Plating medium pH as a factor in apparent survival of sublethally stressed yeasts . Appl. Microbiol. , 24 : 236
  • Beech , F. W. and Carr , J. G. 1955 . A survey of inhibitory compounds for the separation of yeasts and bacteria in apple juices and ciders . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 12 : 85
  • Pepper , E. H. and Riesling , R. L. 1963 . Differential media for the isolation of bacteria and fungi from plated barley kernels . Cereal Chem. , 40 : 191
  • Put , H. M. C. 1964 . A selective method for cultivating heat resistant moulds, particularly those of the genus Byssochlamys, and their presence in Dutch soil . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 27 : 59
  • Buttiaux , R. and Catsaras , M. 1965 . L'analyse bactériologique des bières . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 16 : 167
  • Sainclivier , M. and Roblot , A. M. 1966 . Choix d'un milieu de culture pour le dénombrement des levures et moisissures dans le beurre . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 17 : 181
  • Flannigan , B. 1973 . An evaluation of dilution plate methods for enumerating fungi . Lab. Pract. , 22 : 530
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Kleynen‐Semmeling , A. M. C. , Vincentie , H. M. , Beerens , H. and Catsaras , M. 1970 . Oxytetracycline‐glucose‐yeast extract agar for selective enumeration of moulds and yeasts in foods and clinical material . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 33 : 454
  • Smith , N. R. and Dawson , V. T. 1944 . The bacteriostatic action of rose bengal in media used for plate counts of soil fungi . Soil Sci. , 58 : 467
  • Martin , J. P. 1950 . Use of acid, rose bengal and streptomycin in the plate method for estimating soil fungi . Soil Sci. , 69 : 215
  • Cooke , W. B. 1954 . The use of antibiotics in media for the isolation of fungi from polluted water . Antibiot. Chemother. (Basel) , 4 : 657
  • Ottow , J. C. G. and Glathe , H. 1968 . Rose bengal‐malt extract‐agar, a simple medium for the simultaneous isolation and enumeration of fungi and actinomycetes from soil . Appl. Microbiol. , 16 : 170
  • Overcast , W. W. and Weakley , D. J. 1969 . An aureomycin rose bengal agar for enumeration of yeast and mold in cottage cheese . J. Milk Food Technol. , 32 : 442
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Vega , C. L. and Put , H. M. C. 1974 . Further studies on the suitability of various media containing antibacterial antibiotics for the enumeration of mould propagules in foods and food environments . Eur. J. Appl. Microbiol. , 1 in preparation
  • Put , H. M. C. 1974 . The limitations of oxytetracycline as a selective agent in media for the enumeration of fungi in soil, feeds and foods, in comparison with the selectivity obtained by globenicol (chloramphenicol) . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 25 : 73
  • Ladiges , W. C. , Foster , J. F. and Jorgensen , J. J. 1974 . Comparison of media for enumerating fungi in precooked frozen foods . J. Milk Food Technol. , 37 : 302
  • Warnock , D. W. 1971 . Assay of fungal mycelium in grains of barley, including the use of the fluorescent antibody technique for individual fungal species . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 67 : 197
  • Kastli , P. 1957 . Der Einfluss der Milcherhitzung auf die Lebensfähigkeit von pathogenen Keimen und auf die Wirksamkeit ihrer Toxine . Milchwissenschaft , 12 : 202
  • Norrgren , O. 1961 . Bakteriologische Untersuchung von Plattenerhitzern mit Hilfe von Coli‐Bakterien . Milchwissenschaft , 16 : 457
  • Shahani , K. M. 1966 . Milk enzymes: Their role and significance . J. Dairy Sci. , 49 : 907
  • Czeck , F. P. and Sunseri , A. P. 1968 . Field test to determine proper heat treatment of animal swill . J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. , 51 : 1184
  • Cohen , E. H. 1969 . Determination of acid phosphatase activity in canned hams as an indicator of temperatures attained during cooking . Food Technol. , 23 : 961
  • Gantner , G. and Körmendy , L. 1968 . Verfahren zur Bestimmung der ausreichenden Erhitzung von Fleischerzeugnissen mit dem Phosphatase‐Test . Fleischwirtschaft , 48 : 188
  • Shrimpton , D. H. , Monsey , J. B. , Hobbs , B. C. and Smith , M. E. 1962 . A laboratory determination of the destruction of α‐amylase and Salmonellae in whole egg by heat pasteurization . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 60 : 153
  • Henderson , A. E. and Robinson , D. S. 1969 . Effect of heat pasteurization of some egg white enzymes . J. Sci. FoodAgric. , 20 : 755
  • Murthy , G. K. 1970 . Thermal inactivation of alpha‐amylase in various liquid egg products . J. Food Sci. , 35 : 352
  • Pfeiffer , G. , Kotter , J. , Böhm , D. and Glatzel , P. 1969 . Zum Nachweis der vorausgegangenen Hitzeeinwirkung auf Fleisch und Fleischerzeugnisse mittels eines neuentwickelten Carbesterasetests . Fleischwirtschaft , 49 : 209
  • Pfeiffer , G. , Wellhäuser , R. and Gehra , H. 1970 . Weitere Erfahrungen mit dem Carbesterase‐Erhitzungsnachweis bei brühwurstartigen Fleischprodukten . Arch. Lebensm., Hyg. , 21 : 250
  • Brehmer , H. and Forschner , E. 1974 . Ein modifizierter Carbesterase‐Erhitzungsnachweis als Screening‐Test bei Leber‐und Brühwürsten . Fleischwirtschaft , 54 : 84
  • Colenso , R. , Court , G. and Henderson , R. J. 1966 . Fresh cream in Worcestershire: A bacteriological study . Mon. Bull. Minist. Health Public Health Lab Serv. Directed Med. Res. , 25 : 153
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1967 . Ecological principles and methodological aspects of the examination of foods and feeds for indicator micro‐organisms . J. Assoc. Off. Anal Chem. , 50 : 91
  • Bulling , E. 1968 . Die bakteriologische Ueberwachung von Eiprodukten in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 19 : 78
  • Masson , A. 1970 . La flore microbienne du vacherin Mont d'Or . Mitt. Geb. Lebensmittelunters. Hyg. , 6.1 : 260
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1973 . A North‐Western Continental European ("EEC") philosophy of attaining microbiologically safe foods . Br. Food Manuf. Ind. Res. Assoc. Tech. Circ. ,
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1974 . Bacteriological safety of foods . Lancet , 1 : 173
  • Hansen , P. I.E. 1966 . Radiation sterilization of meat . Process Biochem. , 1 : 487 495
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Harrewijn , G. A. and Elzebroek , B. J. M. 1973 . Recommended Routine Monitoring Procedures for the Microbiological Examination of (Infant) Foods and Drinking Water , Geneve : Unicef .
  • Morahan , R. J. and Hawksworth , D. N. 1969 . Salmonella isolations from foodstuffs in the East Sepik District of the Territory of Papua and New Guinea employing an elevated temperature technique . Me. J. Aust , : 593
  • Cherry , W. B. , Hanks , J. B. , Thomason , B. M. , Murlin , A. M. , Biddle , J. W. and Croom , J. M. 1972 . Salmonellae as an index of pollution of surface waters . Appl. Microbiol. , 24 : 334
  • Edel , W. and Kampelmacher , E. H. 1973 . Comparative studies on the isolation of “sublethally injured”; Salmonellae in nine European laboratories . Bull. W. H. O. , 48 : 167
  • Goo , V. Y. L. , Ching , G. Q. L. and Gooch , J. M. 1973 . Comparison of brilliant green agar and Hektoen enteric agar media in the isolation of Salmonellae from food products . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 288
  • Kligler , I. J. 1917 . A simple medium for the differentiation of members of the typhoid‐paratyphoid group . Am. J. Public Health , 7 : 1042
  • Bauey , S. F. and Lacy , G. R. 1927 . A modification of the Kligler lead acetate medium . J. Bacteriol. , 13 : 183
  • Sulkin , S. E. and Willett , J. C. 1940 . A triple sugar‐ferrons sulfate medium for use in identification of enteric organisms . J. Lab. Clin. Med. , 25 : 649
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1962 . Formation d'H2S à partir de substrats divers par quelques groupes de bactéries fréquemment rencontrés dans les matierès alimentaires périssables . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 103 : 108
  • Bulmash , J. M. and Fulton , M. 1964 . Discrepant tests for hydrogen sulfide . J. Bacteriol. , 88 : 1813
  • Hajna , A. A. 1945 . Triple‐sugar iron agar medium for the identification of the intestinal group of bacteria . J. Bacteriol. , 49 : 516
  • Le Minor , L. and Ben Hamida , F. 1962 . Avantages de la recherche de la beta‐glactosidase sur celle de la fermentation du lactose en milieu complexe dans le diagnostic bactériologique, en particulier des Enterobacteriaceae . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 102 : 267
  • Vuye , A. and Pijck , J. 1973 . Urease activity of Enterobacteriaceae: Which medium to choose . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 850
  • Taylor , W. I. 1961 . Isolation of Salmonellae from food samples. V. Determination of the method of choice for enumeration of Salmonella . Appl. Microbiol. , 9 : 487
  • Edwards , P. R. and Ewing , W. 1972 . Identification of Enterobacteriaceae Burgess, Minneapolis, Minn.
  • Hedrick , T. I. 1967 . Sources of Salmonella contamination in dry milk . Am. Dairy Rev. , 29 (4) : 30 102
  • Collins , R. N. , Treger , M. D. , Goldsby , J. B. , Boring , J. R. , Coohon , D. B. and Barr , R. N. 1968 . Interstate outbreak of Salmonella newbrunswick infection traced to powdered milk . JAMA , 203 : 838
  • Meister , H. E. 1968 . Salmonella surveillance program of dry milk plants . Salmonella Surveillance Rep. , 71 : 11
  • Severs , D. 1968 . Salmonellosis from powdered milk . Salmonella Surveillance , 73 : 12
  • Garbe , E. F. 1971 . Salmonella surveillance program of dry milk plants . Salmonella Surveillance , 105 : 10
  • Gonzalez , A. B. 1966 . Lactose‐fermenting Salmonella . J. Bacteriol. , 91 : 1661
  • Huhtanen , C. N. and Naghski , J. 1972 . Effect of type of enrichment and duration of incubation of Salmonella recovery from meat‐and‐bone meal . Appl. Microbiol. , 23 : 578
  • Blackburn , B. O. and Ellis , E. M. 1973 . Lactose‐fermenting Salmonella from dried milk and milk‐drying plants . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 672
  • Padron , A. P. and Dockstader , W. B. 1972 . Selective medium for hydrogen sulfide production by Salmonellae . Appl. Microbiol. , 23 : 1107
  • Edwards , P. R. and Fife , M. A. 1961 . Lysine‐iron agar in the detection of Arizona cultures . Appl. Microbiol. , 9 : 478
  • Fantasia , L. D. 1969 . Accelerated immunofluorescence procedure for the detection of Salmonella in foods and animal by‐products . Appl. Microbiol. , 18 : 708 – 713 .
  • Reamer , R. H. and Hargrove , R. E. 1972 . Twenty‐four‐hour immunofluorescence technique for the detection of Salmonellae in nonfat dry milk . Appl. Microbiol. , 23 : 78
  • Hilker , J. S. and Solberg , M. 1973 . Evaluation of a fluorescent antibody‐enrichment serology combination procedure for the detection of Salmonellae in condiments, food products, food by‐products and animal feeds . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 751
  • Insalata , N. F. , Mahnke , C. W. and Dunlap , W. G. 1973 . Direct fluorescent‐antibody technique for the microbiological examination of food and environmental swab samples for Salmonellae . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 268
  • Sperber , W. H. and Deibel , R. H. 1969 . Accelerated procedure for Salmonella detection in dried foods and feeds involving only broth cultures and serological reactions . Appl. Microbiol. , 17 : 533
  • Boothroyd , M. and Baird‐Parker , A. C. 1973 . The use of enrichment serology for Salmonella detection in human foods and animal feeds . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 36 : 165
  • Mohr , H. K. , Trenk , H. L. and Yeterian , M. 1974 . Comparison of fluorescent‐antibody methods and enrichment serology for the detection of Salmonella . Appl. Microbiol. , 27 : 324
  • Stamper , W. J. and Bauwart , G. J. 1974 . Effect of various peptones in the growth medium on the agglutination of ten Salmonella species with pooled spicer‐Edwards antisera . J. Food Sci. , 39 : 80
  • Montford , J. and Thatcher , F. S. 1961 . Comparison of four methods of isolating Salmonellae from foods and elaboration of a preferred procedure . J. Food Sci. , 26 : 510
  • Splittstoesser , D. F. and Segen , B. 1970 . Examination of frozen vegetables for Salmonellae . J. Milk Food Technol. , 33 : 111
  • Cheng , C. M. , Boyle , W.C. and Goepfert , J. M. 1971 . Rapid quantitative method for Salmonella detection in polluted waters . Appl. Microbiol. , 21 : 662
  • Armstrong , E. C. 1954 . The relative efficacy of culture media in the isolation of Shigella sonnei . Mon. Bull. Minist. Health Public Health Lab. Serv. Directed Med. Res. Coun. , 13 : 70
  • Taylor , W. I. 1965 . Isolation of Shigellae. I. Xylose lysine agars; new media for isolation of enteric pathogens . Am. J. Clin. Pathol. , 44 : 471
  • Isenberg , H. D. , Kominos , S. and Siegel , M. 1969 . Isolation of Salmonellae and Shigellae from an artificial mixture of fecal bacteria . Appl. Microbiol. , 18 : 656
  • Dunn , C. and Martin , W. J. 1971 . Comparison of media for isolation of Salmonellae and Shigellae from fecal specimens . Appl. Microbiol. , 22 : 17
  • Taylor , W. I. and Schelhart , D. 1973 . Effect of temperature of incubation on performance of media in the detection of enteric pathogens . Appl. Microbiol. , 25 : 940
  • Iveson , J. B. 1973 . Enrichment procedures for the isolation of Salmonella, Arizona, Edwardsiella and Shigella from faeces . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 71 : 349
  • Pollock , H. M. and Dahlgren , B. J. 1974 . Clinical evaluation of enteric media in the primary isolation of Salmonella and Shigella . Appl. Microbiol. , 27 : 197
  • Hajna , A. A. 1955 . A new enrichment broth medium for Gram‐negative organisms of the intestinal group . Public Health Lab. , 13 : 83
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Vincentie , H. 1968 . The differential Enterobacteriogramme . Lab. Pract. , 17 : 1344
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Hanewijn , G. A. and Nisselrooy‐Zadelhoff , C. F. M. van . 1974 . Standardisation of the selective inhibitory effect of surface active compounds used in media for the detection of Enterobacteriaceae in foods and water, processed for safety . Health Lab. Sci. , 11 in press
  • Mehlman , J. , Simon , N. T. , Sanders , A. C. and Olson , J. C. 1974 . Problems in the recovery and identification of enteropathogenic Escherichia coli from foods . J. Milk Food Technol. , 37 : 350
  • Taylor , W. I. and Harris , B. 1965 . Isolation of Shigellae. II. Comparison of plating media and enrichment broths . Am. J. Clin. Pathol , 44 : 476
  • Taylor , W. I. and Schelhart , D. 1968 . Isolation of Shigellae. V. Comparison of enrichment broths with stools . Appl. Microbiol. , 16 : 1383
  • Taylor , W. I. and Schelhart , D. 1968 . Isolation of Shigellae. VI. Performance of media with stool specimens . Appl. Microbiol. , 16 : 1387
  • Fishbein , M. , Mehlman , I. J. and Wentz , B. 1971 . Isolation of Shigella from foods . J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. , 54 : 109
  • Taylor , W. I. and Schelhart , D. 1971 . Isolation of Shigellae. VIII. Comparison of xylose lysine deoxycholate agar, Hektoen enteric agar, Salmonella‐Shigella agar and eosin methylene blue agar with stool specimens . Appl. Microbiol. , 21 : 32
  • Fishbein , M. , Mehlman , I. J. and Wentz , B. 1972 . Recovery of Shigella under acidic conditions . J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. , 55 : 1323
  • Rogers , K. B. and Taylor , J. 1961 . Laboratory diagnosis of gastroenteritis due to Escherichia coli . Bull. W. H. O. , 24 : 59
  • Ewing , W. H. 1970 . “ Enterobacteriaceae infections ” . In Diagnostic Procedures for Bacterial, Mycotic and Parasitic Infections, , 5th ed. , Edited by: Bodily , H. L. , Updyke , E. L. and Mason , J. O. 227 New York : American Public Health Association .
  • Guinée , P. A. M. , Agterberg , C. M. and Jansen , W. H. 1972 . Escherichia coli O antigen typing by means of a mechanized microtechnique . Appl. Microbiol. , 24 : 127
  • Brent , P. and Vosti , K. L. 1973 . Micromethod for serogrouping Escherichia coli . Appl Microbiol. , 25 : 208
  • Ferguson , W. W. and June , R. C. 1952 . Experiments on feeding adult volunteers with E. coli 111, B4, a coliform organism associated with infant diarrhea . Am. J. Hyg. , 55 : 155
  • Wentworth , F. H. , Brock , D. W. , Stulberg , C. S. and Page , R. H. 1956 . Clinical, bacteriological and serological observations of two human volunteers following ingestion of Escherichia coli 0127: B8 . Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med , 91 : 586
  • Quilligan , J. J. and Shadomy , S. 1958 . Enteropathogenic Escherichia coli diarrhea . Am. J. Dis. Child , 95 : 134
  • Schroeder , S. A. , Caldwell , J. R. , Vemon , T. M. , White , P. C. , Granger , S. I. and Bennett , J. V. 1968 . A water‐borne outbreak of gastroenteritis in adults associated with Escherichia coli . Lancet , I : 737
  • Bezjak , B. , Dragas , Z. and Jagic , H. E. 1972 . Coli 0124: K72 (B17) als Erreger akuter Durchfallserkrankungen bei Erwachsenen und Kindern . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.), A , 219 : 302
  • Park , C. E. , Todd , E. C. D. , Purvis , U. and Laidley , R. 1974 . Disease traced to cheese . Lancet , I : 172
  • Rowe , B. , Gross , R. J. and Allen , H. A. 1974 . Enteropathogenic E. coli 0124 in the United Kingdom . Lancet , I : 224
  • Bulir , J. 1907 . Bedeutung und Nachweis des Bacterium coli im Wasser und eine neue Modifikation der Eijkmanschen Methode . Arch. Hyg. , 62 : 1
  • Schubert , R. 1956 . Die coliformen Bakterien in der Wasserdiagnostik und ihre Differenzierung . Z. Hyg. Infektion. Kr. , 142 : 476
  • Pugsley , A. P. , Evison , L. M. and James , A. 1973 . A simple technique for the differentiation of Escherichia coli in water examination . Water Res. , 7 : 1431
  • Nilehn , B. 1969 . Studies on Yersinia enterocolitica with special reference to bacterial diagnosis and occurrence in human acute enteric disease . Acta Pathol Microbiol. Scand. Suppl. , : 206
  • Sedgwick , A. K. and Tilton , R. C. 1971 . Biochemical and serological characteristics of a Yersinia enterocolitica isolate . Appl Microbiol. , 21 : 383
  • Knapp , W. and Thal , E. 1973 . Die biochemische Charakterisierung von Yersinia enterocolitica (syn. “Pasteurella X") als Grundlage eines vereinfachten O‐Antigenschemas . Zentralbl. Bakteriol (Orig.), A , 223 : 88
  • Gangarosa , E. J. , Dewitt , W. E. , Hug , I. and Zarifi , A. 1968 . Laboratory methods in cholera: Isolation of Vibrio cholerae (El Tor and classical) on TCBS medium in minimally equipped laboratories . Trans. R. Soc. Trop. Med. Hyg. , 62 : 693
  • Balows , A. , Herman , G. J. and De Witt , W. E. 1971 . The isolation and identification of Vibrio cholera ‐ a review . Health Lab. Sci. , 8 : 167
  • Bockemühi , J. 1971 . Isolierung und Identifizierung von Cholera‐Vibrionen . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.), A , 218 : 251
  • Felsenfeld , O. 1972 . Examination of food and water for cholera vibrios . J. Milk Food Technol. , 35 : 646
  • Kampelmacher , E. H. , Mossel , D. A. A. , Noorle Jansen , L. van and Vincentie , H. 1970 . A survey on the occurrence of Virbrio parahaemolyticus on fish and shellfish, marketed in The Netherlands . J. tiyg. (Camb.) , 68 : 189
  • Kampelmacher , E. H. , Noorle Jansen , L. M. van , Mossel , D. A. A. and Groen , F. J. 1972 . A survey of the occurrence of Vibrio parahaemolyticus and V. alginolyticus on mussels and oysters and in estuarine waters in The Netherlands . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 35 : 431
  • Kobayashi , T. , Enomoto , S. , Sakazaki , R. and Kuwahara , S. 1963 . A new selective isolation medium for pathogenic vibrios: T.C.B.S. agar (modified Nakanishi's agar) . Jap. J. Bacteriol. , 18 : 10 387
  • Hugh , R. and Sakazaki , R. 1972 . Minimal number of characters for the identification of Vibrio species, Vibrio cholerae and Vibrio parahaemolyticus . Public Health Lab. , 30 : 133
  • Shewan , J. M. , Hodgkiss , W. and Liston , J. 1954 . A method for the rapid differentiation of certain non‐pathogenic asporogenous bacilli . Nature , 173 : 208
  • Baross , J. and Liston , J. 1968 . Isolation of Vibrio parahaemolyticus from the Northwest Pacific . Nature , 217 : 1263
  • Chatterjee , B. D. , Gorbach , S. L. and Neogy , K. N. 1970 . Vibrio parahaemolyticus and diarrhoea associated with non‐cholera vibrios . Bull. W. H. O. , 42 : 460
  • Sakazaki , R. 1973 . “ Control of contamination with Vibrio parahaemolyticus in seafoods and isolation and identification of the Vibrio ” . In The Microbiological Safety of Foods , Edited by: Hobbs , B. C. and Christian , J. H. B. 375 London : Academic Press .
  • Molenda , J. R. , Johnson , W. G. , Fishbein , M. , Wentz , B. , Mehlman , I. J. and Dadisman , T. A. 1972 . Vibrio parahaemolyticus gastroenteritis in Maryland: Laboratory aspects . Appl. Microbiol. , 24 : 444
  • Colwell , R. R. 1970 . Polyphasic taxonomy of the genus Vibrio: Numerical taxonomy of Vibrio cholerae, Vibrio parahaemolyticus and related Vibrio species . J. Bacteriol. , 104 : 410
  • Hendrie , M. S. , Hodgkiss , W. and Shewan , J. M. 1971 . Proposal that the species Vibrio anguillarum Bergman, 1909, Vibrio piscium David 1927 and Vibrio ichthyodermis (Wells and ZoBell) Shewan, Hobbs and Hodgkiss 1960 be combined as a single species, Vibrio anguillarum . Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. , 21 : 64
  • Montagne , T. S. , Le Clair , R. A. and Zen‐Yoji , H. 1971 . Typing of O antigens of Vibrio parahaemolyticus by a slide agglutination test . Appl‐ Microbiol. , 21 : 949
  • Zen‐Yoji , H. , Sakai , S. , Kudoh , Y. , Itoh , T. and Terayama , T. 1970 . Antigenic schema and epidemiology of Vibrio parahaemolyticus . Health Lab. Sci. , 7 : 100
  • Vanderzant , C. and Nickelson , R. 1972 . Procedure for isolation and enumeration of Vibrio parahaemolyticus . Appl. Microbiol. , 23 : 26
  • Bhattacharya , S. , Bose , A. K. and Ghosh , A. K. 1971 . Permeability and enterotoxic factors of nonagglutinable vibrios, Vibrio alcaligenes and Vibrio parahaemolyticus . Appl. Microbiol. , 22 : 1159
  • Thorn , A. R. , Stephens , M. E. , Gillespie , W. A. and Alder , V. G. 1971 . Nitrofurantoin media for the isolation of Pseudomonas aeruginosa . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 34 : 611
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Zadelhoff , C. F. M. van , Vega , C. and Soedarmo , S. K. D. 1973 . Een snelle en betrouwbare methode voor het aantonen van Pseudomonas aeruginosa in waterige Substraten . Pharm. Weekbl. , 108 : 553
  • King , E. O. , Ward , M. K. and Raney , D. E. 1954 . Two simple media for the demonstration of pyocyanin and fluorescin . J. Lab. Clin. Med. , 44 : 301
  • Favero , M. S. , Drake , C. H. and Randall , G. B. 1964 . Use of staphylococci as indicators of swimming pool pollution . Public Health Rep. , 79 : 61
  • Hedberg , M. 1969 . Acetamide agar medium selective for Pseudomonas aeruginosa . Appl. Microbiol. , 17 : 481
  • Arai , T. , Otake , M. , Enomoto , S. , Goto , S. and Kuwahara , S. 1970 . Determination of Pseudomonas aerunginosa by biochemical test methods. II. Acylamidase test, a modified biochemical test for the identification of Pseudomonas aeruginosa . Jap. J. Microbiol. , 14 : 279
  • Smith , R. F. and Dayton , S. L. 1972 . Use of acetamide broth in the isolation of Pseudomonas aeruginosa from rectal swabs . Appl. Microbiol. , 24 : 143
  • Lambe , D. W. and Stewart , P. 1972 . Evaluation of Pseudosel agar as an aid in the identification of Pseudomonas aeruginosa . Appl. Microbiol. , 23 : 377
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Indacochea , L. 1971 . A new cetrimide medium for the detection of Pseudomonas aeruginosa . J. Med. Microbiol. , 4 : 380
  • Haynes , W. C. 1951 . Pseudomonas aeruginosa ‐ its characterization and identification . J. YGen. Microbiol. , 5 : 939
  • Pulverer , G. and Korth , H. 1962 . Zur Biochemie und Fermentstruktur von Pseudomonas aeruginosa . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 186 : 36
  • Gaby , W. L. and Free , E. 1953 . Occurrence and identification of nonpigmented strains of Pseudomonas aeruginosa in the clinical laboratory . J. Bacteriol. , 65 : 746
  • Schneierson , S. A. , Amsterdam , D. and Perlman , E. 1960 . Inhibition of Ps. aeruginosa pigment formation by chloramphenicol and erythromycin . Antibiot. Chemother. , 10 : 30
  • Taylor , J. J. and Whitby , J. L. 1964 . Pseudomonas pyocyanea and the arginine dihydrolase system . J. Clin. Pathol , 17 : 122
  • Wahba , A. H. and Darreil , J. H. 1965 . The identification of atypical strains of Pseudomonas aeruginosa . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 38 : 329
  • Azuma , Y. and Witter , L. D. 1970 . Pyocyanine degradation by apyocyanogenic strains of Pseudomonas aeruginosa . Can. J. Microbiol. , 16 : 395
  • Espinosa , M. , Hidalgo , A. and Portoles , A. 1972 . Chromogenesis variations in strains of Pseudomonas aeruginosa growing in prescuce of chloramphenicol and oxytetracycline . Can. J. Microbiol. , 18 : 99
  • Thornley , M. J. 1960 . The differentiation of Pseudomonas from other Gram‐negative bacteria on the basis of arginine metabolism . J. Appl. Microbiol. , 23 : 37
  • Colwell , R.‐R. 1964 . A study of features used in the diagnosis of Pseudomonas aeruginosa . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 37 : 181
  • Juffs , H. S. 1973 . Identification of Pseudomonas spp. isolated from milk produced in South Eastern Queensland . J. Appl. Microbiol. , 36 : 585
  • Pickett , M. J. and Pedersen , M. M. 1970 . Salient features of nonsaccharolytic and weakly saccharolytic nonfermentative rods . Can. J. Microbiol. , 16 : 401
  • Gilardi , G. L. 1971 . Characterization of nonfermentative nonfastidious Gram‐negative bacteria encountered in medical bacteriology . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 34 : 623
  • Baird‐Parker , A. C. 1962 . An improved diagnostic and selective medium for isolating coagulase positive staphylococci . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 25 : 12
  • Waart , J. de , Mossel , D. A. A. , Broeke , R. ten and Moosdijk , A. van de . 1968 . Enumeration of Staphylococcus aureus in foods with special reference to egg‐yolk reaction and mannitol negative mutants . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 31 : 276
  • Baird‐Parker , A. C. and Davenport , E. 1965 . The effect of recovery medium on the isolation of Staphylococcus aureus after heat treatment and after the storage of frozen or dried cells . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 28 : 390
  • Baumgaitner , H. , Kästli , P. and Hofer , P. 1968 . Das Verhalten von Staphylokokkus aureus in Milch und bei der Herstellung von Emmentalerkäse . Schweiz. Milchztg. , 94 : 994
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Harrewijn , G. A. , Knol , W. and Pouw , H. 1970 . Objectieve hygienische controle van grote keukens. 2. Methodiek vereist voor het mede aantonen van subletaal geledeerde cellen van pathogène en indicator Organismen . Voeding , 31 : 613
  • Baird‐Parker , A. C. 1963 . A classification of micrococci and staphylococci based on physiological and biochemical tests . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 30 : 409
  • Grün , J. and Pulverer , G. 1960 . Ergebnisse einer Differenzierung von Staphylokokken des Phagtyps “80, “ . Z. Hyg. Infektionskr. , 146 : 385
  • Lowbury , E. J. L. and Collins , B. J. 1964 . The egg yolk reaction of Staphylococcus aureus isolated from burns . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 62 : 229
  • Smith , J. A. , Willis , A. T. and O'Connor , J. J. 1965 . New epidemic strains of Staphylococcus aureus . Lancet , II : 772
  • Noble , W. C. 1966 . Virulence and the biochemical characters of staphylococci . J. Pathol. Bacteriol. , 91 : 181
  • Pulverer , G. 1966 . Ueber das Vorkommen pathogener Staphylokokken im Freiland . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 199 : 469
  • Willis , A. T. , Smith , J. A. and O'Connor , J. J. 1966 . Properties of some epidemic strains of Staphylococcus aureus . J. Pathol. Bacteriol. , 92 : 345
  • Gedek , W. 1968 . Koagulasepositive Staphylokokken aus Kuhmilch. III. Vergleiche mit humanpathogenen Stämmen . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 19 : 7
  • Gare , M. 1969 . Egg‐yolk reaction of Staphylococcus pyogenes . Pathology , 1 : 61
  • Koskitalo , L. D. 1971 . Egg yolk reactions and phage typability of coagulase‐positive staphylococci isolated from meats . Can. Inst. Food Technol. J. , 4 : 137
  • Sinell , H. J. 1971 . Enterotoxinbildende Staphylokokken in Käseproben . Ernaehrungsforschung , 18 : 154
  • Smith , P. B. , Hancock , G. A. and Rhoden , D. L. 1969 . Improved medium for detecting deoxyribonuclease‐producing bacteria . Appl. Microbiol. , 18 : 991
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Harrewijn , G. A. , Pouw , H. J. and Nisselrooy‐Zadelhoff , C. van . in press . A modification of Baird‐Parker's medium allowing the enumeration of egg yolk negative strains of Staph. aureus in foods . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. ,
  • Olson , J. C. , Casman , E. P. , Baer , E. F. and Stone , J. E. 1970 . Enterotoxigenicity of Staphylococcus aureus cultures isolated from acute cases of bovine mastitis . Appl. Microbiol. , 20 : 605
  • Untermann , F. , Kusch , D. and Lupke , H. 1973 . Zur Bedeutung der Mastitis‐Staphylokokken als Ursache von Lebensmittelvergiftungen . Milchwissenschaft , 28 : 686
  • Pulverer , G. and Entel , H. J. 1967 . Physiologisches Vorkommen koagulasepositiver Staphylokokken im Tierreich. II. Differenzierung der koagulasepositiven Staphylokokken‐Stämme aus dem Nasenrachenraum gesunder Tiere . Zentralbl Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 202 : 351
  • Müller , H. , Puppel , H. , Mannheim , W. , Dajani , H. and Ahn , U. von . 1973 . Fäkale Trägerrate und Enterotoxin‐bildungsvermögen von Staphylococcus aureus beim Menschen . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.), A , 223 : 180
  • Meyer , W. 1966 . Differenzierungsschema für Standortvarianten von Staphylococcus aureus . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 201 : 465
  • Meyer , W. 1967 . Staphylococcus aureus strains of phagegroup IV . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 65 : 439
  • Grün , L. 1968 . Zur Bestimmung von Standortvarianten der Staphylokokken humaner und boviner Herkunft . Milchwissenschaft , 23 : 604
  • Giolitti , C. and Cantoni , C. 1966 . A medium for the isolation of staphylococci from foodstuffs . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 29 : 395
  • Galesloot , Th. E. and Stadhouders , J. 1968 . The microbiology of spray‐dried milk products with special reference to Staphylococcus aureus and Salmonellae . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 22 : 158
  • Pliszka , A. , Meinhardt , S. , Smykat , B. , Rokoszewska , J. and Windyga , B. 1970 . Comparison of the suitability of Chapman, Carter, Baird‐Parker and Giolitti‐Cantoni media for detection of pathogenic staphylococci in food products . Rocz. Panstw Zakl. Hig. , 21 : 533
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Shennan , J. L. and Vega , C. 1973 . The bacteriological condition of animal feeds: A survey to aid in determining product standards for proteinaceous feed ingredients . J. Sci Food Agric. , 24 : 499
  • Patterson , J. T. 1973 . Comparison of plating and most probable number techniques for the isolation of staphylococci from foods . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 36 : 273
  • Zehren , V. L. and Zehren , V. F. 1968 . Examination of large quantities of cheese for staphylococcal enterotoxin A . J. Dairy Sci. , 51 : 635
  • Casman , E. P. , Bennett , R. W. , Dorsey , A. E. and Stone , J. E. 1969 . The micro‐slide gel double diffusion test for the detection and assay of staphylococcal enterotoxins . Health Lab. Sci. , 6 : 185
  • Gasper , E. , Heimsch , R. C. and Anderson , A. W. 1973 . Quantitative detection of type A staphylococcal enterotoxin by Laurell electroimmunodiffusion . Appl. Microbiol. , 25 : 421
  • Gilbert , R. J. and Wieneke , A. A. 1973 . “ Staphylococcal food poisoning with special reference to the detection of enterotoxin in food ” . In The Microbiological Safety of Food , Edited by: Hobbs , B. C. and Christian , J. H. B. 273 London : Academic Press .
  • Kimble , C. E. and Anderson , A. W. 1973 . Rapid, sensitive assay for staphylococcal enterotoxin A by reversed immunoosmophoiesis . Appl. Microbiol. , 25 : 693
  • Untermann , F. 1972 . Diagnostik der Staphylokokken‐Lebensmittelvergiftung . Fleischwirtschaft , 52 : 500
  • Gengou , O. 1933 . Contribution à l'étude de l'action du Staphylocoque sur le plasma oxalate et sur le fibrinogène . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 51 : 14
  • Chapman , G. H. 1944 . A suggestion for the rapid presumptive examination of foods suspected of having caused staphylococcal food poisoning . Food Res. , 9 : 377
  • Moosdijk , A. van de , Mossel , D. A. A. and Pouw , H. J. in press . The use of coagulase as a thermostable index enzyme for the examination of foods suspected of containing staphyloenterotoxins . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. ,
  • Barry , A. L. , Lachica , R. V. F. and Atchison , F. W. 1973 . Identification of Staphylococcus aureus by simultaneous use of tube coagulase and thermonuclease tests . Appl. Microbiol. , 25 : 496
  • Erickson , A. and Deibel , R. H. 1973 . Production and heat stability of staphylococcal nuclease . Appl. Microbiol. , 25 : 332
  • Chesbro , W. R. and Auborn , K. 1967 . Enzymatic detection of the growth of Staphylococcus aureus in foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 15 : 1150
  • Smith , P. B. , Hancock , G. A. and Rhoden , D. L. 1969 . Improved medium for detecting deoxyribonuclease‐producing bacteria . Appl. Microbiol. , 18 : 991
  • Lachica , R. V. F. , Hoeprich , P. D. and Riemann , H. P. 1972 . Tolerance of staphylococcal thermonuclease to stress . Appl. Microbiol. , 23 : 994
  • Lachica , R. V. F. , Hoeprich , P. D. and Franti , C. E. 1972 . Convenient assay for staphylococcal nuclease by the metachromatic weel‐agar‐diffusion technique . Appl. Microbiol. , 24 : 920
  • Cords , B. R. and Tatini , S. R. 1973 . Applicability of heat‐stable deoxyribonuclease assay for assessment of staphylococcal growth and the likely presence of enterotoxin in cheese . J. Dairy Sci. , 56 : 1512
  • Vincent , W. F. , Gibbons , W. E. and Gaafar , H. A. 1971 . Selective medium for the isolation of streptococci from clinical specimens . Appl. Microbiol. , 22 : 942
  • Black , W. A. and Buskirk , F. van . 1973 . Gentamicine as a selective agent for the isolation of beta haemolytic streptococci . J. Clin. Pathol. , 26 : 154
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Koopman , M. J. and Jongerius , E. 1967 . Enumeration of Bacillus cereus in foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 15 : 650
  • Kim , H. U. and Goepfert , J. M. 1971 . Occurrence of Bacillus cereus in selected dry food products . J. Milk Food Technol. , 34 : 12
  • Inal , T. 1972 . Vergleichende Untersuchungen über die Selektivmedien zum qualitativen und quantitativen Nachweis von Bacillus cereus in Lebensmitteln. III. u. IV. Mitteilung . Fleischwirtschaft , 52 : 1021 1160
  • Overcast , W. W. and Atmaram , K. 1974 . The role of Bacillus cereus in sweet curdling of fluid milk . J. Milk Food Technol. , 37 : 233
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1962 . Attempt in classification of catalase‐positive staphylococci and micrococci . J. Bacteriol. , 84 : 1140
  • Lemille , F. , Barjac , H. de and Bonnefoi , A. 1969 . Essai sur la classification biochimique de 97 Bacillus du groupe I, appartenant â 9 espèces différentes . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 116 : 808
  • Barjac , H. de and Bonnefoi , A. 1972 . Essai de classification biochimique de 64 “Bacillus”; des groupes II et III représentant 11 espèces différentes . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 122 : 463
  • Kim , H. U. and Goepfert , J. M. 1971 . Enumeration and identification of Bacillus cereus in foods. I. 24‐Hour presumptive test medicum . Appl. Microbiol. , 22 : 581
  • Kim , H. U. and Goepfert , J. M. 1972 . Efficacy of a fluorescent‐antibody procedure for identifying Bacillus cereus in foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 24 : 708
  • Glatz , B. A. and Goepfert , J. M. 1973 . Extracellular factor synthesized by Bacillus cereus which evokes a dermal reaction in Guinea pigs . Infect. Immun. , 8 : 25
  • Leistner , L. 1956 . Die Anaeroben im Fleisch verarbeitenden Betrieb . Fleischwirtschaft , 8 : 255
  • Kim , C. H. , Cheney , R. and Woodburn , M. 1967 . Sporulation of Clostridium perfringens in a modified medium and selected foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 15 : 871
  • Prévot , A. R. 1948 . Recherches sur la réduction des sulfates et des sulfites minéraux par les bactéries anaérobies . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 75 : 571
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1959 . Enumeration of sulphite‐reducing clostridia occurring in foods . J. Sci. Food and Agric. , 10 : 662
  • Collee , J. G. , Knowlden , J. A. and Hobbs , B. C. 1961 . Studies on the growth, sporulation and carriage of Clostridium welchii with special reference to food poisoning strains . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 24 : 326
  • Hall , H. E. and Angelotti , R. 1965 . Clostridium perfringens in meat and meat products . Appl. Microbiol. , 13 : 352
  • Marshall , R. S. , Steenbergen , J. F. and McClung , L. S. 1965 . Rapid technique for the enumeration of Clostridium perfringens . Appl Microbiol. , 13 : 559
  • Green , J. H. and Litsky , W. 1966 . A new medium and “mimic”; MPN method for Clostridium perfringens isolation and enumeration . J. Food Sci. , 31 : 610
  • Harmon , S. M. , Kautter , D. A. and Peeler , J. T. 1971 . Improved medium for enumeration of Clostridium perfringens . Appl. Microbiol. , 22 : 688
  • Jayne‐Williams , D. J. 1973 . A medium for overcoming the in vitro inhibition of Clostridium perfringens by Streptococcus faecalis var. zymogenes and a note on the in vivo interaction of the two organisms . J. App. Bacteriol. , 36 : 575
  • Hauschild , A. H. W. , Erdman , I. E. , Hilsheimer , R. and Thatcher , F. S. 1967 . Variations in recovery of Clostridium perfringens on commercial sulphite‐polymyxin‐sulfadiazine (SPS) agar . J. Food Sci. , 32 : 469
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Waart , J. de . 1968 . The enumeration of clostridia in foods and feeds . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 19 : 13
  • Willis , A. T. 1960 . The lipolytic activity of some clostridia . J. Pathol. Bacteriol. , 80 : 379
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Pouw , H. 1973 . Studies on the suitability of sulphite cycloserine agar for the enumeration of Clostridium perfringens in food and water . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.), A , 223 : 559
  • Hauschild , A. H. W. and Hilsheimer , R. 1974 . Evaluation and modifications of media for enumeration of Clostridium perfringens . Appl. Microbiol. , 27 : 78
  • Lowbury , E. J. L. and Lilly , H. A. 1955 . A selective plate medium for Cl. welchii . J. Pathol Bacteriol. , 70 : 105
  • Willis , A. T. and Hobbs , G. 1959 . Some new media for the isolation and identification of clostridia . J. Pathol Bacteriol. , 77 : 511
  • Waart , J. de . 1971 . The enumeration of clostridia in food . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 22 : 149
  • Segner , W. P. and Schmidt , C. F. 1968 . Nonspecific toxicities in the mouse assay test for botulinum toxin . Appl. Microbiol. , 16 : 1105
  • Insalata , N. F. , Witzeman , J. S. and Berman , J. H. 1970 . The problems and results of an incidence study of the spores of Clostridium botulinum in convenience foods . Health Lab. Sci. , 7 : 54
  • Kautter , D. A. , Lynt , R. K. , Solomon , H. M. , Lilly , T. and Harmon , S. M. The detection, identification and isolation of Clostridium botulinum . Proc. First U.S. — Japan Conference on Toxic microorganisms . Edited by: Herzberg , M. pp. 236 Washington, D.C. : Dept. of the Interior .
  • Johnston , R. , Harmon , S. and Kautter , S. 1964 . Method to facilitate the isolation of Clostridium botulinum type E . J. Bacteriol. , 88 : 1521
  • Wu , J. I. J. , Riemann , H. and Lee , W. H. 1972 . Thermal stability of the deoxyribonucleic acid hybrids between the proteolytic strains of Clostridium botulinum and Clostridium sporogenes . Can. J. Microbiol. , 18 : 97
  • Evancho , G. M. , Ashton , D. H. , Brisley , E. J. and Schantz , E. J. 1973 . A standardized reversed passive hemagglutination technique for the determination of botulinum toxin . J. Food Sci. , 38 : 764
  • Mestrandrea , L. W. 1974 . Rapid detection of Clostridium botulinum toxin by capillary tube diffusion . Appl. Microbiol. , 27 : 1017
  • Brian , L. , Kurowski , J. , Eckman , M. , Vernon , T. M. , Rosenblum , B. F. , Apodaca , M. and Dickerson , M. S. 1973 . Interstate outbreak of non‐abattoir associated brucellosis ‐ Colorado, Texas . Morbid. Mortal. Weekly Rep. , 22 : 193
  • Pette , J. W. 1955 . De vorming van zwavelwaterstof in Goudse kaas, veroorzaakt door melkzuurbacteriën . Ned. Melk Zuiveltijdschr. , 9 : 291
  • Kuzdas , C. D. and Morse , E. V. 1953 . A selective medium for the isolation of Brucellae from contaminated materials . J. Bactenol , 66 : 502
  • Renoux , G. 1954 . Sur un milieu selectif pour l'Isolement de Bruceila melitensis . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 87 : 325
  • Mair , N. S. 1955 . A selective medium for the isolation of Brucella abortus from herd samples of milk . Mon. Bull. Minist. Health Public Health Lab. Serv. Directed Med. Res. , 14 : 184
  • Jones , L. M. and Brinley Morgan , W. J. 1958 . A preliminary report on a selective medium for the culture of Brucella, including fastidious types . Bull. W. H. O. , 19 : 200
  • Ryan , W. J. 1967 . A selective medium for the isolation of Brucella abortus from milk . Mon. Bull. Minist. Health Public Health Lab. Serv. Directed Med. Res. , 26 : 33
  • Stableforth , A. W. and Jones , L. M. 1963 . Report of the Subcommittee on taxonomy of the genus Brucella. . Int. Bull. Bactenol. Nomencl. Taxon. , 13 : 145
  • Wollenweber , H. W. and Reinking , O. A. 1935 . Die Fusarien , Berlin : Parey .
  • Raper , K. B. and Thom , C. 1949 . Manual of the Penicillia , Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins .
  • Bessey , E. A. 1950 . Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi , Philadelphia, Pa. : Blakiston Publishing .
  • Vries , G. A. de . 1952 . Contribution to the Knowledge of the genus Cladosporium Link ex Fr , Baarn : Hollandia Publishing .
  • Raper , K. B. and Fennell , D. I. 1965 . The Genus Aspergillus , Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins .
  • Joffe , A. Z. 1974 . A modern system of Fusarium taxonomy . Mycopathol. Mycol. Applic , 53 : 201
  • Cucullu , A. F. , Lee , L. S. , Mayne , R. Y. and Goldblatt , L. A. 1966 . Determination of aflatoxins in individual peanuts and peanut sections . J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc. , 43 : 89
  • Hanssen , E. and Hagedorn , G. 1969 . Untersuchungen über Vorkommen und Wanderung von Aflatoxin B, und seine Veränderungen bei einigen lebensmitteltechnologischen Prozessen . Z. Lebensnu‐Unters.‐Forsch. , 141 : 129
  • Ciegler , A. and Pitt , J. I. 1970 . Survey of the genus Penicillium for tremorgenic toxin production . Mycopathol. Mycol. Appl , 42 : 119
  • Scott , P. M. , Lawrence , J. W. and Walbeek , W. van . 1970 . Detection of mycotoxins by thinlayer chromatography: Application to screening of fungal extracts . Appl. Microbiol. , 20 : 839
  • Shotwell , O. L. , Hesseltine , C. W. , Goulden , M. L. and Vandegraft , E. L. 1970 . Survey of corn for aflatoxin, zearalenone and ochratoxin . Cereal Chem. , 47 : 700
  • Wilson , B. J. , Boyd , M. R. , Harris , T. M. and Yang , D. T. C. 1971 . A lung oedema factor from mouldy sweet potatoes (Ipomoea batatas) . Nature , 231 : 52
  • Burmeister , H. R. , Ellis , J. J. and Hesseltine , C. W. 1972 . Survey for Fusaria that elaborate T‐2 toxin . Appl. Microbiol. , 23 : 1165
  • Hsu , I. , Smalley , E. B. , Strong , F. M. and Ribelin , W. E . 1972 . Identification of T‐2 toxin in moldy corn associated with a lethal toxicosis in dairy cattle . Appl. Microbiol. , 24 : 684
  • Shih , C. N. and Marth , E. H. 1972 . Experimental production of aflatoxin on brick cheese . J. Milk Food Technol. , 35 : 585
  • Bullerman , L. B. 1974 . A screening medium and method to detect several mycotoxins in mold cultures . J. Milk Food Technol. , 37 : 1
  • Gabliks , J. , Schaeffer , W. , Friedman , L. and Wogan , G. 1965 . Effect of aflatoxin B, on cell cultures . J. Bactenol , 90 : 720
  • Deo , M. G. , Dayal , Y. and Ramalingaswami , V. 1970 . Aflatoxins and liver injury in the rhesus monkey . J. Pathol , 101 : 47
  • Purchase , I. F. H. and Watt , J. J. van der . 1970 . Carcinogenicity of sterigmatocystin . Food Cosmet. Toxicol. , 8 : 289
  • Harwig , J. and Scott , P. M. 1971 . Brine shrimp (Artemia salina L.) larvae as a screening system for fungal toxins . Appl. Microbiol. , 21 : 1011
  • Hou , C. T. , Ciegler , A. and Hesseltine , C. W. 1971 . Tremorgenic toxins from penicillia. II. A new tremorgenic toxin, tremortin B, from Penicillium palitans . Can. J. Microbiol. , 17 : 599
  • Mintzlaff , H. J. and Christ , W. 1971 . Biologischer Mykotoxin‐Nachweis mit Hühnerküken, unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von Leberschäden . Fleischwirtschaft , 51 : 1802
  • Peckham , J. C. , Doupnik , B. and Jones , O. H. 1971 . Acute toxicity of ochratoxins A and B in chicks . Appl. Microbiol. , 21 : 492
  • Purchase , I. F. H. 1971 . The acute toxicity of the mycotoxin cyclopiazonic acid to rats . Toxicol. Appl Pharmacol , 18 : 114
  • Saito , M. 1971 . Screening tests using HeLa cells and mice for detection of mycotoxin‐producing fungi isolated from foodstuffs . Jap. J. Exp. Med. , 41 : 1
  • Cardeilhac , P. T. , Nair , K. P. C. and Colwell , W. M. 1972 . Tracheal organ cultures for the bioassay of nanogram quantities of mycotoxins . J. Assoc. Off. Anal Chem. , 55 : 1120
  • Gedek , B. 1972 . Biologischer Nachweis von Mykotoxinen . Zentralbl. Vet. Med. B , 19 : 15
  • Mintzlaff , H. J. and Christ , W. 1972 . Biologischer Mykotoxin‐Nachweis mit dem Huhnerembryotest . Fleischwirtschaft , 52 : 1174
  • Jarvis , B. and Moss , M. O. 1973 . “ Bioassay methods for mycotoxins ” . In The Microbiological Safety of Food , Edited by: Hobbs , B. C. and Christian , J. H. B. 293 London : Academic Press .
  • Heidelbaugh , N. D. and Giron , D. J. 1969 . Effect of processing on recovery of polio virus from inoculated foods . J. Food Sci. , 34 : 239
  • Liu , O. C. , Brasheai , D. A. , Seraichekas , H. R. , Barnick , J. A. and Metcalf , T. G. 1971 . Virus in water. I. A preliminary study on a flow‐through gauze sampler for recovering virus from waters . Appl. Microbiol. , 21 : 405
  • Schneweis , K. E. and Stifter , G. 1971 . Virusnachweis im Wasser mit Hilfe von Membranfiltern . Zentralbl Bakteriol (Orig.) , 216 : 128
  • Konowalchuk , J. and Speirs , J. I. 1973 . An efficient ultra‐filtration method for enterovirus recovery from ground beef . Can. J. Microbiol. , 19 : 1054
  • Konawalchuk , J. and Speirs , J. I. 1973 . Enterovirus recovery with vegetable floe . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 505
  • Kostenbader , K. D. and Cliver , D. O. 1973 . Filtration methods for recovering enteroviruses from foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 149
  • Tierney , J. T. , Sullivan , R. , Larkin , E. P. and Peeler , J. T. 1973 . Comparison of methods for the recovery of virus inoculated into ground beef . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 497
  • Konowalchuk , J. and Speirs , J. I. 1974 . Recovery of Coxsackievirus B5 from stored lettuce . J. Milk Food Technol. , 37 : 132
  • Herrmann , J. E. and Cliver , D. O. 1968 . Methods for detecting food‐borne enteroviruses . Appl. Microbiol. , 16 : 1564
  • Cliver , D. O. and Grindrod , J. 1969 . Surveillance methods for viruses in foods . J. Milk Food Technoi , 32 : 421
  • Sullivan , R. , Tierney , J. T. , Larkin , E. P. , Read , R. B. and Peeler , J. T. 1971 . Thermal resistance of certain oncogenic viruses suspended in milk and milk products . Appl. Microbiol. , 22 : 315
  • Strock , N. R. and Potter , N. N. 1972 . Survival of poliovirus and echovirus during simulated commercial egg pasteurization treatments . J. Milk Food Technoi , 35 : 247
  • Cliver , D. O. 1973 . Cheddar cheese as a vehicle for viruses . J. Dairy Sci. , 56 : 1329
  • Herrmann , J. E. and Cliver , D. O. 1973 . Enterovirus persistence in sausage and ground beef . J. Milk Food Technoi , 36 : 426
  • Flewett , T. H. , Bryden , A. S. and Davies , H. 1973 . Virus particles in gastroenteritis . Lancet , II : 1497
  • Bishop , R. F. , Davidson , G. P. , Holmes , I. H. and Ruck , B. J. 1974 . Detection of a new virus by electron microscopy of faecal extracts from children with acute gastroenteritis . Lancer , 1 : 149
  • Feinstone , S. M. , Kapikian , A. Z. and Purcell , R. H. 1973 . Hepatitis A: Detection by immune electron microscopy of a viruslike antigen associated with acute illness . Science , 182 : 1026
  • Zuckerman , A. J. , Bird , R. G. , Darnell , R. , Farrow , L. J. , Stewart , J. S. and Lamb , S. G. 1974 . Hepatitis A virus‐like particles . Br. Med. J. , 1 : 453
  • Swellengrebel , N. H. and Sterman , M. M. 1961 . Animal Parasites in Man , Princeton, N.J. : van Nostrand .
  • Ruitenberg , E. J. , Kampelmacher , E. H. and Berkvens , J. 1967 . Die indirekte fluoreszierende Antikörpertechnik bei der Serodiagnostik von mit Trichinen (Trichinella spiralis) infizierten Schweinen . Fleischwirtschaft , 47 : 1217
  • Healy , G. R. , Kagan , I. G. and Gleason , N. N. 1970 . Use of the indirect hemagglutination test in some studies of seroepidemiology of amebiasis, in the Western Hemisphere . Health Lab. Sci. , 7 : 109
  • Köhler , G. and Grossklaus , D. 1972 . Untersuchungen zur Diagnose der Trichinellose am Schlachtschwein . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 23 : 77
  • Walther , M. and Grossklaus , D. 1972 . Untersuchungen zur Frage der Diagnose der Rinderzystizerkose mit Hilfe der indirekten Hämagglutination . Zentralbl. Vet. Med. B , 19 : 309
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Ingram , M. 1955 . The physiology of the microbial spoilage of foods . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 18 : 232
  • Haines , R. B. 1933 . The bacterial flora developing on stored lean meat, especially with regard to “slimy”; meat . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 33 : 175
  • Scott , W. J. 1937 . The growth of micro‐organisms on ox muscle . J. Counc. Sci. Ind. Res. Aust. , 10 : 338
  • Alford , J. A. , Tobin , L. and McCleskey , C. S. 1942 . Bacterial spoilage of iced fresh crabmeat . Food Res. , 7 : 353
  • Ayres , J. C. , Ogilvy , W. S. and Stewart , G. F. 1950 . Post mortem changes in stored meats. I. Micro‐organisms associated with development of slime on eviscerated cut‐up poultry . Food Technoi , 4 : 199
  • Kirsch , R. H. , Berry , F. E. , Baldwin , C. L. and Fpster , E. M. 1952 . The bacteriology of refrigerated ground beef . Food Res. , 17 : 495
  • Clark , D. S. 1970 . Growth of psychrotolerant Pseudomonads and Achromobacteria on various chicken tissues . Poult. Sci , 49 : 1315
  • Reagan , J. O. , Jeremiah , L. E. , Smith , G. C. and Carpenter , Z. L. 1971 . Vacuum packaging of lamb. I. Microbial considerations . J. Food Sci. , 36 : 764
  • Olson , H. C. 1963 . Selective plating technique for detecting contamination in pasteurized milk . J. Dairy Sci , 46 : 362
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1965 . Die mikrobiologische Qualitätskontrolle der Margarine. Gramnegative stäbchenförmige Bakterien . Fette Seifen Anstrichm , 67 : 903
  • Oison , H. C. 1971 . Bacteriological testing of milk for regulatory purposes ‐ usefulness of current procedures and recommendations for change. V. Pasteurized milk . J. Milk Food Technoi , 34 : 279
  • Walket , H. W. and Ayres , J. C. 1956 . Incidence and kinds of micro‐organisms associated with commercially dressed poultry . Appl. Microbiol. , 4 : 345
  • Rogosa , M. , Mitchell , J. A. and Wiseman , R. F. 1951 . A selective medium for the isolation and enumeration of oral and fecal lactobacilli . J. Bacteriol. , 62 : 132
  • Sharpe , M. E. 1960 . Selective media for the isolation and enumeration of Lactobacilli . Lab. Pract , 9 : 223
  • Gonzalez , F. C. , Scheffers , W. A. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1971 . Comparison of selective media for the enumeration of Lactobacillus species . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 37 : 262
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Sand , F. E. M. J. 1968 . Occurrence and prevention of microbial deterioration of confectionery products . Conserva , 17 : 23
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Bax , A. W. 1967 . Selektive Zählung von züchtbaren osmophilen Hefen in Lebensmitteln niedrigen aw‐Wertes . Mitt. Geb. Lebensmittelunters. Hyg. , 58 : 154
  • Beerens , H. and Tahon Castel , M. M. 1966 . Milieu à l'acide nalidixique pour l'isolement des streptocoques, D. pneumoniae, Listeria, Erysipelothrix . Ann Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 111 : 90
  • Ellner , P. D. , Stoessel , C. J. , Drakeford , E. and Vasi , F. 1966 . A new culture medium for medical bacteriology . Am. J. Clin. Pathol. , 45 : 502
  • Devaraj , S. K. and Zinnemann , K. 1969 . Nalidixic acid (negram) disc technique for the rapid isolation of faecal streptococci from mixed flora . J. Med. Microbiol. , 2 : 366
  • Catteau , M. , Beeiens , H. and Roelofsen , M. 1971 . Milieu sélectif pour l'isolement des bactéries lactiques appartenant aux genres Streptococcus et Leuconostoc: la gélose au lait â l'acide nalidixique . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 22 : 381
  • Lilley , B. D. and Brewer , J. H. 1953 . The selective antibacterial action of phenylethyl alcohol . J. Am. Pharm. Assoc. Sci. Ed. , 42 : 6
  • Wetzler , T. F. , Musick , P. , Johnson , H. and MacKenzie , W. A. 1962 . The cleaning and sanitizing of poultry processing plants . Am. J. Public Health , 52 : 460
  • Dayton , S. L. , Chipps , D. D. , Blasi , D. and Smith , R. F. 1974 . Evaluation of three media for selective isolation of Gram‐positive bacteria from burn wounds . Appl. Microbiol. , 27 : 420
  • Buttiaux , R. and Flament , J. 1951 . L'analyse bactériologique des semi‐conserves de viande . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 4 : 145
  • Ingram , M. and Hobbs , B. C. 1954 . The bacteriology of “pasteurized”; canned hams . J. R. Sanit. Inst. (London) , 74 : 1151
  • Ingiam , M. 1955 . Microbial association of semi‐preserved meats . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 7 : 32
  • Lerche , M. 1960 . Bombage‐Ursache in Fischpräserven . Berl. Munch. Tieraertzl. Wochenschr. , 73 : 12
  • Meyer , V. 1962 . Ueber Milchsäurebakterien in Fischmarinaden . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.) , 184 : 296 – 301 .
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1964 . Semi‐preserves, microbiological aspects . Chem. Ind. , : 1298
  • Alm , F. 1965 . “ Scandinavian anchovies and herring tidbits ” . In Fish as Food , Edited by: Borgstrom , G. Vol. 3 , 195 New York : Academic Press .
  • Erichsen , I. 1973 . The microflora of semi‐preserved fish . Process Biochem. , 8 (8) : 21
  • Lerke , P. 1973 . Evaluation of potential risk of botulism from seafood cocktails . Appl. Microbiol. , 25 : 807
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Ratto , M. A. 1973 . Wholesomeness of some types of semi‐preserved foods . J. Food Technol. , 8 : 97
  • Hagen , P. O. , Kushner , D. J. and Gibbons , N. E. 1964 . Temperature‐induced death and lysis in a psychrophilic bacterium . Can. J. Microbiol. , 10 : 813
  • Ingram , M. 1965 . Psychrophilic and psychrotrophic microorganisms . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 16 : 111
  • Kenis , P. R. and Monta , R. Y. 1968 . Thermally induced leakage of cellular material and viability in Vibrio marinus, a psychrophilic marine bacterium . Can. J. Microbiol. , 14 : 1239
  • Korngold , R. R. and Kushner , D. J. 1968 . Responses of a psychrophilic marine bacterium to changes in its ionic environment . Can. J. Microbiol. , 14 : 253
  • D'Aoust , J. Y. and Kushner , D. J. 1971 . Structural changes during lysis of a psychrophilic marine bacterium . J. Bacterial , 108 : 916
  • Alsobrook , D. , Larkin , J. M. and Sega , M. W. 1972 . Effect of temperature on the cellular integrity of Bacillus psychrophilus . Can. J. Microbiol. , 18 : 1671
  • Griffiths , R. P. and Haight , R. D. 1973 . Reversible heat injury in the marine psychrophilic bacterium Vibrio marinus MP‐1 . Can. J. Microbiol. , 19 : 557
  • Patterson , J. T. 1972 . Microbiological sampling of poultry carcasses . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 35 : 569
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1969 . Microbiological quality control in the food industry . J. Milk Food Technol. , 32 : 155
  • Scott , W. J. 1953 . The laboratory examination of canned foods. II. Routine microbiological examinations . Food Preserv. Q. , 13 : 21
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Diepen , H. M. J. van . 1956 . The suitability of the range 30–32°C as the single incubation temperature in the bacteriological examination of foods . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 8 : 132
  • Gould , G. W. 1970 . Germination and the problem of dormancy . J. Appl Bacteriol. , 33 : 34
  • Cameron , E.J. 1937 . Methods for the examination of canned meats . J. Assoc. Off. Agric. Chem. , 20 : 429
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Mol , J. H. H. 1956 . A typical case of delayed spoilage in a dairy product incubation test . Appl. Microbiol. , 4 : 69
  • Richardson , K. C. 1969 . Microbial spoilage in Australian canned foods, 1955–68 . Food Preserv. Q. , 29 : 52
  • Richardson , K. C. 1972 . Microbial spoilage in Australian canned foods, 1955–68 . Food Technol. Aust. , 24 : 106
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1956 . Probleme einer wissenschaftlich begründeten bakteriologischen Untersuchung von Fleischkonserven mit Hinweis auf deren Lösung . Fleischwirtschaft , 8 : 559
  • Pien , J. 1971 . Definition et controle du lait stérilisé . Lait , 51 : 176 – 202 .
  • Williams , O. B. and Clark , E. D. 1942 . Bacteriological survey of canned salmon . Food Res. , 7 : 178
  • Foord , D. C. , Crane , C. L. and Clark , B. S. 1943 . Significance of adequate controls in absolute sterility determinations . Food Res. , 8 : 489
  • Tewes , G. and Gavél , L. V. 1952 . Keimfreie Sterilmilch . Dtsch. Molkerei Zeitung , 73 : 563
  • Nickerson , J. T. R. , Proctor , B. E. and Goldblith , S. A. 1956 . Ionizing radiations in the processing of plant and animal products . Food Technol. , 10 : 305
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Visser , M. 1960 . The estimation of small numbers of micro‐organisms in opalescent non‐alcoholic drinks by applying centrifugation . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 11 : 193
  • Denny , C. D. 1970 . Collaborative study of procedure for determining commercial sterility of low‐acid canned foods . J. Assoc Off. Anal. Chem. , 53 : 713
  • Denny , C. B. 1972 . Collaborative study of a method for the determination of commercial sterility of low‐acid canned foods . J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. , 55 : 613
  • Corson , L. M. , Evancho , G. M. and Ashton , D. H. 1973 . Use of forceps in sterility testing: A possible source of contamination . J. Food Sci. , 38 : 1267
  • Evancho , G. M. , Ashton , D. H. and Briskey , E. J. 1973 . Conditions necessary for sterility testing of heat processed canned foods . J. Food Sci. , 38 : 185
  • Feirer , W. A. 1927 . Studies on some obligate thermophilic bacteria from soil . Soil Sci. , 23 : 46
  • Hussong , R. V. and Hammer , B. W. 1928 . A thermophilic coagulating milk under practical conditions . J. Bacteriol. , 15 : 179
  • Berry , R. N. Some new heat resistant, acid tolerant organisms causing spoilage in tomato juice . J. Bacteriol. , 25 72
  • McClung , L. S. 1935 . Studies on anaerobic bacteria. IV. Taxonomy of cultures of a thermophilic species causing “swells”; of canned foods . J. Bacteriol. , 29 : 189
  • Cameron , E. J. 1938 . Report on microbiological methods for the examination of canned vegetables . J. Assoc. Off. Agric. Chem. , 21 : 452
  • Gordon , R. E. and Smith , N. R. 1949 . Aerobic spore‐forming bacteria capable of growth at high temperatures . J. Bacteriol. , 58 : 327
  • Becker , M. E. and Pederson , C. S. 1950 . The physiological characters of Bacillus coagulans (Bacillus thermoacidurans) . J. Bacteriol. , 59 : 717
  • Neilson , N. E. , MacQuillan , M. F. and Campbell , J. J. R. 1959 . Growth studies on Bacillus stearothermophilus . Can. J. Microbiol. , 5 : 293
  • Beerens , H. and Rosiers , A. des . 1968 . Etude sur les Clostridium thermophiles . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 19 : 63
  • Darland , G. and Brock , T. D. 1971 . Bacillus acidocaldarius sp. nov., an acidophilic thermophilic spore‐forming bacterium . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 67 : 9
  • Börner , W. and Krone , H. 1956 . Ergebnisse und Erkenntnisse der 2. Tropen‐ und Exportprüfung der Deutschen Landwirtschafts‐Gesellschaft (DLG) . Fette Seifen Anstrichm. , 58 : 667
  • Dutschke , G. 1956 . Erfahrungen aus der DLG‐Tropen‐ und Exportprüfung 1956 . Fleischwirtschaft , 8 : 696
  • Dunlop , S. G. 1945 . Open storage of foods in desert climates . Proc. Inst. Food Technol. , : 72
  • Forsyth , D. M. 1957 . Effects of air re‐circulation on bacterial pollution in hospital wards . Trans. R. Soc. Trop. Med. Hyg. , 51 : 163
  • Vinck , F. 1971 . Temperaturverhältnisse am Persischen Golf in gesundheitstechnischer Sicht . Gesundheits. Ing. , 92 : 271
  • Buttiaux , R. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1957 . L'analyse bactériologique des produits alimentaires p'erissables et conservés . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 9 : 138
  • Gundel , M. 1937 . Untersuchungen zur Hygiene des täglichen Lebens. I. Das Speiseeis . Dtsch. Med. Wochenschr. , 63 : 1159
  • Bardsley , D. A. 1938 . The bacterial content of ice‐cream in relation to manufacture, storage and standards of purity . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 38 : 527
  • Proctor , B. E. and Phillips , A. W. 1948 . Frozen precooked foods . Am. J. Public Health , 38 : 44
  • Kruse , H. 1950 . Zur Hygiene des Speiseeises . Z. Lebensm.‐Unters.‐Forsch. , 91 : 237
  • Buttiaux , R. and Flament , J. 1951 . L'analyse bactériologique des semi‐conserves de viande . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 4 : 145
  • Madelung , P. 1953 . Efter hvilke principer b⊘r man anlaegge den bakteriologiske unders⊘gelse af kogep⊘lser og andre varmebehandlede tilberedte k⊘dvarer? . Nord. Vet. Med , 5 ( Suppl. ) : 2
  • Névot , A. , Pantaléon , J. and Rosset , R. 1953 . Contrôle bactériologique systématique des préparations des viandes . Bull. Acad. Vet. Fr. , 26 : 331
  • Sherwood , H. P. and Thomson , S. 1953 . Bacteriological examination of shell‐fish as a basis for sanitary control . Mon. Bull Minist. Health Public Health Lab. Sen. Directed Med Res. , 12 : 103
  • Buttiaux , R. 1955 . Le rôle important des gelatines dans la contamination bactérienne des semi‐conserves de viandes . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 7 : 162
  • Goldenberg , N. , Sheppey , C. G. and Robson , J. N. 1955 . Some tentative bacteriological standards for canned hams . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 7 : 240
  • Ludewig , E. 1955 . Municipal control of fresh crabmeat for consumer protection . Q. Bull. Assoc. Food Drug Off. U.S. , 19 : 58
  • Campbell , W. 1956 . A bacterial survey of meat pies . Med Officer , 95 : 205
  • Larkin , E. P. , Litsky , W. and Fuller , J. E. 1956 . Incidence of fecal streptococci and coliform bacteria in frozen fish products . Am. J. Public Health , 46 : 464
  • Lepper , H. A. , Bartram , M. T. and Hillig , F. 1956 . Authentic packs of edible and inedible frozen eggs and their organoleptic, bacteriological and chemical examination . J. Assoc. Off. Agric. Chem. , 39 : 185
  • Vahlne , G. and Kjellander , J. 1956 . Synpunkter på den bakteriologisk‐hygieniska födoämneskontrollen . Hyg. Revy , 45 : 204
  • Canale‐Parola , E. and Ordal , Z.J. 1957 . A survey of the bacteriological quality of frozen poultry pies . Food Technol. , 11 : 578
  • Koch , S. O. 1957 . “ Hygienic control of meat in markets and in food‐serving establishments ” . In Meat Hygiene , W. H. O. Monograph 33 283 Geneva
  • Litsky , W. , Fagerson , I. S. and Fellers , C. R. 1957 . A bacteriological survey of commercially frozen beef, poultry and tuna pies . J. Milk Food Technol. , 20 : 216
  • Huber , D. A. , Zaborowski , H. and Rayman , M. M. 1958 . Studies on the microbiological quality of precooked frozen meals . Food Technol. , 12 : 190
  • Verge , J. , Pantaléon , J. , Brévot , G. and Collignon , C. 1958 . Etude bactériologique des viandes fraiches conditionnées sous pellicule cellulosique (viandes sous “cellophane") . Rec. Med. Vet. Ec. Alfort , 134 : 467
  • Kämpe , A. and Lennartsson , T. 1959 . Bakteriologiska undersökninger av dehydrerade soppor . Medlemsbl. Sver. Vet. Med. , 11 : 253
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Krugers Dagneaux , E. L. 1959 . Bacteriological requirements for and bacteriological analysis of precooked ("instant") cereals and similar foods . Antonie van Leeuwenhoek , 25 : 230
  • Thatcher , F. S. , Comtois , R. D. , Ross , D. and Erdman , I. E. 1959 . Staphylococci in cheese: Some public health aspects . Can. J. Public Health , 50 : 497
  • Hughes , H. L. 1960 . An investigation of the bacteriological condition of cooked meats as sold to the public . Sanitarian , 68 : 216
  • Klein , H. 1960 . Zum Keimgehalt in Leberwürsten . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 11 : 12
  • Lebert , F. 1960 . Essai de fabrication de viande hachée congelée, presentation “Rosbifs”;, pour les besoins de l'armée. Point du vue bactériologique . Bull Acad. Vet. Fr. , 33 : 513
  • Buttiaux , R. 1962 . Altération et conservation des corps gras alimentaires. Aspects microbiologiques . Rev. Fr. Corps Gras , 9 ( numero spécial ) : 92
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1962 . “ Significance of micro‐organisms in foods ” . In Chemical and Biological Hazards in Food , Edited by: Ayres , J. C. , Kraft , A. A. , Snyder , H. E. and Walker , H. W. 157 Ames, Iowa : Iowa State University Press .
  • Zakula , R. , Bern , Z. and Nikolic , L. 1963 . Mikrobiologie der durch den fleischindustriellen Betrieb “Mitros”; erzeugten tiefgefrorenen fertigen Speisen . Fleischwirtschaft , 15 : 1005
  • Goldenberg , N. 1964 . Food hygiene standards in manufacture, retailing and catering . R. Soc. Health J. , 84 : 195
  • Miller , W. A. 1964 . The microbiology of self‐service, prepackaged, fresh pork sausage . J. Milk Food Technol. , 27 : 1
  • Pohja , M. S. , Hermonen , E. and Nurmi , L. E. V. 1964 . Die bakteriologische Qualität der finnischen Brühwürste . Fleischwirtschaft , 16 : 760
  • Shiffman , M. A. and Kronick , D. 1964 . Field studies on the microbiology of chilled foods: Chicken salad and tuna fish salad . Q. Bull. Assoc. Food Drug Off. U.S. , 28 : 144
  • Albano , A. , Braga , A. , Criscuolo , A. , Palladino , D. and Magliano , E. M. 1965 . La disciplina igienica della produzione e del commercio degli insaccati: indagini batteriologiche su di alcemi insaccati cotti e crudi del commercio . Riv. Ital. Ig. , 25 : 392
  • Takacs , J. and Narayan , K. G. 1965 . Spoilage of sausage due to clostridia . Acta Vet. Budapest , 15 : 457
  • Abrahamson , A. E. 1966 . The use of administrative microbiological standards in sanitary control of foods . Q. Bull Assoc. Food Drug Off. U.S. , 30 : 27
  • Surkiewicz , B. F. 1966 . Bacteriological survey of the frozen prepared foods industry. I. Frozen cream‐type pies . Appl. Microbiol. , 14 : 21
  • Weckel , K. G. 1966 . A suggested sanitary standard for freezer‐dispensed ice milk, malted milk and shakes . J. Milk Food Technol. , 29 : 180
  • Blankenagel , G. , Gibson , D. L. and Shih , C. N. 1967 . The enterococcus count of butter for evaluating creamery sanitation . Can. Dairy Ice Cream J. , 46 (8) : 17
  • Eschmann , K. H. , Lüönd , H. and Erez , U. 1967 . Bakteriologische Prüfung und Beurteilung von Trockensuppen, Instant‐Consommés und Bouillons . Alimenta , 6 : 77
  • Ienistea , C. and Pleceas , P. 1967 . Untersuchungen zum Vorkommen von Enterokokken in verpacktem Gefrierhackfleisch unter dem Einfluss der Verfahrenstechnik und während der Gefrierlagerung . Nahrung , 11 : 55
  • Surkiewicz , B. F. , Hyndman , J. B. and Yancey , M. V. 1967 . Bacteriological survey of the frozen prepared foods industry. II. Frozen breaded raw shrimp . Appl. Microbiol. , 15 : 1
  • Surkiewicz , B. F. , Groomes , R. J. and Padron , A. P. 1967 . Bacteriological survey of the frozen prepared foods industry. III. Potato products . Appl. Microbiol. , 15 : 1324
  • Wagner , M. and Borneff , J. 1967 . Hygienisch‐bakteriologische Untersuchungen and Tiefkühlgemüse. I. Die Beschaffenheit der Handelsware . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 151 : 64
  • Wagner , M. and Borneff , J. 1967 . Hygienisch‐bakteriologische Untersuchungen an Tiefkühlgemüse. II. Mitteilung: Ergebnis einer Betriebskontrolle . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 151 : 75
  • Grossklaus , D. 1968 . Hygiene und Bakteriologie tischfertiger Gefrierspeisen . Tiefkühlpraxis , 9 (3) : 16
  • Lott , G. and Eschmann , K. H. 1968 . Bakteriologische Prüfung und Beurteilung von Mayonnaise und mayonnaisehaltigen Zubereitungen . Alimenta , 7 : 65
  • Martin , J. H. , Roberts , R. E. and Sheuring , J. J. 1968 . Bacteriological quality of soft‐serve frozen desserts . J. Milk Food Technol. , 31 : 31
  • Surkiewicz , B. F. , Groomes , R. J. and Shelton , L. R. 1968 . Bacteriological survey of the frozen prepared foods industry. IV. Frozen breaded fish . Appl.. Microbiol. , 16 : 147
  • Döll , W. and Dierkes , P. 1969 . Orientierende Untersuchungen zur bakteriellen Belastung von Cremefüllungen in Backwaren . Alimenta , 8 : 41
  • Murray , J. G. 1969 . An approach to bacteriological Standards . J. Appl. Bacterial. , 32 : 123
  • Sinell , H. J. and Kusch , D. 1969 . Selektivzüchtung von koagulase‐positiven Staphylokokken aus Hackfleisch . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 153 : 56
  • Surkiewicz , B. F. , Johnston , R. W. , Moran , A. B. and Krumm , G. W. 1969 . A bacteriological survey of chicken eviscerating plants . Food Technol. , 23 : 1066
  • Cox , W. A. 1970 . Microbiological standards for dairy products . Chem. Ind. , : 223
  • Montgomery , W. A. , Sidhu , G. S. and Vale , G. L. 1970 . The Australian prawn industry. 1. Natural resources and quality aspects of whole cooked fresh prawns and frozen prawn meat . Food Preserv. Q. , 30 : 21
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1970 . “ The role of microbiology and hygiene in the manufacture of margarine ” . In Margarine Today , Edited by: Coenen , J. W. E. , Feron , R. and Mossel , D. A. A. 104 Leiden : Brill Publishing .
  • Stephens , R. L. 1970 . Bacteriological standards for foods: A retailer's point of view . Chem. Ind. , 7 : 220
  • Catsaras , M. , Seynave , R. and Sery , C. 1971 . Crèmes pâtissières et Santé Publique. II. Teneur en staphylocoques pathogènes des crèmes pâtissières dans l'agglomération lilloise . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 22 : 245
  • Leininger , H. V. , Shelton , L. R. and Lewis , K. H. 1971 . Microbiology of frozen cream‐type pies, frozen cooked‐peeled shrimp and dry food‐grade gelatin . Food Technol. , 25 : 224 229
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1971 . Drinking‐water standards . Lancet , I : 84
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Grün , L. 1971 . Hygienische Anforderungen an Säuglingsnahrung . Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (Orig.,) B , 155 : 103
  • Powers , E. M. , Ay , C. , El‐Bisi , H. M. and Rowley , D. B. 1971 . Bacteriology of dehydrated space foods . Appl.. Microbiol. , 22 : 441
  • Ruosch , W. and Deseö , L. 1971 . Zum Keimgehalt von Sulzen mit und ohne Fleischeinlagen . Alimenta Sonderausgabe , 10 : 18
  • Sinell , H. I. 1971 . Bewertung der hygienischen Qualität von Lebensmitteln nach mikrobiologischen Gesichtspunkten . Fleischwirtschaft , 51 : 767
  • Azam , J. 1972 . Etude bactériologique de la viande en pièce de vente au détail . Rev. Techn. Vet. Abatt. Hyg. Aliment. , 88 : 27 90 27 1972
  • Harrewijn , G. A. , Mossel , D. A. A. and Groote , J. de . 1972 . Assessment of the bacteriological safety of lactose . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 26 : 141
  • Kabuczu , A. , Angersbach , H. and Hadlok , R. 1972 . Beitrag zur Frage der Aufstellung von Normkeimzahlen für Leberwürste . Fleischwirtschaft , 52 : 497
  • Phillips , F. A. and Peeler , J. T. 1972 . Bacteriological survey of the blue crab industry . Appl. Microbiol. , 24 : 958
  • Surkiewicz , B. F. , Johnston , R. W. , Elliott , R. P. and Simmons , E. R. 1972 . Bacteriological survey of fresh pork sausage produced at establishments under federal inspection . Appl. Microbiol. , 23 : 515
  • Heidelbaugh , N. D. , Rowley , D. B. , Powers , E. M. , Bourland , C. T. and McQueen , J. L. 1973 . Microbiological testing of skylab foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 25 : 55
  • Kempa , W. 1973 . Food standards and controls in Canada . J. Milk Food Technol. , 36 : 392
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Harrewijn , G. A. and Sprang , F. J. van . 1973 . “ Microbiological quality assurance for weaning formulae ” . In The Microbiological Safety of Food , Edited by: Hobbs , B. C. and Christian , J. H. B. 77 London : Academic Press .
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Ratto , M. A. 1973 . Wholesomeness of some types of semi‐preserved foods . J. Food Technol. , 8 : 97
  • Surkiewicz , B. F. , Harris , M. E. and Johnston , R. W. 1973 . Bacteriological survey of frozen meat and gravy produced at establishments under Federal Inspection . Appl. Microbiol. , 26 : 574
  • Balacescu , C. 1974 . Vergleichende bakteriologische Untersuchungen an Speiseeis unterschiedlicher Herstellungsverfahren . Milchwissenschaft , 29 : 274
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1973 . Microbiological Standards for foods‐facts and fallacies . Allm. Vet. Sver. Vet. Stockholm , 1 : 23
  • Buyens , H. 1971 . Safeguards for commercially processed and packaged goods . Q. Bull. Assoc. Food Drug Off. U.S. , 35 : 276
  • Schmidhofer , T. 1971 . Bakteriologische Untersuchungsergebnisse von Verarbeitungsfleisch und deren Auswertung . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg.. , 22 : 261
  • Emmenegger , T. 1972 . Hygiene im Beruf . Schweiz. Konditormeister Ztg. , 83 : 493
  • Wheatland , A. B. 1972 . Statistical expression of effluent quality standards . Water Res. , 6 : 339
  • Hobbs , G. , Cann , D. C. , Wilson , B. B. and Horsley , R. W. 1971 . The bacteriology of “scampi”; (Nephrops norvegicus). III. Effects of processing . J. Food Technol. , 6 : 233
  • Peterson , A. C. 1970 . Development of microbiological standards for ready to eat foods . Q. Bull. Assoc. Food Drug Off. U.S. , 35 : 114
  • Antonios , F. and Volff , R. 1970 . Influence du mode de décongélation sur les résultats des examens bactériologiques des produits surgelés . Rev. Gen. Froid , 61 : 423
  • Mitchell , N. J. 1970 . A simplified method for quantitative microbiological examination of deep frozen seafoods . J. Appl.. Bacteriol. , 33 : 523
  • Beck , W. J. and Milone , N. A. 1972 . Changes in microbial populations during the thawing of frozen ground beef . J. Environ Health , 35 : 39
  • Mossel , D. A. A. , Krol , B. and Moorman , P. C. 1972 . Bacteriological and quality perspectives of Salmonella radication of frozen boneless meats . Alimenta , 11 : 51
  • Mossel , D. A. A. and Zwart , H. 1958 . A note on the preparation of the sample for the microbiological analysis of butter and margarine . Neth. Milk Dairy J. , 12 : 218
  • Baumgärtel , T. and Struve , H. 1927 . lieber den Einfluss mechanischer Erschütterungen auf den Keimgehalt der Milch . Mikhwirtsch. Forsch. , 4 : 492
  • Jones , A. H. and Ferguson , W. E. 1951 . A study of methods of preparing food products for microbiological analysis . Food Res. , 16 : 126
  • Knorr , M. 1952 . Der bakteriologische Test in der Lebensmittelhygiene. II. Mitteilung. Keim‐ und Coli‐zahlen als Massstäbe für “gesundheitsschadlich”; und “verdorben”; . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 136 : 239
  • Slade , H. D. and Slamp , W. C. 1956 . Sonic oscillation as an aid in the counting of group A streptococci by the pour‐plate method . J. Bacteriol. , 71 : 624
  • Coretti , K. 1957 . Ein Beitrag zur Technik der bakteriologischen Untersuchung von Fleischwaren und deren Zutaten . Fleischwirtschaft , 9 : 36
  • Kissinger , J. C. 1962 . A procedure for the bacteriological examination of potato flakes . J. Milk Food Technol. , 25 : 226
  • Hess , E. and Lott , G. 1966 . Vorzugsmilchhygiene und ihre Sicherung . Alimenta , 5 : 48
  • Puleo , J. R. , Favero , M. S. and Petersen , N. J. 1967 . Use of ultrasonic energy in assessing microbial contamination on surfaces . Appl. Microbiol. , 15 : 1345
  • Ramming , G. , Linke , H. and Leistner , L. 1971 . Einfluss verschiedener Techniken der Durchmischung der Verdünnungsflüssigkeit auf die Ausbeute und Streuung der Keimzahlbestimmung . Fleischwirtschaft , 51 : 1652
  • Reeves , M. P. 1973 . Examination of frozen vegetables by two sample preparation procedures . J. Food Sci. , 38 : 365
  • Straka , R. P. and Stokes , J. L. 1957 . Rapid destruction of bacteria in commonly used diluents and its elimination . Appl.. Microbiol. , 5 : 21
  • Schmidt‐Lorenz , W. 1960 . Ueber den Einfluss der Verdünnungslösungen auf das Ergebnis von Bakterienzählungen bei bestrahltem und gefrorenem Fisch . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 11 : 60
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1963 . Report of a discussion on the effect of the diluent on the recovery of bacteria. 4. The examination of foods in general . J. Appl. Bacteriol. , 26 : 400
  • Weiler , W. A. and Hartsell , S. E. 1969 . Diluent composition and the recovery of Escherichia coli . Appl.. Microbiol. , 18 : 956
  • Hartman , P. A. and Weber , J. A. 1972 . Holding times of raw milk dilutions: a reassessment . J. Milk Food Technol. , 35 : 713
  • Keller , P. , Sklan , D. and Gordin , S. 1974 . Effect of diluent on bacterial counts in milk and milk products . J. Dairy Sci. , 57 : 127
  • Snijder , T. L. 1947 . The relative errors of bacteriological plate counting methods . J. Bacteriol. , 54 : 641
  • Buchbinder , L. , Baris , Y. , Alff , E. , Reynolds , E. , Dillon , E. , Pessin , V. , Pincus , L. and Strauss , A. 1951 . Studies to formulate new media for the standard plate count of dairy products . Public Health Rep. , 66 : 327
  • Cook , G. T. 1952 . Comparison of two modifications of bismuth‐sulphite agar for the isolation and growth of Salmonella typhi and Salm. typhi‐murium . J. Pathol Bacteriol. , 64 : 559
  • Rowley , D. 1953 . Interrelationships between amino‐acids in the growth of coliform organisms . J. Gen. Microbiol. , 9 : 37
  • Thompson , D. I. and Koepp , E. 1956 . Testing the performance of milk laboratories by means of liquid split‐samples . J. Milk Food Technol. , 19 : 221
  • Bartram , M. T. 1957 . Report on microbiological methods. Examination of eggs and egg products . J. Assoc. Off. Agric. Chem. , 40 : 389
  • Finkelstein , R. A. and Lankford , C. E. 1957 . A bacteriotoxic substance in.autoclaved culture media containing glucose and phosphate . Appl. Microbiol. , 5 : 74
  • Adam , W. 1958 . Die quantitative bakteriologische Lebensmitteluntersuchung bei der Diagnose der unspezifischen Lebensmittelvergiftungen sowie der Lebensmittelüberwachung . Arch. Hyg. Bakteriol. , 142 : 232
  • Kheshgi , S. and Saunders , R. 1959 . Microbiological evaluation of peptones . J. Biochem. Microbiol. Technoi. Eng. , 1 : 115
  • Black , L. A. 1960 . Need for independent certification of bacteriological culture media . J. Milk Food Technol. , 23 : 133
  • Hartman , P. A. and Huntsberger , D. V. 1961 . Influence of subtle differences in plating procedure on bacterial counts of prepared frozen foods . Appl. Microbiol. , 9 : 32
  • Thomas , W. R. , Reinbold , G. W. and Nelson , F. E. 1966 . Effect of pH of plating medium on enumeration of pasteurization‐resistant bacteria in milk . J. Milk Food Technol. , 29 : 156
  • Thomas , W. R. , Reinbold , G. W. and Nelson , F. E. 1966 . Effect of the type of bacteriological peptone in the plating medium upon the enumeration of pasteurization‐resistant bacteria in milk . J. Milk Food Technol. , 29 : 182
  • Read , R. B. and Reyes , A. L. 1968 . Variation in plating efficiency of Salmonellae on eight lots of brilliant green agar . Appl. Microbiol. , 16 : 746
  • Beerens , H. and Garcia , C. 1970 . Action de la combinaison acides aminés + sulfite sur la croissance des Clostridium . Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) , 119 : 329
  • Fraser , M. E. 1971 . The inhibitory effect of sodium deoxycholate on Escherichia coli . J. Appl.. Bacteriol. , 34 : 765
  • Grün , L. and Konstantinidou , A. 1971 . Zur Bestimmung der Gesamtkeimzahl in kühlgelagerter Rohmilch . Milchwissenschaft , 26 : 413
  • Lang , K. 1971 . Die hemmende Wirksamkeit der bei der Untersuchung von Milch und Milcherzeugnissen auf pathogene Enterobakterien gebrauchten Elektivplatten. II. Die Hemmungswirkung der Platten im direkten Kulturverfahren . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 22 : 223
  • Mossel , D. A. A. 1971 . “ Microbiological culture media as ecosystems ” . In Effects of Sterilization on Components in Nutrient Media , Edited by: Bragt , J. van , Mossel , D. A. A. , Pierik , R. L. M. and Veldstra , H. Vol. 9 , 15 The Netherlands : Misc. Papers Agric., Univ. Wageningen .
  • Reusze , U. 1971 . Erfahrungen über die Wirksamkeit von Fertignährböden bei der Salmonellenisolierung . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 22 : 11
  • Nabbut , N. H. 1973 . Elevated‐temperature technique for the isolation of Salmonellas from sewage and human faeces . J. Hyg. (Camb.) , 71 : 49
  • Cranston , P. M. 1971 . Some practical approaches to microbiological standards . Food Technol. Aust. , 23 : 340
  • Longrée , K. and White , J. C. 1955 . Cooling rates and bacterial growth in food prepared and stored in quantity. I. Broth and white sauce . J. Am. Diet. Assoc. , 31 : 124
  • Longrée , K. , Moiagne , L. and White , J. C. 1963 . Cooling menu items by agitation under refrigeration . J. Milk Food Technol. , 26 : 317
  • Bryan , F. L. , McKinley , T. W. and Mixon , B. 1971 . Use of time‐temperature evaluations in detecting the responsible vehicle and contributing factors of food‐borne disease outbreaks . J. Milk Food Techno!. , 34 : 576
  • Nichols , P. F. 1934 . Public health aspects of dried foods . Am. J. Public Health , 24 : 1129
  • Gibbons , N. E. and Moore , R. L. 1944 . Dried whole egg powder. III. The effect of drying, storage and cookery on the Salmonella content . Can. J. Res. , 22F : 58
  • Kintner , T. C. and Mangel , M. 1953 . Survival of staphylococci and Salmonellae in puddings and custards prepared with experimentally inoculated dried egg . Food Res. , 18 : 492
  • Hussemann , D. L. and Buyske , J. K. 1954 . Thermal death time‐temperature relationships of Salmonella typhimurium in chicken muscle . Food Res. , 19 : 351
  • Ross , A. D. and Thatcher , F. S. 1958 . Bacteriological content of marketed precooked frozen foods in relation to Public Health . Food Technol. , 12 : 369
  • Kereluk , K. and Gunderson , M. F. 1961 . Survival of bacteria in artificially contaminated frozen meat pies after baking . Appl.. Microbiol. , 9 : 6
  • Klaushofer , H. and Schalter , A. 1962 . Vorkommen und Bedeutung der coliformen Bakterien in tiefgefrorenem Spinat und Kochsalat . Die Kälte , 15 : 245
  • Longree , K. , White , J. C. and Sison , B. Y. 1962 . Time‐temperature relationships of soufflés: Baked foamy omelets made with whole egg solids . J. Am. Diet. Assoc , 41 : 107 – 110 .
  • Thatcher , F. S. , Robinson , J. and Erdman , I. 1962 . The “vacuum pack”; method of packaging foods in relation to the formation of the botulinum and staphylococcal toxins . J. Appl.. Bacteriol. , 25 : 120
  • Krugers , D , agneaux , E. L. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1969 . The Microbiology of Dried Foods . Proc. 6th Int. Symp. Food Microbiol. 1969 , Haarlem. The microbiological condition of dried soups , pp. 441
  • Mabee , M. S. and Mountney , G. J. 1970 . Time‐temperature patterns during deep fat frying of chicken parts and their relation to the survival of Salmonella . Food Technol. , 24 : 808
  • Huhtanen , C. N. , Naghski , J. and Dellamonica , E. S. 1972 . Efficiency of Salmonella isolation from meat‐and‐bone meal of one 300‐g sample versus ten 30‐g samples . Appl.. Microbiol. , 23 : 688
  • Silliker , J. H. and Gabis , D. A. 1973 . ICMSF methods studies. I. Comparison of analytical schemes for detection of Salmonella in dried foods . Can. J. Microbiol. , 19 : 475
  • Beazley , C. C. and Insalata , N. F. 1971 . The roles of fluorescent‐antibody methodology and statistical techniques for Salmonellae protection in the food industry . Food Technol. , 25 : 220
  • Foster , E. M. 1971 . The control of Salmonellae in processed foods: A classification system and sampling plan . J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. , 54 : 259
  • Drion , E. F. and Mossel , D. A. A. 1972 . Mathematical‐ecological aspects of the examination for Enterobacteriaceae of foods processed for safety . J. Appl.. Bacteriol. , 35 : 233
  • Angelotti , R. 1971 . Catered convenience foods‐production and distribution problems and microbiological standards . J. Milk Food Technol. , 34 : 227
  • Mattick , A. T. R. , Hiscox , E. R. and Crossley , E. L. 1945 . The effect of temperature of pre‐heating, of clarification and of bacteriological quality of the raw milk on the keeping properties of whole‐milk powder dried by the Kestner spray‐process. Part II. The effect of various factors upon the bacterial (plate) count of the intermediate products and of the final powder . J. Dairy Res. , 14 : 135
  • Thatcher , F. S. , Coutu , C. and Stevens , F. 1953 . The sanitation of Canadian flour mills and its relationship to the microbial content of flour . Cereal Chem. , 30 : 71
  • Buttiaux , R. 1955 . Le rôle important des gélatines dans la contamination bactérienne des semi‐conserves de viandes . Ann. Inst. Pasteur Lille , 7 : 162
  • Huber , D. A. , Zaborowski , H. and Rayman , M. M. 1958 . Studies on the microbiological quality of precooked frozen meals . Food Technol. , 12 : 190
  • Auclair , J. , Beckoley , A. , Bigorre , R. , Braud , A. , Chanier , A. and Leschot , J. 1959 . Les différents systèmes actuellement utilisés en France pour le paiement du lait suivant sa qualité bactériologique . Ann. Nutr. Aliment. , 12 : 97
  • Bischoff , J. 1959 . Das Vorkommen von Salmonellabakterien in Eierzeugnissen und ihre Abtötung durch Pasteurisierung . Berl. Munch. Tierartzl. Wochenschr. , 72 : 129
  • Brinsfield , C. S. 1959 . Frozen food standards committee . Q. Bull. Assoc. Food Drug Off. U.S. , 23 : 183
  • Goresline , H. E. 1959 . Obtaining pre‐cooked frozen foods of high sanitary quality for the armed forces . Q. Bull. Assoc. Food Drug Off. U.S. , 23 : 135
  • Forster , H. and Gasser , H. 1961 . Zum Nachweis von Salmonellen in Lebensmitteln . Mitt. Geb. Lebensmittelunters, Hyg. , 52 : 25
  • Seidel , G. and Schulz , C. 1962 . Weitere Erfahrungen bei der Untersuchung von Eiprodukten . Arch. Lebensm. Hyg. , 13 : 12
  • Epsom , J. E. 1964 . Staphylococcal food poisoning due to cheese . Med. Officer , 112 : 105
  • Graham , A. J. and Dutton , E. M. 1964 . Desiccated coconut from Ceylon. Improvement in bacteriological standards from 1961 to 1963 . Med. Officer , 111 : 339
  • Zapatka , F. A. and Bartolomeo , B. 1973 . Microbiological evaluation of coldwater shrimp (Pandalus borealis) . Appl. Microbiol. , 25 : 858
  • Foster , E. M. 1972 . The need for science in food safety . Food Technol. , 26 (8) : 81
  • Angelotti , R. , Crane , A. , Hunter , J. E. , Klusmeyer , P. W. , Huston , M. L. , Lampreck , E. D. and Silliker , J. H. 1966 . Recommendations for sampling and laboratory analysis of eggs, egg products and prepared mixes . Food Technol. , 20 : 473
  • Rogers , R. E. and McCleskey , C. S. 1957 . Bacteriological quality of ground beef in retail markets . Food Technol. , 11 : 318
  • Law , H. M. , Yang , S. P. and Mullins , A. M. 1971 . Ground beef quality at the retail level . J. Am. Diet. Assoc. , 58 : 230
  • Duitschaever , C. L. , Arnott , D. R. and Bullock , D. H. 1973 . Bacteriological quality of raw refrigerated ground beef . J. Milk Food Technol. , 36 : 375
  • Weever , P. L. and Bleys , H. T. M. 1970 . Waren wet, Wet van de 28ste December 1935, Stb. 793, zoals sedert gewijzigd en aangevuld, Deel II, Methoden von Onderzoek. , Zqoole : Tjeenk Willink .
  • Sharf , J. M. , ed. 1966 . Recommended Methods for the Microbiological Examination of Foods , 2nd ed. , Washington, D.C. : American Public Health Association .
  • Association of Official Analytical Chemists . 1970 . Official Methods of Analysis of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, , 11th ed. Washington, D.C. Sections 41.013 to 41.018
  • Thatcher , F. S. and Clark , D. S. , eds. 1973 . Micro‐organisms in Foods. Their Significance and Methods of Enumeration , Toronto : University of Toronto Press .
  • Ingram , M. , Bray , D. F. , Clark , D. S. , Dolman , C. E. , Elliott , R. P. and Thatcher , F. S. , eds. 1974 . Microorganisms in Foods. II. Sampling for Microbiological Analysis , Toronto : University of Toronto Press .
  • International Dairy Federation . 1966 . International Standards , : 39 40: 1966; 49: 1970; 60: 1971; 61: 1971; 62: 1971; 64: 1971; 65: 1971; 66: 1971; 67: 1971
  • Barraud , C. , Kitchell , A. G. , Labots , H. , Reuter , G. and Simonsen , B. 1967 . Standardization of the total aerobic count of bacteria in meat and meat products . Fleischwirtschaft , 47 : 1317
  • Thatcher , F. S. 1971 . The International Committee on Microbiological Specifications for foods: Its purposes and accomplishments . J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. , 54 : 836
  • Silliker , J. H. and Gabis , D. A. 1973 . ICMSF methods studies. I. Comparison and analytical schemes for detection of Salmonella in dried foods . Can. J. Microbiol. , 19 : 475
  • Gabis , D. A. and Silliker , J. H. 1974 . ICMSF methods studies. II. Comparison of analytical schemes for detection of Salmonella in high‐moisture foods . Can. J. Microbiol. , 20 : 663
  • Idziak , E. S. , Airth , J. M. A. and Erdman , I. E. 1974 . ICMSF methods studies. III. An appraisal of 16 contemporary methods used for detection of Salmonella in meringue powder . Can. J. Microbiol. , 20 : 703
  • Erdman , I. E. 1974 . ICMSF methods studies. IV. International collaborative assay for the detection of Salmonella in raw meat . Can. J. Microbiol. , 20 : 715

Reprints and Corporate Permissions

Please note: Selecting permissions does not provide access to the full text of the article, please see our help page How do I view content?

To request a reprint or corporate permissions for this article, please click on the relevant link below:

Academic Permissions

Please note: Selecting permissions does not provide access to the full text of the article, please see our help page How do I view content?

Obtain permissions instantly via Rightslink by clicking on the button below:

If you are unable to obtain permissions via Rightslink, please complete and submit this Permissions form. For more information, please visit our Permissions help page.